'fx,. ^uscum of Comparatibe .^odlogw, (iTambritige, ^lass. JVtih the compliments of Alexander Agassiz. I^emoirs of the Bfwscum of Clomjjaratibc ^oologu AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. XVIII. REPORTS ON AN EXPLORATION OFF THE WEST COASTS OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, AND OFF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, IN CHARGE OF ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, BY THE U. S. FISH COMMISSION STEAMER "ALBATROSS," DURING 1891, LIEUT.-COMMANDER Z. L. TANNER, U. S. N., COMMANDING. XV. THE STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. By WALTER FAXON. WITH SIXTY-SEVEN PLATES, Ten of iL-hich are colored, and one Chart. [Published by Permission of Marshai.i. McDonald, U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries.] 'I'uMum: CAMBRIDGE, U.S.A.: Printfti for tlje fttuscum. April, 1895. ' Jf MEMOIRS OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE. VOL. XVIII. CAMBRIDGE, U.S.A. PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. 1895. University Press : John Wilson and Son. Cambridge, U. S. A. CONTENTS. REPORTS ON AN EXPLORATION OFF THE WEST COASTS OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, AND OFF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, bj- the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer " Albatross," during 1891, Lieut. -Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Commanding. XV. The Stalk-eted Crustacea. By Walter Faxon. 292 pp., G7 Plates. April, 1895. ERRATA. On Plate VI., for ^THUSA PUBESCENS read ^THUSA LATA. On Plate VII., for RhINOLITHODES CRISTATIPES read GlyPTOLITHODES CRISTATIPES. On Plate VII., for ECHINOCERUS DIOMEDE^ reatl ParALOMIS DIOMEDE^. On Plate VIII., for PaRALOMIS aSPERA read LeptolithodES ASPER. On Plate IX., for PaRALOMIS LONGIPES read LEPTOLITHODES LONGIPES. Umoirs of tijc ^uscum ai C^omparatitrc ioblogg AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. XVIII. REPORTS ON AN EXPLORATION OFF THE WEST COASTS OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, AND OFF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, IN CHARGE OF ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, BY THE U. S. FISH COMMISSION STEAMER " ALBATROSS," DURING 1891, LIEUT.-COMMANDER Z. L. TANNER, U. S. N., COMMANDING. XV. THE STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Bt WALTER FAXON. WITH SIXTY-SEVEN PLATES, Ten of tchich are colored, and one Chart. [Published by Permission of Makshail McDonald, U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries.] CAMBRIDGE, U.S.A.: ^rintcti for tljc IHuscum. April, 1895. CONTENTS. Page Systematic Accouxt of the Species 5-230 Decapoda 5-215 ScHizopoDA . 215-229 Stomatopoda 230 Gexeral Considerations on the Distribution 231-250 Colors of the Deep-Sea Crustacea 251-255 List of Species arranged according to Geographical Regions .... 256-259 Table showing the Bathymetrical Distribution of thp Different Species 260-263 Record of Submarine Tow-Net Stations 264 Record of Dredging and Trawling Stations 265, 266 Explanation of the Plates 267-282 Index of Genera and Species 283-292 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Oeder PODOPHTHALMA. Suborder DECAPODA. Family MAIID^. LEPTOPODIA Leach. Zoolog. Misc., II. 15, 1815. Leptopodia debilis Smith. Ann. Rep. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1869 and 1870, p. 87, 1871. Two specimens, male and female, were collected at low tide on the reef at Panama, March 12. Leptopodia debilis is one of the many littoral Crustacea of Panama that are represented by very closely allied species on the Atlantic side of the Isthmus. It is distinguished from Leptopodia sagittaria (Fabr.), its Atlantic represen- tative, chiefly by its shorter hand, relatively longer fingers, and greater breadth across the branchial region of the carapace. The rostrum is usually shorter and inclined upward more than in L. sagittaria; but in the type specimen (M. C. Z. No. 3948, $, Polvon, Nicaragua), it is exceptionally long, — more than one and a half times as long as the rest of the carapace. In average specimens of L. debilis the rostrum is about equal in length to the rest of the carapace. The diflference in the form of the male abdomen in L. debilis and in Milne Edwards's figure of L. sagittaria (Cuvier's Regne Animal, Discij^les' ed., Crustacea, Plate XXXVI. Fig. l"*), noted by Smith, arises from the inaccuracy of the figure, not from any real diflference between the two species, which are alike in this regard. 6 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Leptopodia debilis has been found to the northward of Panama as far as the northern extremity of the Gulf of Cahfornia, lat. 31° 22' N. A similar or possibly identical form, L. modesta A. M. Edw.,* occurs on the coast of Chile. The bathymetrical range of Leptopodia debilis, so far as known, extends from low-water mark down to 29 fathoms. L. sagittaria has been recorded from as great a depth as 814 fathoms.t EUPROGNATHA Stimps. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., 11. 122, 1870. Euprognatha granulata Fax. Plate I., Fig. 1, T. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 149, 1893. The carapace is coarsely granulated and furnished with a few scattered setce ; there are two erect blunt spines in the median line of the carajDace, one of them arising from the gastric region, the other from the cardiac region ; in front of the gastric spine is seen a transverse row of four or five tubercles, which are somewhat larger and more prominent than the granules which cover the general surface of the carapace ; from the middle of each branchial area there springs a spine which is longer than those in the median line, and curved slightly forward at the tip ; there is also a smaller lateral spine below and a little in advance of this ; the hepatic area bears a short, blunt, granulated spine on its most prominent part, and three or four promi- nent tubercles on the angle which divides it from the pterygostomian area ; the antennal spine is very long, reaching some distance beyond the rostral horns, while the interantennular and lateral rostral horns are of about an equal length ; the supraocular spines are well developed, and, like the anten- nal spine and the three horns of the rostrum, have a distinctly granulated surface ; the postocular spines are even more coarsely tuberculated, and when viewed from above their margins are laciniated. The lower face of the basal segment of the antenna is granulated, and furnished beside with two to three spinules ; the outer maxillipeds are also granulated. The sur- * A Milne Edwards, litudes sur les Xiphosures et les Crustaces de la Hegion Mexicaiue, p. 173, 1878 (Miss. Sci. au Mex. 5«"= Partie, T. I.). Milne Edwards treats both L. modesta and L. debilis as varieties of L. sagittaria. t Micrs, Rep. Challenger Brachyura, p. 4, 1886. SPHENOCAECINUS AGASSIZI. 7 face of the abdomen is thickly beset with larger bead-like tubercles ; the first segment bears a prominent, granulated, blunt, median spine, and there is a rudiment of one on the three following segments. The chela is slender and covered with small tubercles; the other segments of the cheliped and all the ambulatory legs are provided with small spines, tubercles, and scattered curled settB. The spines attain their greatest development on the merus joints of the legs, the largest of all being on the proximal half of the merus of the chelipeds and at the distal end of the merus of the ambulatory legs. Length of carapace, 7 mm.; breadth, 6 mm. Station 3369.* 52 fathoms. 2 fem. ovig. The genus Euprognatha is represented in the West Indian region by four species {E. rastellifera Stimps., E. inermis A. M. Edw., E. gracilijjes A. M. Edw., and E. acuta A. M. Edw.), from depths ranging from 27 to 248 fathoms. The present species may be distinguished from all of these by its coarsely granulated carapace and abdomen, taken in connection with the laciniated and granulated spines of the frontal region, etc. One species, Eiiprognatha bifida Rathb.,t has been recently described from the Gulf of California, 29-40 fathoms. It may be distinguished by the absence of an interan- tennular spine. SPHENOCARCINUS A. M. Edw. Crustaces de la Region Mex., p. 135, 1878. Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathb. Plate l, Fig. 3, 3\ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI. 231, 1893. In this species the whole surface of the body and limbs is clothed with a short, close pubescence. The rostral horns are long, horizontal, and termi- nate in blunt points. A more or less broken, longitudinal, rounded ridge runs along the median line of the carapace, from the base of the rostrum to the intestinal region, rising into a prominent tubercle on the gastric area. A transverse flattened tubercle on the cardiac region, and two roundish ones on each branchial region. The antero-lateral margin of the carapace is armed with four prominent tubercles or large teeth (counting the one at the external orbital angle); these teeth increase in size successively from * A full record of the stations will be t'ouud on pp. 26i-266. t Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI. 231, 1893. 8 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. the first to the last one. The upper margin of the orbit is thickened and produced into a blunt prgeocular tooth. The outer margin of the pterygo- stomian region is furnished with two or three rounded tubercles. The merus of the chelipeds has two short spines at the proximal end on the superior border and one at the distal extremity ; otherwise the limbs are unarmed ; the fingers of the chela are short, gape slightly at the base, and have blunt tips ; no teeth on cutting edges. Length of carapace, including rostrum, 39 mm. ; length of rostrum, 16 mm. ; breadth of carapace, including lateral teeth, 28 mm. Station 3368. 66 fathoms. 1 male. Sphenocarciniis corrosns A. M. Edw., the type of this genus, was taken near the Barbadoes in 100 fathoms during the voyage of the " Hassler," and near the same locality in 94 fathoms by the " Blake." The two specimens secured are females. In S. agassizi there is a blunt praeocular tooth, wanting in the typical species. The ends of the rostral horns do not lie in exactly the same plane in the single example before me, but this is jirobably due to accidental malformation. The abdomen (male) is seven-jointed. In both species there is a narrow fissure in the upper margin of the orbit, just anterior to the postocular tooth. Sphenocarciniis agassizi was also obtained by the *' Albatross " in 1889, in the Gulf of California, at depths of 14 and 71 fathoms. ANAMATHIA Smith. Amathia Roux, Crustaces de la Mediterran6e, 1" Livr., 182S {nom. praoc). Anamathia Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII. 493, 1884. Anamathia occidentalis Fax. Plate L, Fig. 2, 2^. Bull. Mus. Conip. ZooL, XXIV. 150, 1893.' Carapace piriform, strongly arched when viewed in profile, its surface clothed with tuberculiform cutaneous vesicles* and with delicate seta? which are hooked at their tips. The spines and tubercles of the carapace are arranged as follows : four on the gastric region, two of which are in the median line and one on each side ; the posterior median has the form of a blunt tubercle, from which a blunt low keel runs back to the cardiac region ; * Like those on the carapace of Anamathia carpenteri (Norman), described and figured by G. O. Sars, Norske Nordliavs-Exped., Crustacea, I. 7, Plate I. Fig. 7, 1885. ANAMATHIA OCCIDENTALIS. 9 one in the middle of the cardiac region; one (tubercle) on the intestinal region ; one on each hepatic region ; five on each branchial region. Of the branchial spines the one near the middle projects upward and forward, and is the longest spine on the carapace, being one half as long as the rostral horns; behind and inside of this there is a short, rather blunt spine in a transverse line with its fellow and the cardiac spine ; the three remaining branchial spines are arranged in a triangle on the anterior part of the branchial area; those nearest the median line on the branchial areas are short and blunt — tubercles rather than spines. In addition to these promi- nent spines and tubercles of the carapace, there are four or five small tubercles on the outer border of the pterygostomian region. The rostrum is produced into two divergent awl-shaped horns, which are more than one fourth the length of the remaining portion of the carapace. The pr£B- ocular spines are well developed and acute, the postocular processes obtuse. The basal segment of the antenna projects at the antero-external angle in the form of a short, blunt spine or tubercle. The antero-external angle of the buccal area projects, but does not form a dentiform process. The cheli- peds are twice as long as the carapace, minus the rostral horns, and are but little more robust than the ambulatory limbs; the chela is a little longer than the merus, the basal part cylindrical, the distal part gradually widening a little to the base of the fingers ; the fingers are slightly curved, less than one half as long as the basal portion, smooth, prehensile edges regularly dentate, closing throughout their length. The first ambulatory appendages exceed the chelipeds by the length of the terminal joint; the other pairs are successively shorter, the last pair being shorter than the chelipeds. The merus of all the legs has a small tubercular projection at the distal end above, most prominent on the anterior pair. The carpus of the chelipeds has two low ridges on the outer face ; otherwise the legs are unarmed, but they are closely invested with minute papillaa, like the carapace. The abdomen is seven-jointed. Length of carapace, without the rostral horns, 45 mm. ; breadth of cara- l^ace, 38 mm.; length of rostral horns, 12 mm.; length of longest branchial spine, 7 mm. Station 3404. 385 fathoms. 1 male. In the unique type specimen, the left hind leg has been broken off and restored. The chelipeds and the first pair of ambulatory appendages are unsymmetrical, the left being longer than the right. 10 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. The name Anamafhia has been substituted by Professor S. I. Smith for Amathia Roux, as the latter name had been previously used in another sense by Lamouroux. The type species of the genus is Amathia rissoana Eoux from the Mediterranean Sea. Nine other species have been referred to the genus, viz. : A. hjstrix Stimps., A. modesta Stimps., Scyra nmhonata Stimps., A. crassa A. M. Edw. (= A. agassizii Smith), A. tanneri Smith, — all from the east coast of North America and the Caribbean Sea, — A. carpenteri Norman from the coast of Europe, A. jmlchra Miers from the Philippine Islands, A. Iwermoni W.-M. from the Bay of Bengal, and A. occidentaUs Fax. from near the Galapagos Archipelago. Most of them have been taken in rather deep water (88 to 561 fathoms). When all these species are compared with each other, considerable differences are observable as regards the structure of the orbital region, the armature of the basal antennal segment and the carapace, etc. In the typical species, A. rissoana, the upper surface of the carapace is rather flat, and armed with long, sharp spines ; the basal anten- nal segment is unarmed ; the upper margin of the orbit projects but slightly over the eye, and there is no prtBocular spine. In A. hystrix the carapace is more convex both in the longitudinal and transverse axes, and is armed with very long sharp spines ; the basal antennal segment is produced into a blunt spine or tooth at its antero-external angle ; the supraorbital margin or brow overhangs the orbit no more than it does in A. nssoana, but there is a long and sharp prisocular spine. In A. crassa the carapace is strongly arched, and the spines with which it is furnished are short; the basal seg- ment of the antenna is armed with two spines, one at the distal, the other near the proximal end ; there is a pra^ocular spine, and the upper border of the orbit beetles further over the eye than it does in A. rissoana and A. hystrix, but still falls short of forming that perfect roof bounded behind by an almost transverse fissure, such as is seen in the typical species of Hyastcnus and Naxia. In A. nmhonata, A. carpenteri, and A. occidentaUs, the conformation of the orbits and the convexity of the carapace are much the same as in A. crassa, but the basal joint of the antenna is unarmed, and in the two former {imibonata and carpenteri) some of the spines of the carapace are transformed into flattened tubercles. For these two species A. Milne Edwards* has proposed to establish a new genus Scyramathia. G. 0. Sarsf adopts the genus Scyramathia, and adds to it Amathia crassa. He places the genus in the Maiine group, in close proximity to Hyastcnvs. * Compks Reudiis de I'Acad. Sci., Paris, XCI. 356, 1880. t Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Crustacea, I. 1, 274, 1885. MAIOPSIS. 11 The orbital region of A. hystriv does not differ from that of A. rissoana but for the presence of a praeocular spine, a cliaracter which by itself cannot be considered of generic importance, as Mr. Miers admits.* Through hjstrix we pass by a gentle transition to such species as wnhonata, carpenteri, and crassa (species placed in the genus Sct/ramathia), in which the orbit is better defined through the projection of the brow. Thus the passage from the Inachine to the Maiine type is so gradual as hardly to justify a family division such as is proposed by Mr, Miers.t In the series of species, all of which are assigned to the genus Anamathia, family Inachidiv, by Mr. Miers % [rissoana, hystrix, indclira, crassa), we pass from the strictly Inachine orbit of rissoana to an orbit like that of crassa, which is practically the same as that of Chorilia longipes, a species assigned by Miers to the genus Hyastenus in tlie family Ifaiidce. The orbital region is subject to a great amount of variation even in a single species {A. umboiiata), so that within the bounds of mere individual variation the passage is made from the Inachine to the Maiine type of orbit as exhibited in Chorilia. § MAIOPSIS Fax. Bull. Mus. Coirip. ZooL, XXIV. 150, 1893. Carapace subtriangular, as broad as long, spinose ; rostrum produced anteriorly into two divergent horns with an accessory spine upon their outer margins ; interorbital space broad. Eyes small, eyestalks slender, retractile within the orbits. Orbits large, with a forward aspect, incomplete below, the upper margin prominent, with two deep fissures, and supraocular spines. Epistome short. Basal segment of antennse very broad, with three prominent spines upon its anterior margin ; flagellum of the antennJB widely separated from the cavity of the orbit by a broad process of the basal seg- ment. Merus of outer maxillipeds notched at the antero-internal angle. Legs of moderate length ; carpus of chelipeds elongated, not carinated ; chela elongated and slender, fingers canaliculate within, but not spoon-shaped at their tips, their prehensile edges meeting throughout most of their length, * Journ. Liiin. Soc. Loudon, ZooL, XIV. 658, 1879. t Op. cit., p. 610. X Challeuger Braeliyura, p. 26, 1886. § See M. J. Rathbun, Proo. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVII. 61, 62, Plate I., 1894. Cf, Fig. 3 (orbit of A. mnboiiata) with Fig. 1 (also A. umbonata), and then cf. Fig. 1- with Fig. 5 (^Chorilia longipes^. 12 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. not distinctly toothed ; ambulatory legs spinose. Abdomen (male) seven- jointed, terminal joint short and broad. This genus is proposed for the reception of an interesting Maioid dredo-ed in 182 fathoms on the west coast of the Isthmus of Panama. It combines in one form characters of the genera Maia, Ci/chmaia, Parmnithrax (siibg. Lepiomithrax), and Schisophri/s. In its general aspect it bears a close resemblance to 3Iaia, and the likeness is enhanced by the small eyes and slender eye-stalks, the elongated wrist and hand, and the short epistome. It differs from Maia in having a much broader carapace, a less deeply cloven rostrum, spinose legs, supraocular spines, and trenchantly in the exclusion of the antennal flagellum from the orbit by a process of the basal segment of the antenna. In the latter regard it agrees with the genus Ci/clomaia, the basal segment of the antenna being very broad, three-spined on its distal border, and giving off a process which separates the flagellum from the orbit by a wide interval ; it also agrees with Ci/clomaia in having a short epistome, a short and broad terminal abdominal segment, and supraocular spines. It differs from C/jclomaia by having a subtriangular carapace, longer rostral spines, and a less abruptly declivous front. It is like Paramithrax and Schizo- phrys in the exclusion of the basal antennal segment from the orbit, but this segment is much broader than in these genera, and three-spined ; moreover, Maiopsis differs from Paramithrax and Schisophrys in having a more broadly triangular carapace, supraocular spines, slenderer wrist and hand, less deeply cleft rostrum, and spinose ambulatory legs. Like ScMzophrt/s and Maidla, it has an accessory spine on each rostral horn. In the shape of the carapace Maiopsis is intermediate between Maia and Ci/clomaia. In the form of the fingers it stands between Maia and Paramithrax on the one side and Schizo- phrys and Cychmaia on the other, as the fingers, though canaliculate within, are but slightly excavated at the tips. The synthetic character of the species upon which this genus is based suggests the propriety of extending the scope of the genus Paramithrax so that it may embrace this form, together with Cyclomaia and Schizophrys. MAIOPSIS PANAMENSIS. 13 Maiopsis panamensis Fax. Plaie II. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., XXIV. 151, 1S93. Carapace subtriangular, as bi-oad as long, convex, the anterior gastric region sloping rather abruptly down to the base of the rostrum, which is split about half way down to the front into two divergent horns ; each ros- tral horn is armed with a stout basal spine directed upward and forward. The dorsal surface of the carapace is thickly set with spines of various sizes, and scattered hooked setae ; the largest spines are arranged as follows: five .on the gastric region (three in the median line and two lateral), one on the geni- tal region, one on the cardiac region, four (three of which are submargiiial) on the intestinal region, and about seven on each branchial region. The margin of the carapace is armed with about twelve prominent spines ; three of these are on the hepatic region ; the posterior one is much smaller than the two in front of it, which are confluent at their bases. The superior mar- gin of the orbit is deeply cut by two open fissures ; the eyebrow is armed with two stout spines. The branchio-cardiac lines approach one another closely at the anterior end of the cardiac area. The basal segment of the antennae is very broad ; its distal margin is armed with a strong internal spine directed downward and forward ; a second spine, pointing obliquely forward, arises from the external angle ; while a third bifid spine lies between the other two ; there are, besides, a few spinules on the lower side of this segment. The anterior margin of the third segment of the outer maxillipeds is denticulate. The sternum is ornamented with small tubercles along each side of the abdomen. The first abdominal segment is furnished with a bidentate tubercle. The legs are long, and covered with numerous spiny tuljercles ; the meri are armed with three more prominent spines at the distal end. The first ambulatory leg is the longest, the others decreasing in length successively from before backward. The carpus of all the four pairs of ambulatory appendages is marked with a dorsal longitudinal groove. The chela is long and slender, the tubercles on the hand smaller than on the other parts of the legs, while the fingers are nearly smooth, subcanaliculate, and blunt-tipped ; a deep pit is seen at the base of the movable finger. Length from base of rostrum to posterior margin of carapace, 112 mm. ; 14 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. breadth, 113.5 mm.; length of rostrum, 22 mm.; length of rostral horns, 11 mm. ; breadth between eyebrows, 38 mm. ; length of cheliped, 156 mm. (meriis, 44.5 mm. ; carpus, 25 mm. ; propodus, 67 mm. ; dactylus, 25 mm.) ; length of second leg (first ambulatory), 195 mm. (merus, 62 mm., carpus, 32 mm. ; propodus, 40 mm., dactylus, 44 mm.) ; width of sternum, 72 mm.; length of telson, 8.7 mm. ; width of telson, 16.5 mm. Station 3355. 182 fathoms. 1 male. Family PARTHENOPID.E. LAMBRUS Lkach. rans. Linn. Soc. London, XI. 308, 310, 1815. Lambrus hassleri Fax. Plate III., Fig. 1, 1". Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 152, 1893. The carapace is from one and a third to one and two fifths times as broad as long. A deep longitudinal depression separates the branchial from the gasti'ic and cardiac regions and another separates the hepatic and branchial regions. The whole surface is tuberculous, granulated, and pitted. There are three large tubercles on the gastric region, one median and two smaller ones in a transverse line in front of the median. Three tubercles are found on the cardiac region in the median line, the middle one the largest. On the posterior margin there are three tubercles with smaller ones between them ; the three larger ones are placed, one in the middle line of the cara- pace, one on each side. The largest of the numerous tubercles which lie on the gastric area is placed on the most prominent central point ; four or five smaller ones are disposed in a somewhat irregular diagonal row on the side of the deep depression which divides the branchial from the cardiac area. The rostrum is directed forward and downward at an obtuse angle with the axis of the body ; it is constricted in front of the antennular pockets, leav- ing a dentiform tubercle on each side ; there is also, in most examples, a rudimentary tubercle on each side of the rostrum near the tip ; the upper side of the rostrum is excavated between the eyes. The upper border of the orbits exhibits two tubercles. The antero-lateral border of the cara- pace is armed anteriorly with rounded tubercles which pass into prominent LAMBRUS HASSLERI. 15 laciniated teeth posteriorly ; the largest of these teeth is situate at the lateral angle of the carapace. There is one very prominent tooth on the postero- lateral margin, together with three or four smaller ones. The edges of the segments of the chelipeds are furnished with granulated spines and the ex- posed surfaces of all the segments are tuberculate ; on the lower face of the propodus the more prominent tubercles are arranged in a longitudinal median row. The merus joints of all the ambulatory appendages are spinulose on their upper and lower edges, and on the last pair there are also a few rudimentary spines or tubercles on the carpus and one near the middle of the upper margin of the propodus. Distinct traces of red transverse bands are to be seen on the upper surface of the cheliped, two on the merus, one on the carpus, one on the propodus, and one on the base of the dactylus. Abdomen tuberculous in both sexes, the most prominent tubercles being on the middle of each segment fiom the second to the sixth inclusive. Dimensions of a female : length of carapace, 27 mm. ; breadth of cara- pace, including lateral teeth, 38 mm. ; length of merus of cheliped, 30 mm. ; length of propodus of cheliped (to base of dactylus), 33 mm. Station 3368. 66 fathoms. 1 fem. " 3427. 80 " 1 male, 1 fem. This species was previously obtained during the voyage of the " Hassler " at Magdalena Bay, Lower California, August 14, 1872. The specimens then collected (3 Miinida microphthalma A. M. Edw., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 51, 1880. Ihmidu microphUitdma ? Fax., Bidl. Mus. Coinp. Zoo!., XXIV. 179, 1893. Station 3370. 134 fathoms. 1 fem. ovig., 20 mm. long. Compared Avith the type specimens of 31. micropMlialnia, the " Albatross" specimen has the rostrum shorter and less strongly upturned ; the supra- ocular spines, too, are shorter (shorter than the eyes). There is no row of spines, but merely a ridge, along the superior or external face of the hand. The second abdominal somite bears only two spines instead of eight, as in the type ; but this is of no great importance, since the spines of that segment are altogether absent in one of the " Blake '' sjjccimens (Station No. 2), and in one noticed by Henderson in the " Challenger" collections. 31. microphlhahna was taken by the " Blake " among the West Indies in 573-1030 fathoms, and by the " Challenger " in the same region in 390 fathoms, north of Kermadec Islands in 600 fathoms, and near Ascension Island in 425 fathoms. GALACANTHA A. M. Edw. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl, VIII. 52, 1880. Galacantha rostrata A. m. Edw. FUte B, Fig. 1, T. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 52, 1880. Station 3362. 1175 fathoms. 1 male. " 3400. 1322 " 3 males, 2 fem. (1 ovig.). 3413. 1360 " 1 fem. GALACANTHA DIOMEDE/E. 79 The " Albatross " specimens differ constantly from the typical West Indian form in the following particulars : The spines at the antero-lateral angles of the carapace are more divergent, the anterior spine being more nearly parallel with the axis of the body ; the posterior spine is relatively longer ; the abdomen is smoother toward the central part of the segments ; the dorsal spine of the fourth abdominal segment is smaller. In other re- gards there is considerable variation among different individuals. The color in life is orange-red, fading into pale yellowish on the carapace and abdomen. The characters pointed out by Henderson * to separate G. bcUis from G. rostrata can hardly be deemed of specific value, nor does it seem probable that G. taUsmaiiiif is anything more than individual, age, or perhaps local variation of the same species. G. taUsmanii is a manuscript name of A. Milne Edwards's ; but this writer appears to have abandoned its claims to recogni- tion as a valid species, since it is not included in his enumeration of the known species of Galacantha given in the " Considerations Generales sur la Famille des Galatheides." % Finally, as far as can be determined by Wood- Mason's short description, G. areohta\ differs from G. rodrata chiefly in the coarser granulation of the carapace, and may perhaps be viewed to more advantage as an East Indian race of G. rosirata. If my suspicions concerning the relationship of the above-named forms be well founded, we behold in G. rosirata a somewhat variable abyssal species of world-wide distribution, represented on both sides of the Atlantic, off the Pacific coast of America, in the Banda Sea, and in the Bay of Bengal. The typical form of G. rostrata comes from the West Indian region, 1098- 1591 fathoms. It has been figured by S. I. Smith. || Galacantha diomedese Fax. Plate XXV. Bull. Mils. Coiiip. Zool., XXIV. ISO, 1893. Rostrum without lateral spines ; distal part turned upward at an angle of less than 95° in most specimens, but in some cases the inclination is greater ; * Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Scr., XVI. 418, 1885 ; Rep. Challenger Aiiomura, p. Ifi7, Plate XIX. Fig. 6, ISSS. f Heuderson, Rep. ChaJicnger Anomura, p. 167, Plate XX. Pig. 1, 1888. X A. Milne Edwards et Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7^"" Ser., XVI. 270, 1894. § Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VII. 200, 1891. II Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. X., No. 1, Plate IX. Fig. 2, 2", 1882; Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1885, Plate VI. Fig. 1, 1", 1886. 80 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. basal part marginate, the margin running for some distance along the an- terior edge of the carapace ; a slight keel runs back from the rostrum to the median gastric spine. Gastric spine smaller than in G. rostrata ; anterior lateral spine much longer than the posterior; there is an additional small spine on each side of the carapace just behind the anterior branchial lobe. Anterior half of the carapace ornamented with setiferous squamous tuber- cles ; on the posterior half of the carapace the tubercles assume the form of interrupted transverse ridges. The median spines of the abdomen are small, diminishing successively in size from the first to the third, which is obsolete in many examples. Upper surface of abdomen rather hairy, the transverse ridges devoid of teeth or tubercles, pleurte tuberculose, angles rounded. The legs are rough with granular setose tubercles. There are t\^'0 prominent spines at the distal end of the carpus of the chelipeds, and one at the distal end of the carpus and merus of the ambulatoiy limbs. The antennce are twice and a half as long as the body. Dimensions of a female specimen : length of body, 79 mm. ; length of carapace, 39 mm. ; breadth of carapace, not including the lateral spines, 25 mm. This species runs into a well-marked variety in which the anterior lateral spines as well as the median gastric spine are very much smaller than in the typical form. This variety, which I have named Galacaniha diomedece, var. parvispina, is figured on Plate XXV., Fig. 2. At one Station (3429) both forms were obtained at the same haul. G. diomedece differs from all other known species of Galacaniha by the rugose character of the sculpture on the hinder half of the cara23ace. In the relative proportion of the anterior and posterior lateral spines it agrees with G. spinosa. It may be easily distinguished from G. spinosa by the entirely different sculpture of the carapace, by the absence of transverse rows of tubercles on the abdominal terga, etc. Station 3357. 782 fathoms. 1 fem. juv. 3363. 978 3 males. 3 fem. ovig. 3364. 902 1 fem. 3366. 1067 3 males, 1 fem. ovig. 3371. 770 5 males, 2 fem. (1 ovig.) 3373. 1877 1 male. 3393. 1020 3 males. 3407. 885 2 males, 1 fem. Station 3429. 919 fathoms Var. 'parvispina. Station 3418. 660 fathoms. " 3419. 772 " " 3424. 676 " 3429. 919 " 3435. 859 " 3436. 905 MUNIDOPSIS. 81 1 male. 1 male. 1 fem. ovig. 1 male. 1 male. 18 males, 17 fem. (6 ovig.). 6 males, 4 fem. (3 ovig.). In both G. rostrata and G. diomcdece thei'e is a curious sexual difference In the male the proximal half of the telson is furnished on each side with long, amber-colored setse which are entirely wanting in the female. The same difference between the sexes is found in some species of 3Iumdopsis. G. dmnedece is often invested with parasites. One of the males from Station 3371 bears a Peltogastcr, while seven specimens (5 males, 2 females) of var. imrvispiim house a Bopyrus in the left branchial chamber. The eggs of this species measure 3 x 2.5 mm. MUNIDOPSIS Whiteates. Amer. Journ. Arts and Sci., 3d Ser., VII. 212, 1874. The type species of this genus is Munidopsis curvirostra Whiteaves, from the eastern coast of North America. The genus has been redescribed by A. Milne Edwards, under the name Galatliodes in the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII., p. 53, 1880. In the same paper Milne Edwards proposed the two genera Oropliorrhjnclim and Elasinonotiis for the reception of certain species closely allied to Munidopsis. Orophorrhjnclms has already been united with Elasmonoius by Henderson. Elasmonotvs was insti- tuted to embrace the species characterized by a flat, quadrangular carapace devoid of spines. But such species are connected with the typical 3Iiinidopsis by so many intermediate forms, which may be assigned to either genus at the whim of the describer, that I have united Elasmonoius and Ifnnidopsis as one genus. As the genus Anoplonotus of Smith * does not seem to be sufficiently distinct from Elasmonoius, it is here merged, with the latter, in Munidopsis. The union of Munidopsis, Orophorrhynchus, and Elasmonoius, necessitates renaming two of Henderson's species, viz. Munidopsis brerimana and Elasmo- noius laiifrons, since both of the trivial names had been previously employed * Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus., VI. 50, I8S3. 11 82 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. for other species by A. Milne Edwards {Elasmonotus hrevhnaniis and Galathodes latifrons). For Munidopsis hrevimana Hend. may be substituted Munidopsis ciliata, a name lately given by Wood-Mason to a Munidopsis from the Bay of Beno-al, which does not appear to be distinct from Henderson's species* Elasmonotus latifrons Hend. may be called Munidopsis laiirostris. The genus 3Iunidopsis, taken in this extended sense, contains about seventy species, sixteen of which were discovered during the voyage of the " Alba- tross" in 1891, and were first described in my preliminary report on the Crustacea of the expedition in 1893. After the present report was written I received a memoir entitled " Con- siderations Generales sur la Famille des Galatheides,"-|- written by Prof. Milne Edwards conjointly with Mr. E. L. Bouvier. In this memoir the classification of the Galateidcc is treated anew and in more detail. All of the genera pro- posed by the senior author in 1880 are retained, although transformed almost beyond recognition by the imposition of new diagnoses and new limitations. Galathodes is restricted to the species characterized by a broad, flat, triangidar rostrum, often carinated on its upper side, and armed towards its anterior end with a pair of prominent lateral spines or teeth, in front of which the distal extremity of the rostrum suddenly contracts. This new diagnosis of the genus Galathodes eliminates eight of the ten species upon which the genus was originally based, leaving G. latifrons and G. tridens alone in Galathodes, the eight others being transferred to Munidopsis. So of the six species of Orophorrhijnchus of the original paper three are now transferred to Munidopsis, one to Elasmonotus, one [0. spinosus) is ignored, leaving but one of the origi- nal species, 0. aries, in OropJiorrhi/nchus, of which genus it becomes the type. The difficulty encountered by Prof. Milne Edwards in distributing his own species among his own genera would seem clearly to show the artificial nature of the genera proposed, and amply to vindicate the course of those naturalists who have refused to adopt them. It is true, as Milne Edwards and Bouvier maintain, that the most char- acteristic of the species ranged by them in the genera Orophorrhi/nchus and Elasmonotus differ from the more typical species of Munidopsis as much as or more than the species assigned to the genus Galacaniiia. But there is this difference : the species of Galacantha, although they differ but sliglitlj^ in structure from Munidopsis, yet form a sharply defined and natural group dis- * See p. 84. f Ann. Soi. Nat., Zool., 1^^^ Ser., XVI. 191-327, 1894. MUNIDOPSIS BAIRDII. 83 connected from the latter genus in the absence of transitional species. Gala- thodes, Orophorrhynchus, and Elasmonotus, on the contrary, are bound by a perfectly graduated series of numerous connecting forms with the typical species of Munidojms* In the large and plastic genus Munidopsis, evolution has progressed along several lines of species, and for the purposes of a monographer it may be nseful to assign names to the extremes of modification found Avithin the limits of the genus, in order that the interrelations of the species may be brought into view. This is the function, as I understand it, of the category of classification known as subgenus, in which we see a genus in the process of forming, as it were. By the more or less complete extinction of interme- diate species we may assume that genera of the present have come from subgenera of the past, and that future genera will be evolved from sub- genera of the present. I would distinguish between genera and subgenera much as the American ornithologists do between species and subspecies.! Viewed in this light, subgenera may play a very useful part in a philosophi- cal system of nomenclature. Munidopsis bairdii Smith. Oalacaniha bairdii Smith, Proc. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1882, p. 356, 1884. Miiiadopsis bairdii Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., A' II. 493, 1884; Auu. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1885, p. 649, Plate V. Fig. 2, 1886. Station 3381. 1772 fathoms. 1 male. Differs from the type, as described by Smith, as follows : the central pair of spines of the gastric area and the anterior pair of spines of the cardiac area are absent ; the rostrum has three spines on the right side, four on the left ; the posterior margin of the carapace has three spines on the right side, two on the left ; the body is slenderer. The differences are perhaps partly indi- vidual, partly sexual, Smith's description and figure having been made from a female specimen. * Professor Henderson iu 1885 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.. 5th Ser., XA^I. 417) |)roposed the genus Galathop- sis as a refuge for certain species intermediate between Munidopsis and Elasmoiiolus. Tliis only added to the difficulty hy drawing two arbitrary lines of division in place of one. In his final report, on the "Challenger" Anomura, Henderson suppressed the genus Galalhopsis and assigned the intermediate species to Elasmonotus, expressing at the same time his grave doubts concerning the separability of Elasmonotus from Munidopsis (Challenger Anomura, pp. 158, 105). It is of interest in this connection to note that Milne Edwards and Bou- vier (op. cit., p. 283) incline to place these same species in Munidopsis rather than in Elasmonotus. f The Code of Nomenclature and Check-List of North American Birds adopted by the American Orni- thologists' Union, being the Report of the Committee of the Union on Classification and Nomenclature, p. 31. New York, 1886. 84 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. M. haij-dii has been taken off the east coast of the United States in 1497 and 1742 fathoms. Munidopsis ciliata Wood-Mason. Plate XVIIL, Fig. 3. Munidopsis brevimana Hend., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5tli Ser., XVI. 414, 1885 ; Rep. CLalleuger Ano- mura, p. 154, Plate XVII. Fig. 1, 2, 1888. {Nomen praoc.*) Munidopsis ciliata Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VII. 200, 1891. Station 3353. 695 fathoms. 1 male. 3363. 978 " 1 male. " 3392. 1270 " 1 fem. " 3393. 1020 " 2 males. Most of the " Albatross " specimens are more hairy than those described by Henderson. In this respect they agree with M. ciliata Wood-Mason. These specimens also show that the number of lateral spines of the carapace, relied upon by Wood-Mason to distinguish his species from M. brevimana Hend., is inconstant. In some specimens there is an extra spine on each side of the front mar- gin of the carapace, between the supraantennal spine and the spine at the antero-lateral angle. Just as these pages are going to press, the type specimen of Munidopsis nitida (A. M. Edw.)t is returned from Paris. It is a male 23 mm. long (" Blake" Sta. 163, Guadaloupe, 769 fathoms), and differs from AI. ciliata but very slightly. The carapace is less hairy and more polished ; the transverse squamiform ridges, which are very evident in M. ciliata, are obsolescent. The transverse furrow which divides the terga of the second, third, and fourth abdominal somites into two prominent ridges in M. ciliata is but faintly indicated in M. nitida. The tubercles on the superior face of the merus of the ambulatory appendages, moreover, are much less pronounced in Milne Edwards's species. In short, 31. nitida is a less heavily sculptured and less hairy form than M. ciliata. The characters that separate the two forms appear to be of racial or varietal, rather than specific, value, but the name M. cilinta may be provisionally retained for the Pacific and Indian Ocean form until the distribution of each form is more fully known. * See pp. 81, 82. t Orophorrh/iichus nitidiis A. M. Edw., Bull. Miis. Comp. Zool, VIII. 59, 1880 ; Munidopsis nitida A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7'""^ Sen, XVI. 275, 1S94. MUNIDOPSIS SUBSQUAMOSA. 85 Munidopsis vicina Fax. Plate XVIIL, Fig. 2, 2\ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 181, 1893. Near M. ciliata, from which it differs as follows : it is a very much smaller species, the adult ovigerous female being only twenty-nine millimeters long ; the anterior margin of the propodite of the ambulatory appendages bears two very prominent spines ; on comparing the telson of M. vicina with that of M. ciliata a marked diiference is apparent in the division of the telson by sutures, — a difference most readily comprehended by a glance at Figs. 2 and 3 of Plate XVIII. The pair of long and narrow plates which lie on each side of the small central plate in M. ciliata are entirely wanting in M. vicina. As in M. ciliata, the carapace of M. vicina is covered with squamoid tubercles, the rostrum is curved slightly upward, and the chela is short. Length, 29 mm. ; breadth, 9.5 mm. Station 3360. 1672 fathoms. 1 fem. " 3382. 1793 " 1 fem. ovig. The specimen from Station 3360 is a smoother, less setose form than the specimen from Station 3382. Munidopsis subsquamosa Hend. Ami. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5tli Ser., XVI. 41i, 1SS5 ; Rep. Clialleuger Anomura, p. 152, Plate XVII. Fig. 4, 1888. Station 3360. 1672 fathoms. 1 male. " 3361. 1471 " 1 fem. The rostrum is curved upward to a considerable degree in the " Alba- tross " specimens (most strongly in the female), and there are but three spines on the gastric area, — two in a transverse line at the base of the ros- trum, and a smaller one in the median line a little further behind. The outer or lower margin of the hand, too, is more concave than in Henderson's figure of M. subsquamosa. The types of this species were taken off Japan in 1875 fathoms. A nearly allied form, M. subsquamosa pallida Alcock,* has been dredged in the Bay of Bengal, 1803 fathoms. * Auu. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6ih Ser., XIII. 331, 1894. 86 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Munidopsis subsquamosa aculeata Hend. Munidopsis subsquamosa, var. aculeata Hend., Rep. Challenger Anomura, p. 153, Plate XVI. Fig. 1, 1888. Station 3382. 1793 fathoms. 2 males, 1 fern. ovig. The rostrum is shorter than is represented in Henderson's figure. In the two males the hind border of the sixth abdominal somite is produced in the median line into a prominent rounded process. The outline of the telson in Hendei'son's figure is apparently very incorrectly drawn. The eggs measure 3 X 3.3 mm. The " Challenger " specimens were captured between Marion Island and the Crozets in 1375 fathoms, and off the west coast of Patagonia in 1450 fathoms. This form is closely allied to M. crassa Smith,* from off the east coast of the United States, 1742-2620 fathoms. The latter species is distinguished by its large rostrum and the spine which projects from the outer edge of the eye-stalk just behind the cornea. Munidopsis villosa Fax. Plate XIX., Fig. 2. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., XXIV. 182, 1898. The whole surface of the body and limbs is beset with setae which arise from low squamous tubercles and transverse rugae on the carapace and from the transverse ridges of the abdominal segments. The rostrum is triangular, the distal half strongly upturned, cylindrical and pointed, the proximal half naked below and slightly carinated in the median line. A pair of tubercles ending in spiny points lie on the anterior part of the gastric region. One spine at antero-lateral angle of carapace, one at the front end of the anterior branchial lobes, and a rudimentary one further behind on the side of the branchial region. Fi-ontal border armed on each side with a spine over the base of the antenna. There is a median spine on the second, third, and fifth abdominal segments, and a rudiment of one on the fourth. The abdominal pleursB have rounded external angles. The eyes are freely movable and des- titute of spines. The second antennal segment is armed with a prominent * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. VII. 49i, 1884 ; Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1885, p. 6i5, Plate IV., 1886. MUNIDOPSIS ORNATA. 87 external spine. The chelipeds are robust, setose, and granulate ; the merus has a short superior spine and two lateral spines at the distal end ; the carpus is similarly equipped, though on one side the superior spine is obsolescent ; the chela is broad and strong, the fingers excavated, denticulated on their cutting edges and at their tips. The merus of the first pair of ambulatory appendages has an external distal spine ; the carpus of all the ambulatory limbs has two low longitudinal ridges, and the carpus of the first and sec- ond pair has a spine on the upper border at the distal end of the joint. Length, 55 mm. ; breadth, 18 mm. ; length of carapace, 31 mm. ; ros- trum, 8 mm. Station 3394. 511 fathoms. 1 male. Muuidopsis lillosa is very closely allied to the West Indian Mmiidopsis ahhreviata (A. M. Edw.),* from which it differs as follows : the tubercles and ridges of the carapace are more jironounced and the whole surface of the animal more hairy. The frontal border is armed on each side with a sharp spine, which is wanting in M. ahhreviata. The median dorsal spine on the fourth abdominal somite is obsolete, while the fifth somite bears a well- developed acute spine, like those on the second and third somites. In M. ahhreviata the fifth somite is unarmed. The distal half of the rostrum is curved upward much more strongly in M. villosa than it is in M. ahhreviata. Mujiidopsis villosa is represented by a single specimen in the " Albatross " collection. It is very much larger than the type specimen of 31. ahhreviata from the '• Blake " dredgings, and it is possible that the peculiarities above specified may be due to age or individual variation. But I think it more probable that we have to do with two closely allied or representative species on the Atlantic and Pacific sides of the continent. Munidopsis ornata Fax. Plate XX., Fig. 1, T. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 186, 1893. Carapace convex, the whole upper surface, including the rostrum, thickly covered with low squamous tubercles ; under a magnifying power the sur- face of each tubercle is seen to be made up of a number of secondary scale-like prominences ; the tubercles are not lengthened out transversely to form ridges in any part of the surface ; two of the tubercles on the gastric * Galathodes abbreviatus A. M, EcW., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 55, 1880 ; Munidopsis ahbrmata A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Auu. Sci. Nat., Zool., l^"'' Ser., XVI. 275, 1894. 88 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. region take on a spiny character. The rostrum is nearly horizontal, triangu- lar in cross-section, the margins serrate ; the anterior border of the carapace is convex between the eyes and the antennae, but has no spine at this point ; lateral border four-toothed, one of the teeth lying at the antero-lateral angle, two on the hepatic region, and one on the edge of the branchial region behind the cervical suture ; the posterior border is delicately festooned, but not armed with spines. The abdomen is spineless, its surface punctate, an- terior half of the pleurES of the second segment tuberculate, all the pleurse rounded. The eye has a transverse granulated tubercle running over the cornea from the inner side. The antennae are very slender and do not exceed the carapace in length. The chelipeds are moderately robust, the merus tuberculate and armed with a row of short spines along the upper edge ; the carpus spino-tuberculate, with two longitudinal furrows on the outer side ; hand almost smooth on the inner side, outer side and superior surface roughened with low tubercles ; fingers curved slightly upward, spoon- shaped at the denticulate and setose tips. Ambulatory appendages : meri flattened, tuberculate, upper edge produced to a spinose carina; the carpi have three denticulate ridges ; propodites scabrous, with an irregular row of spines on under side ; the dactyli have black tips and are finely spinulose on their posterior edges. Length, 23 mm. ; length of carapace, 12 mm. ; breadth, 8 mm. ; length of rostrum, 3 mm. Station 3404. 385 fathoms. 1 male. Munidopsis agassizii Fax. PlateXVIII.,Fig.4,4\ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, XXIV, 182, 1893. The carapace of this species is moderately convex, with a deep trans- verse depression across the anterior part of the cardiac area. The rostrum is long, slightly upturned, and armed near the middle with a pair of lateral spines. The gastric area has three pairs of spines, the anterior pair the largest. There is one spine on each anterior branchial lobe. The cardiac area bears two or three pairs of spines. The lateral margins of the carapace carry from six to eight spines each, and there is a longitudinal series of small spines within the margin on the branchial area. A small spine is situated on the anterior margin between the eye and the antenna. The posterior MUNIDOPSIS HYSTRIX. 89 border of the carapace is ornamented with six (in one specimen seven) spines. There are also several spines on the sides of the carapace below the epimeral suture. There is a very small spine over each eye. The an- tennae are shorter than the body, the first joint bears a long external spine, the second joint two lateral spines, the third joint two lateral spines and one superior. The chelipeds are long and slender, the merus and carpus have no long spines, the propodite carries four spines on the upper edge and several rudimentary spinules ; the fingers are spinulose, their cutting edges straight and denticulated. The ambulatory appendages have spiny meri and carpi, the longest spines being one at the distal superior border of each of these joints. The second, third, and fourth abdominal terga bear four spines each, and the pleura? of the second abdominal somite carry a few spinules. The abdominal pleuroe are rounded. Length, 23 mm. ; length of carapace, 12.4 mm. ; breadth of carapace, 8 mm. ; length of rostrum, 4.5 mm. Station 3389. 210 fathoms. 1 male, 1 fern. This species bears a general resemblance to M. erinacea (A. M. Edw.) and M. spinifera (A. M. Edw.). It differs from both of these in having a flatter carapace marked by a deeper transverse depression across the cardiac area ; in having a larger number of spines on the sides of the carapace; in the pres- ence of spines on the pterygostomian regions, and a small but distinct spine over the eye. It also has strong spines on the superior edge of the hand which are wanting in M. erinacea and M. spinifera. In the possession of three pairs of gastric spines it agrees with M. spinifera, but differs from M. erinacea. Munidopsis hystrix Fax. Plate XIX., Fig. 1, 1". Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 183, 1893. Carapace setose and thickly covered with small spinous tubercles ; three spines of special prominence on the gastric area disposed in the form of a triano-le, with apex directed backward ; one on the cardiac area ; two (rarely six) on the hind margin of the carapace ; one on each branchial area. There is a spine at the external angle of the orbit, and the lateral margin of the carapace is spinose. The rostrum is long, lightly curved upward from the base to the tip, and armed with from two to five spines on each side ; these spines are unsymmetrically arranged on the two sides The second, third, 12 90 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. and fourth abdominal segments are conspicuously two-ridged ; the second segment has a pair of small spines on the anterior ridge, and another pair nearer the median line on the posterior I'idge ; the third segment also has a pair of spines on the anterior ridge, and in some specimens a third spine in the median line on the posterior ridge. The abdominal pleurae are trun- cate. The chelipeds are long, very spiny from the proximal end of the merus to the base of the fingers ; the chief spines of the propodite are on the upper margin of the segment ; there are two spines near the base of the dactylus. The ambulatory appendages are long, setose, and spinose, excepting the dac- tylus. None of the legs are furnished with epipodites. A spine over the eye. Antennge shorter than the body ; a spine on the outer side of the first seg- ment, one on each side of the second and third segments, and one on the upper surface of the third segment. Length of ovigerous female, 48.5 mm. ; length of carapace, 26 mm. ; breadth, 15 mm. ; rostrum, 8 mm. Station 3417. 493 fathoms. 1 male, 2 fern. ovig. " 3424. 676 " 4 fern. (2 ovig.). " 3425. 680 " 7 males, 5 fem. (2 ovig.). Munidopsis sericea Fax. Plate XIX., Fig. 3, 3". Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 184, 1893, The whole surface of the body and limbs is covered with a silky pubes- cence. The rostrum is long, curved gently upward, convex above, but not carinated, armed with a prominent spine on each side near the middle, and with three minute spinules near the base. Gastric region swollen, armed with two conical spines and ten or twelve small spinoid tubercles. The cardiac region has a prominent transverse ridge near the centre, in front of which is a deep depression separating it from the gastric region ; the ridge is armed with a pair of short spinules. There is a small spine on the anterior border between the eye and the antenna, a large one at the antero-external angle, three on the border of each anterior branchial lobe (the middle one of these three spines is the largest), and one small one on the border of each branchial region just behind the posterior branch of the cervical groove ; there- are besides about ten spinous tubercles on each branchial area, and five or six pairs of spinules on the posterior margin of the carapace. Ptery- MUNIDOPSIS MARGARITA. 91 gostomian regions granulated. There is a pair of spines on the second, third, and fourth abdominal segments ; besides these there are several small spinules on the terga and pleurse of these segments ; the pleuraB are rather narrow, with rounded lateral angles. The chelipeds are wanting in the unique specimen. The ambulatory appendages are spinulose, the spinules of the dactyli restricted to the hind margin. The eye is provided with a a very minute spine. The antennse are rather longer than the body, the basal joint has a short external spine, a longer one at the lower internal angle, and a smaller one at a higher level on the inner side. The latter spine shows, when the animal is viewed from above, between the eye-stalk and the antenna. The subsequent segments of the antenna are armed as usual in this genus. Length, 39 mm. ; length of carapace, 12 mm. ; length of rostrum, 8 mm. ; breadth of carapace, 12 mm. Station 3394. 511 fathoms. 1 male. Munidopsis margarita Fax. Plate XX., Fig. 2. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo!., XXIV. 184, 1893. In this species the rostrum has a gentle upward curve near the tip ; it is carinate above, and minutely spinulous on the margins. The surface of the carapace is rough with squamous tubercles and forward-pointed spines. The gastric and cardiac regions are prominent, and separated from one another by a deep depression ; a pair of spines on the gastric region, and one spine on the cardiac region attain a special prominence. A long sharp spine outside the eye forms the outer wall of a well-marked orbit. There are eight spines on each lateral margin, six on the posterior margin (includ- ing those at the postero-lateral angles). The branchial areas are iridescent. Second abdominal segment : the anterior transverse ridge, which is broken down in the centre, bears on each side a prominent hooked spine, which is enlarged at the base, and denticulated on the outer margin ; the posterior ridge is furnished with three hooked spines; the pleurfe of this segment bear each a broad, flattened, forward-pointing tooth with denticulated edges; when the animal is viewed from above, this tooth appears to form the lateral ex- tremity of the pleura, which really lies below it and is rounded. Third abdom- inal segment : both ridges are spiny and denticulate, three spines being 92 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. specially prominent on each ridge. Fourth abdominal segment : armed with but one small median spinule. The sides of the carapace below the epimeral sutures are covered with spiny tubercles, and display an iridescent lustre. The eye has two spines projecting over the cornea from the inner side ; the posterior of these spines is very minute. The antennae are very slender, and about as long as the carapace ; the first and second joints are provided with a prominent external spine, the third joint with three spines, viz. one external, one internal, and one superior. The chelipeds are absent in both the specimens. The ambulatory appendages are spinulose on all the segments except the dactyli, which are finely serrate on the hind margin. The legs, and more especially the sternum, are iridescent, like mother-of- pearl. This iridescence is seen in a less degree in several other species of this genus. Length, 20 mm. ; length of carapace, 11 mm. ; breadth, 7 mm. ; length of rostrum, 3.5 mm. Station 3404, 385 fathoms. 1 male, 1 fern. Munidopsis crinita Fax. Plate XX., Fig. 3, 3". Munidopsis crinita Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 185, 1893. GalafJiodes crinitus A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Ann Sci. Nat., Zool., 7™' Ser., XVI. 279, 1891. The whole surface is clothed with long setJB, which are longest and densest on the chelipeds and ambulatory appendages. The rostrum is very broad at the base, and ends in tlu'ee points, the middle of which is the longest ; the rostrum is slightly carinate in the median line. The cara- pace is roughened by low setiferous ridges ; the antero-lateral angles are obliquely truncate ; a spine over the antenna, and four on the lateral mar- gin, the last one just behind the posterior branch of the cervical suture, the third one obsolescent ; hind margin unarmed. A pair of spines on the gastric region behind the base of the rostrum. The abdomen is devoid of spines, and there is no spine over the eye. The antennae are slender, shorter than the body ; the basal joint is provided with a long spine on the external side, and another on the internal side ; the second joint has an external spine, the thii'd an internal one. Chelipeds : internal edge of merus five-spined, su- perior edge also fui'nished with a row of smaller spines ; carpus with one prominent internal spine ; hand unarmed, broadest at base of fingers, cutting MUNIDOPSIS SCABRA. 93 edges of fingers toothed. Ambulatory limbs setose, hind border of dactyli spinulose. Length, 19.5 mm. j carapace, 11.5 mm.; rostrum, 2.6 mm.; breadth of carapace, 7.5 mm. Station 3384. 458 fathoms. 1 fem. This species, which belongs to the genus Galathodcs as recently restricted by MM. A. Milne Edwards and Bouvier, resembles M. tridentaiu (Esmark), 31. latifrons (A. M. Edw.), and M. tndens (A. M. Edw.). It differs from all these species by its dense pilosity, the shortness of the rostrum, and the great breadth of the hand at the base of the fingers. It further differs from M. tridentata through the possession of a pair of gastric spines, and through the absence of prominent spines on the meri of the ambulatory appendages ; from M. latifrons through the presence of gastric spines, and the absence of spines on the tergum of the second abdominal somite ; from M. tndens through the presence of five internal meral spines and one powerful internal carpal spine borne by the cheliped. M. tridentafa comes from the eastern Atlantic, M. latifrons from the Barbadoes, M. tridens from St. Kitts. Munidopsis scabra Fax. Plate XXI., Fig. 1, T. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., XXIV. 186, 1893. The rostrum is triangular, slightly curved upward, carinated above, the lateral edges and the carina lightly denticulated. The carapace is covered with squamous setiferous tubercles, which end in spiny points. There is a transver.se row of six more prominent spiny tubercles on the gastric region. The posterior border of the carapace is ornamented with a denticulated rim (about eight denticles). There is a spine between the eye and the antenna below the anterior margin of the carapace. The abdomen is devoid of spines, the pleurae have truncated lateral angles. A very short spine pro- jects over the cornea of the eye. The antennce are shorter than the body; a spine on the outer side of the basal joint, one on each side of the second joint, and one on each side, and one on superior margin of the third joint. The chelipeds are long, spinose, except the fingers; hand long, the basal part longer than the fingers. All the joints of the ambulatory appendages are spin}', except the dactyli. 94 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Length (ovigerous female), 40 mm. ; length of carapace, 13.5 mm. ; breadth, 14 mm.; rostrum, 5 mm. Station, 3424. 676 fathoms. 2 males, 1 female ovig. 3425. 680 " 1 male, 1 " " Mnnidopsis scabra resembles M. sharreri (A. M. Edw.), but may be at once dlstino-uished from the latter b}' the shortness of the ocular spines, and the great development of the spiny-pointed tubercles of the carapace. Munidopsis tanneri Fax. Plate XXIL, Fig. 1, T. Bull. Mus. Corap. Zool., XXIV. 187, 1893. Carapace flat, quadrangular, covered with squamous setiferous tubercles which have a tendency to develop spiny points on the gastric region. This is especially true of a transverse row of six on the anterior part of this reo-ion. The rostrum is triangular and horizontal. There is a prominent spine on each side of the anterior margin of the carapace between the eye and the antenna, another at the antero-lateral angle, and two or three on the side of the anterior branchial lobe ; the hind border of the carapace is den- ticulated. A small spine over the eye. AntennfB shorter than the body; one spine on the outer side of the first joint, two lateral and one superior on the second and third joints. Cheliped (present in only one specimen) long, slen- der ; merus and carpus many-spined ; propodite spiny along the upper and lower margins ; tips of fingers enlarged and denticulated. Ambulatory limbs : a prominent row of spines on the upper edge of the merus and carpus, propodite and dactylus devoid of spines. Abdomen without spines; pleurae narrow, angles rounded. Length, 41 mm. ; length of carapace, 23.5 mm. ; breadth, 15.5 mm. ; rostrum, 6 mm. Station 3396. 259 fathoms. 2 males, 1 fem. (1 male with Bopynis.) 3397. 85 " 1 male. This species is nearly related to M. scabra, but differs from the latter species in having the carapace broader and flatter, with squamous tubercles which are not produced into points, except a few on the gastric area. The spine between the eye and the antenna is longer ; the propodites of the ambulatory legs are smoother, with no well-developed spines. MUNIDOPSIS HAMATA. 95 Munidopsis hamata Fax. Plate XXL, Fig. 2, ^«, 2\ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 1S7, 1S93. Body and limbs clothed with short, scattered setaj. Eostrum long, curved slightly upward, basal half furrowed longitudinally, with a row of short spines on each side of the furrow ; infero-lateral edges of rostrum also fur- nished with small spines. Carapace quadrangular, anterior border forming a right angle with lateral border, both borders spinulose ; lateral border with an indentation at anterior boundary of anterior branchial lobe ; a deep de- pression back of each anterior branchial lobe, and another across the anterior part of the cardiac region ; the upper surface of the carapace is adorned with spinidose tubercles, and a median longitudinal row of more prominent spines runs along the gastric and cardiac regions ; the anterior spine of the cardiac region overhangs the transverse depression, the posterior spine of the row springs from the hind rim of the cai\apace. There is a median hooked spine on the tergum of the second, third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments, and many spiny tubercles irregularly disposed on these segments ; the pleurae of the third to the sixth abdominal segments are narrow but blunt, those of the second to the fifth are costate. The ocular peduncle is movable, and devoid of a spine. The antennaj are about as long as the body ; the basal joint has an inferior spine and a small external spine ; the second joint also bears an external spine. The chelipeds are long and slender, all the joints from the ischium to the propodite are equipped with longitudinal rows of small spines ; the chela is not broader than the basal part of the propodite, the fingers are straight, their prehensile edges, denticulate. The ambulatory appendages are spinulose. There are no epipodites on the five pairs of legs. Length of a male, 49 mm. ; length of carapace, 25 mm.; breadth of cara- pace, 14 mm. ; length of rostrum, 9 mm. ; length of cheliped, 47.5 mm. (merus, 15 mm., carpus, 5.5 mm., chela, 19 mm.). Station 3394. 511 fathoms. 13 males, 16 fem. ovig. " 3395. 730 " 3 males. 96 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Munidopsis depressa Fax. Plate XXII., Fig. 2, ^, 2K BuU. Mus. Corap. Zool., XXIV. 189, 1S93. Closely allied to M. liamata, but differs as follows : the cephalothorax is more swollen, so that the sides of the carapace are visible below the epimeral sutures when the animal is viewed from above. The median row of spines on the carapace consists of a smaller number of spines (two on the gastric region, one on the cardiac region, and one on the posterior margin). The spinules of the lateral margin of the carapace are less developed. The de- pression on the carapace involves the gastric region to a greater degree. The anterior margin of the carapace is not so straight, and it is not spinulif- erous. The antero-lateral spine is more prominent, the eyes smaller, and the antenna? shorter (shorter than the carapace). There is, moreover, no spine on the fifth abdominal segment. Length, 32 mm.; carapace, 19 mm.; rostrum, 5 mm.; breadth of cara- pace, 12.5 mm. Station 3425. 680 fathoms. 1 male. Munidopsis aspera (Hend.). Elamonotus asper Hend , Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., XVI. 416, 1885 ; Eep. ChaUenger Ajiomura, p. 163, Plate XIX. Fig. 4, 1888. Munidopsis aspera Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, XXIV. 188, 1893. Station 3357. 782 fathoms. 1 fem. ovig. " 3358. 555 " 1 male. " 3370. 134 " 1 fem. " 3402. 421 " 2 males, 5 fem. (3 ovig.). " 3403. 384 " 1 male. " 3406. 551 " 2 males. This species is subject to considerable variation. In the specimens from Stations 3402, 3403, and 3406, the tubercles of the carapace are more numer- ous and less spiny than in those secured at the other stations. The ambula- tory appendages of all the " Albatross " examples are apparently more spiny than in the types from the " Challenger." The latter came from the Straits of Magellan, 245 fathoms. MUNIDOPSIS CARINIPES. 97 Munidopsis quadrata Fax, Plate XXIII., Fig. I, T, 1\ T. Munidopsis quadrata Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 188, 1893. Elasmonotus quadratus A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7^"°= Ser., XVI. 281, 282, 1894. Carapace quadrangular, the anterior and lateral margins forming a right angle ; upper surface flat, spineless, but furnished with low squamous tuber- cles. Eostrum curved upward, broad at base, narrowing anteriorly to form a long sharp acumen. Central part of gastric region prominent above the anterior branchial lobes, from which it is separated by deep pits. A promi- nent transverse ridge on cardiac region forming the posterior wall of a deep fossa. Antero-lateral angles rounded. Second segment of abdomen armed with a median spine, which is curved forward ; third and fourth segments with a very prominent ridge, which bears an acute median tooth ; pleurae of second segment faintly tubei'culate, the others narrow, with the external angles rounded but not truncate. Eye spineless, almost concealed by the base of the rostrum. Antennae about as long as the carapace ; a conspicu- ous spine on the upper side of the third segment. Cheliped long, tubercu- late, with the exception of the fingers ; chela slender, fingers not gaping. Ambulatory legs tuberculate, with the exception of the dactyli, which are furnished with small teeth on their posterior margins. Length of body, 29 mm. ; length of carapace, 15.5. mm.; breadth of cara- pace, 9 mm. ; length of rostrum, 6 mm. ; length of cheliped, 30 mm. There is some variation in the length and upward curvature of the ros- tnnn among the different specimens. A female from Station 3424 (Plate XXIIL, Fig. V), differs markedly from the males, in having the tubercles on the carapace and appendages much more strongly developed. Station 3424. 676 fathoms. 2 males, 1 fem. ovig. " 3425. 680 " 1 male. Munidopsis carinipes Fax. Plate XXIV., Fig. 1, 1% 1\ Munidopsis carinipes Fax., Bull. Mus. Coiiip. Zool, XXIV. 189, 1893. Elasmonotus carinipes Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., XIII. 333, April, 1894. « A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7*'"<' Ser., XVI. 281, 282, May, 1894. Carapace quadrangular, flat, marked by a median tuberculated ridge on the gastric and cardiac regions ; sides converging a little from front back- is 98 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. ward ; the antero-lateral angles form a rounded shoulder. Rostrum broad at base, nearly horizontal ; sides converging near tip, which is blunt ; upper surface nearly flat, lightly granulated. The rest of the upper sui'face of the carapace has a coarser granulation. There is a conspicuous hooked tooth on the third and the fourth abdominal segments, and in some specimens there is a rudimentary one on the second and the fifth segments ; the teeth on the third and fourth segments have denticulated margins in adult specimens ; abdominal pleurae long and narrow. Chelipeds very long, lightly tubercu- late ; chela long, slender ; fingers rather short, smooth, with straight, denti- culated prehensile margins. The meri of the ambulatory legs granulated ; superior border produced to a crest, the edge of which is entire ; the lower margin of the meri is also entire ; the carpi have three tuberculated ridges, one of whicli is superior, two external ; the propodites lightly tuberculated ; dactyli smooth, their hind margins armed with about five teeth. Eye spineless, nearly hidden under the rostrum. Antennae shorter than the cara- pace ; first, third, and fourth joints armed with an external spine. Length, 30 mm, ; carapace, 16 mm. ; breadth, 9.5 mm. ; rostrum, 5 mm. ; cheliped, 40 mm. (merus, 13 mm., carpus, 4.5 mm., propodite, 17 mm., dacty- lus, 7 mm.). Station 3353. 695 fathoms. 2 males, 1 fem. ovig. Near M. Imigimana {Elasmonotus longimanus A. M. Edw.), from which it differs in having the rostrum more nearly plane and more tapering, the merus of the cheliped much less strongly tuberculated, the meri of the ambulatory limbs more strongly carinated, with lower margin entire instead of denticulate ; the spine on antennal peduncle is more prominent, while the tooth on the second segment of the abdomen is absent, or at best rudi- mentary. The chelipeds of the female specimen of M. carinipes are lost. Munidopsis inermis Fax. Plate XXIII., Fig. 2, ^. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 191, 1S93. In this species the whole surface of the body and appendages is naked and free from spines and tvibercles. The carapace is rather flat above, with subparallel sides ; the gastric region is protuberant, and separated from the hepatic and cardiac areas by conspicuous furrows. The surface of the cara- pace is punctate, lightly granulate and rugose on the branchial regions. MUNIDOPSIS LATIROSTRIS. 99 The rostrum is triangular, blunt at the apex, bent strongly downward, and slightly carinate above. The antero-lateral angle is rounded, and a rounded lobe projects from the anterior margin above the base of the antenna. The abdomen is smooth, naked, devoid of spines and ridges ; the abdominal pleurae are rounded. Ocular peduncle free, spineless. The peduncle of the antenna is also destitute of spines ; the flagellum is wanting in the only specimen obtained. The chelipeds are also missing. The ambulatory appendages are smooth, unarmed ; the dactyli long (equal to the propodites in length), slightly curved, acute at the tips. The appendages of the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments are simple and rudimentary. The merus of the third maxillipeds is short, its antero-internal margin three-toothed ; the palpus of this appendage is nearly as long as the merus and ischium combined. Length 12 mm. ; carapace, 6 mm. ; breadth, 4 mm. Station 3354. 322 fathoms. 1 male. This species nearly resembles M. poUta {Anoplonotus politus Smith), but the carapace of the former is longer and narrower, the rostrum is curved more strongly downward, and the propodites of the ambulatory limbs are much shorter in proportion to the dactyli. Munidopsis latirostris Fax. Elasmonotus latifrons Hend., Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5tli Ser., XVI. 416, 1885 ; Rep. Challenger Anomura, p. 160, Plate XIX. Fig. 1, 1888. {Norn. prceoc.)* Orophorhi/itchus latifrons A. M. Edw. et BoDV., Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7*™ Ser., XVI. 287, 1894. Station 3381. 1772 fathoms. 1 fern. 3391. 153 " 1 " In his first description of this species Prof. Henderson describes the eye-stalks as fused with the sides of the rostrum, while in his final report he states that they are slightly movable. In the " Albatross " specimens they are firmly soldered to the rostrum. Henderson also says that the ambulatory limbs have a few short blunt spines on the anterior margin of the meri, carpi, and propodites. In the "Albatross" specimens the spines of the meri are on the posterior margin of the joint, but these specimens agree so well with Henderson's description in other respects that I do not doubt that they be- long to the same species. The unique " Challenger" specimen was obtained between Papua and the Admiralty Islands at a depth of 1070 fathoms. * See pp. 81, 82. 100 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Munidopsis hendersoniana Fax. PUe XXIV., Fig. 2, ^, 2\ ^. Munidopsis hendersoniana Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 190, 1893. Orophorhi/nchits hendersonianus A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Ami. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7*'"' Ser., XVI. 287, 1894. In this species, as in M. marginata {Elasmomtus marginatus Hend.), M. edwardsii [Elasmonotus edwardm W.-M.), etc., the lateral margins of the cara- pace are produced into sharp crests which overhang the sides of the body. The upper surface of the carapace is rather flat, and is clothed with a close, short pubescence ; the sides of the carapace are nearly parallel. The rostrum is long, acute, nearly horizontal, the upper surface roof-shaped. There is a prominent tooth at the external orbital angle, and another smaller one at the antero-external angle of the carapace ; otherwise the carapace is unarmed. The eye-stalks are immovable, their proximal ends being anchylosed with the ocular segment ; they project forward far beyond the eye, forming sharp horns one half as long as the rostrum ; seen from above, the eye-stalks appear like lateral spines of the rostrum ; they are pubescent, like the cara- pace. The antennae are shorter than the body ; their basal segments are armed with a prominent triangular tooth on the anterior margin of the lower side, while the second segments are similarly equipped with a tooth on the outer side. The chelipeds are short and pubescent ; there is a prominent spine at the distal superior angle of the ischium, and a tooth near the distal end of the internal margin ; five or six teeth along the superior margin of the merus, and one on each side of the distal end of the same segment ; the carpus bears a superior tooth near the proximal end, together with three teeth on the distal margin ; the chela is short and thick, the hand devoid of teeth or spines ; the fingers are very short and thick, meeting one another only at their spoon- shaped denticulated tips ; there is a rounded tubercle at the base of the inner margin of the immovable finger ; the outer margin of this finger is denticu- lated. Ambulatory limbs : five to seven spines on the superior and external inferior margin of the meri (those on the superior margin the largest) ; upper edge of carpus three to four-spined ; propodites unarmed ; inner mar- gin of dactyli denticulated. Abdomen without spines, somewhat tomentose. Length, 37 mm. ; carapace, 20 mm. ; rostrum, 6.5 mm. ; breadth of cara- pace, 12 ram. ; length of cheliped, 28 mm. Station 3393. 1020 fathoms. 3 males, 1 fem. (with Pettogaster). UROPTYCHUS PUBESCENS. IQl Nearly allied to M. edwardsii (Wood-Mason) * of the Bay of Bengal, but easily distinguished from that species by the lateral margins of the carapace, which in Wood-Mason's species are divided into two lobes, whilst in M. hen- dersoniana they are entire. UROPTYCHUS Hexd. Dipti/chus A. M. Edw., Bull. Mus. Coiiip. Zobl., VIII. Gl, 18S0 {nom.praoc). Uroptychm Hend , Rep. Cballeuger Anoiuura, p. 173, 1888. Uroptychus nitidus occidentalis Fax. Plate XXVI., Fix,. 1, T. Uroptychus nitidus occidentalis Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 192, 1893. Diptychus nitidus, var. occidentalis A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Ana. Sci. Nat , Zool., 7*"" Ser., XVI. 306, 1894. Differs from the typical Uroptijchus nitidus (A. M. Edw.)t as follows : the branchial regions are more swollen, giving to the posterior half of the cara- pace a more convex lateral outline ; the rostrum is shorter, the chelipeds shorter and more robust, the fingers shorter in proportion to the length of the basal part of the propodite ; the branchial regions are more distinctly margined. It approaches in some respects U. uncifer (A. M. Edw.), in which the rostrum and chelipeds are still shorter. U. poliius Hend., another closely related form, is distinguished by its short antennal acicle. Length of body of a female, 29 mm. ; length of cai-apace, 15 mm. ; length of rostrum, 4 mm. ; breadth of carapace between antero-lateral spines, 5 mm. ; breadth across the branchial region, 10 mm. ; length of cheliped, 44.5 mm. (merus, 11 mm., carpus, 12.5 mm., chela, 17.5 mm., dactylus, 6 mm.). Station 3384. 458 fathoms. 2 males, 2 fern. ovig. Uroptychus pubescens Fax. Plate XX VI., Fig. 3, 3% 3\ Uroptychus pubescens Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 192, 1893. Biptyclms pubescens A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Aim. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7'""' Ser., XVI. 306, 1894. Carapace, without including rostrum, broader than long, pubescent ; a transverse row of spines across the gastric region from one side of the cara- pace to the other ; lateral border of carapace spinose ; the anterior margin * Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tli Sen, VII. 201, 1891. t Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 02, 1880. 102 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. has a deep concavity above the eye, outer angle of the concavity armed with a spine. Rostrum one half as long as the rest of the carapace, bent down- ward a little, acute, with entire setiferous margins. Eye small, not broader than the eye-stalk, with brown pigment. Abdomen naked, smooth, pleura subacute. Antennas equal in length to the carapace with the rostrum ; acicle shorter than the peduncle. Chelipeds long, all the joints as far as the fingers spinulose, the spinules with broad bases ; propodite not broader than the carpus ; carpus equal in length to the basal portion of the propodite ; fino-ers straight, a sliglit tooth near the base of the dactylus ; the tips of the fingers cross. Meri of ambulatory legs minutely spinulose on the superior margin, distal end of propodite spiniferous on the hind margin, whole hind margin of dactylus armed with spines; all the joints of the ambulatory limbs furnished with long setas. Length (female), 44 mm. ; breadth, 17.5 mm. ; length of carapace, 21 mm.; length of rostrum, 7.5 mm.; length of cheliped, 57 mm. (merus, 12 mm., carpus, 15 mm., chela, 24 mm., dactylus, 9.3 mm.). Station 3354. 322 fathoms. 2 fern. ovig. " 3355. 182 " 1 fem. ovig. This species is more nearly related to U. insignis Hend. than to any other described species. Uroptychus bellus Fax. Plate XXVI., Fig. 2, 2", 2". Uroptychus bellus Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.. XXIV. 193, 1893. Dipli/chus bellus A. M. Edw. et Bouv., Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7*"" Ser., XVI. 306, 1894. Carapace broad, branchial regions inflated, upper surface naked, smooth, and polished ; the branchio-cardiac lines meet in the median line of the carapace ; the anterior margin has a concavity above the eye, forming an orbit with a spinule at its external angle. There is one spine at the antero- lateral angle of the carapace, and ten or eleven on the lateral margin ; the lateral spines decrease in size posteriorly. The rostrum is long, taper- ing, acute at the apex, and concave at the base above. The abdomen is smooth, the pleurse subacute. The eye-stalks are short and stout, the eye not wider than the peduncle, black. The antennae are very slender, shorter than the carapace, the acicle considerably shorter than the peduncle. Chelipeds very long, naked except for a few setae on the fingers, polLshed ; the ischium bears a spine on the superior margin and several others on the AXIUS ACUTIFRONS. 103 lower side ; the merus and carpus are armed with spines arranged in longi- tudinal rows ; there is a row of spines on the upper margin of the propodite (the row is double at the proximal end), another series on the outer face reaching from the proximal end about half way to the distal end, and another still shorter row of more rudimentary spines just outside the latter series ; the fingers are separated by a gap ; their prehensile edges are den- ticulate, with one or more prominent teeth near the base of the dactylus. Ambulatory appendages : meri and carpi of the first and second pairs spinu- lose along the upper edge, these joints being spineless on the third pair. All of the ambulatory appendages are subchelate, the distal end of the propodite being enlarged and furnished with spines against which the spined dactylus closes. Length (male), 17 mm. ; carapace, 10.5 mm. ; rostrum, 4.5 mm. ; breadth of carapace, 7.7 mm.; cheliped, 31 mm. (merus, 7 mm., carpus, 9 mm., chela, 14 mm., dactylus, 5 mm.). Station 3354. 322 fathoms. 1 fem. ovig. 3355. 182 " 1 male. Family AXIIDtE. AXIUS Leach. Trans. Linn. Soo. London, XI. 335, 313, 1S15. Axius acutifrons (Bate). Plate XXVIIL, Fig. 2. Eicoitaxiiis acutifrons Bate, Rep. Cliallenger Macrura, p. 40, Plate V. Fig. 2, 1SS8. Axius acutifrons F.\x., Bull. Mus. Conip. ZooL, XXIV. 193, 1893. Station 3358. 555 fathoms. 2 males, 4 fem. ovig. " 3359. 465 " 3 males, 3 fem. (2 ovig.). The Challenger specimens were taken off Banda, lat. 4° 31' S., long. 129° 57' 20" E., in 360 fathoms. The females carry about nine eggs, which are large for the size of the animal (1.5 X 1 m.). Spence Bate established the genus Eiconaxius to receive three species from the " Challenger," which differ from Axius stirh;jnchiis Leach — the type of the genus Axhis — in the presence of a long spine (stylocerite) on the second joint of the external antenna? outside of the movable acicle (scapho- 104 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. cerite). In the figures of Amis stirhi/nchiis given by Leach,* and by Milne Edwards,! a short stylocerite is discernible, and in some of the species referred to Axius by recent authors, this structure appears to assume larger proportions. For iiistance, in Alius annatus Smith,:]: the stylocerite is de- scribed as " slender, acute, and more than half as long as the rest of the segment, while the acicle [scaphocerite] is slender, straight, and as long as the fourth segment." I have therefore provisionally united the genera Eiconaxius and Axius.^ Axius crista-galli Fax. Plate XXVIIL, Fig. 1-1\ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 193, 1S93. This species agrees closely with A. acutifrons in all its parts except the rostrum and the larger claw, which differ as follows : the margins of the ros- trum, which ui A. acutifrons are only microscopically denticulated, are in the present species armed with prominent teeth ; the median carina of the ros- trum, entire, or at most but slightly serrate in the former species, is here cut into about seven prominent teeth, so as to resemble a low cock's-comb. The larger claw (which is on the left side in three specimens, on the right side in two) differs from the corresponding structure of ^. acutifrons in lack- ing the serration on the superior margin of the propodite, in the presence of a strong tubercle on the anterior border of the hand between the bases of the fingers, and in the absence of prominent teeth on the prehensile edges of the fingers. For a comparison of the claws of these two species, see Plate XXVIIL, Fig. 1, 2. The eyes are faceted, but nearly colorless in tliis species and in A. acutifrons. If Bate's genus Eiconaxius be adopted as a valid one, this species will be included in it. Length of a male, 24.5 mm. ; length of carapace, 10 mm. Station 3359. 465 fathoms. 3 males, 1 fem. ovig. The female carries eighteen eggs of large size (2 X 1.5 mm.). * Malacostraca Podoplith. Brit., Plate XXXIII. Fig. 2. t Cuvier's Regiie Animal, Disciples' ed., Plate XLVIII. Fig. 2«. X Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. 433, 1881. § Accoi-ding to Ortmauii (Zoolog. Jalirb., Abtli. f. Syst., VI. 46, 1891) tbe presence of sexual appen- dages on the first abdouiiual somite of the male is characteristic of the family Axiidie. But in Mconaxius acutifrons Bate, and in the closely related species ^.rz«.! crista-galli Fax., the first abdominal somite is entirely devoid of appendages in the male sex, and Ortmann (op. cit., p. 50) states that the abdominal appendages of Eiconaxius farrece are like those of E. acutifrons. CALASTACUS. 105 CALASTACUS Fax. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 194, 1893. Cephalo-thorax laterally compressed. Abdomen long, enlarged in the middle, narrowed at each extremity, pleurae broad and rounded. Rostrum long, pointed ; eyes rudimentary, subglobose, without pigment and un- faceted. Second antennae on a horizontal line with the first antenna ; the second segment is armed with a long external spine (stylocerite), and a still longer articulated style-shaped scale (scaphocerite). Third maxillipeds pedi- form. First and second pairs of legs chelate. First abdominal appendages of the male modified to serve as sexual organs (gonopods). Outer branch of the swimmerets divided near the posterior margin by a diagonal suture. Telson long, quadrangular. Gills composed of a central stem, bearing two rows of filaments. The number and arrangement of the gills are shown by the following formula : — Somites VIII.* IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIT. Epipods 1 1 1 1 1 1 = (6) Podobranchiae 1 1 1 1 0=4 Arthrobranchise o o 2 2 2 = 10 Pleurobranchise 0=0 14 + (6) This genus is closely related to Calocaris Bell In both genera the con- dition of the aborted eyes is the same; the two anterior pairs of legs alone are chelate ; the first abdominal segment bears, in the male, a pair of specialized sexual appendages, and the outer plate of the sixth pair of abdominal ap- pendages is divided near the end by a diagonal suture. I have not seen females of either genus, nor have I examined the gill arrangement of Calo- caris, there being but two specimens of Calocaris macandrcce in this Museum.! The presence of a long styloid scaphocerite appended to the peduncle of * The somite which bears the second pair of maxillipeds is here reckoned as the eighth, t According to Ortmann (Zoolog. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VI. 50, 1891) the branchial formula for Calo- caris macandrete is as follows : — Somites viii. ix. x. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. Epipods 0011110= (4) Podobranchiae 1 1 1 1 1 0=5 Arthrobranchia; 1 2 2 2 2 2 = 11 Pleurobrauchia; 0=0 10 + (4) 14 106 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. the second antennge distinguishes Calastacus from Calocaris. The second antenna of Calocaris macandreoi is represented on Plate XXVII., Fig. 2, 2", for comparison with the same organ of Calastacus (Fig. 1'^). Calastacus stilirostris Eax. Plate XXVIL, Fig. 1-V. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. XXIV. 191, 1893. Male. — Carapace laterally compressed, naked, punctate ; rostrum long, narrow, acute, apex slightly upturned ; two strong spines directed upward and forward at the base of the rostrum ; from the root of the rostrum the median dorsal line of the carapace is very convex ; a light median carina runs along the back from the base of the rostrum, fading out before reach- ing the hind border of the carapace. The gastric area is lightly corrugated on each side of the carina. Abdomen longer than the carapace (including the rostrum), naked, smooth ; first segment small, with rudimentary pleural projections ; pleurte of the succeeding segments broad, rounded, and bent outward ; telson long, quadrangular, with convex hind border. Eyes rudimentary, subglobose, devoid of pigment and corneal facets. Peduncle of first antenna composed of three stout segments, decreasing in size successively from the first to the third. Basal segment of second an- tenna provided with a sharp spine on inner edge of lower side ; second segment armed with a long and sharp distal external spine (stylocerite) ; from between the base of this spine and the following segment springs a slender, sharp, articulated spine (scaphocerite) which nearly reaches the end of the succeeding segment ; inner edge of the second joint also carries a median and a distal spinule, the latter of which is the larger ; the third and fourth segments are unarmed, the latter short and carrying a long flagellum, which exceeds the whole length of the body. EpiStome largely developed, terminating anteriorly in a triangular process at the base of the antennules. Chelipeds long, symmetrical on the two sides ; coxa furnished with a small spine on the anterior border of the distal end ; the ischium has from one to four spines on the lower margin ; merus laterally compressed, armed with a spine on the upper edge near the distal end, and a variable number of spines (four to eight) on the lower edge ; one of these, near the distal end of the segment, is very long ; there is also a small spine on the ex- PANULIRUS. 107 ternal margin of the merus at its point of articulation with the carpus. Carpus triangular, unarmed. Chela with sharp upper and lower margins; upper margin with five to seven spines, inner and outer faces with a few scattered spinules ; fingers with denticulate prehensile margins and curved crossed tips. Second pair of legs also chelate, but the chela is small. The remaining pairs of legs are not chelate, the dactyli curved, slender, and acute. The first abdominal appendages are modified for copulatory purposes ; they are composed of a basal stem which bears an expanded terminal plate concave on its inner face (Plate XXVII., Fig. l**). The second abdominal limb consists of a basal stem which carries a three-jointed inner and a mul- tiarticulate outer bi-anch ; at the proximal end of the second joint of the inner branch is a minute blunt process (stylamblys of Bate). The three following pairs of abdominal appendages are made up of a stem and two terminal branches, the inner of which bears a rather long and slender styl- amblys. The last pair of abdominal appendages, or swimmerets, are broad ; both branches have a longitudinal median rib, and the outer branch is divided near the tip by a suture that runs diagonally from the external margin to the posterior margin ; along this suture are seen articulated spinules, and there is also an unarticulated spine on the external border of the inner plate near the distal end. For the branchial formula, see p. 105, under the generic diagnosis. Length of carapace, 22.2 mm. ; rostrum, 5.5 mm. ; abdomen, 30 mm. ; cheliped, 39 mm. ; merus of cheliped, 14 mm. ; chela, 17 mm. Station 3418. 660 fathoms. 9 males. Family PALINURID^. PANULIRUS Gray. List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 69, 1847. Panulirus sp. A small specimen of Pannlims, 23 mm. long, was taken at Station 3354, 322 fathoms. It is too young to show its specific characters. The only other representatives of this family found in the collection are seven specimens in the Phyllosonia stage. 108 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Family ERYONTID^. ERYONICUS Bate. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Set., X. 456, 1882 ; Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 122, 1888. [Eryo/ieicus.'] The genus Ert/oniciis was established by Spence Bate for the reception of a remarkable Eryonid, Eri/oniciis ccecus Bate, secured during the voyage of the " Challenger," Feb. 11, 1873, off the Canary Islands, ostensibly from a depth of 1620 fathoms. This specimen, which was only 13 mm. (i in.) long, remained unique until 1890, when a similar specimen was captured in the Bay of Bengal, 690-920 fathoms, by the naturalists of H. M. S. " Investi- gator." The latter specimen, which was larger than the one obtained by the "Challenger" (36 mm. long), was recorded but not described by Wood- Mason in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 6th Series, VII. 199, 1891. Wood-Mason believed it to be an immature form of some species of Pentacheles (Ful^chcks), as had already been suggested by Spence Bate. Eight specimens of Eri/onicus were secured by the "Albatross" in 1891, the largest of which measures 62.5 mm. (nearly 2| in.) in length. With so many and such large individuals at my disposal, I have been able to correct some of the errors and supply some of the deficiencies in Spence Bate's account of this interesting animal. The first abdominal somite, which was destitute of appendages in the type described by Bate, in the largest of the " Albatross " specimens (a male) bears a pair of limbs specialized for sexual functions, very like the corresponding appendages in the genus Polychclcs. The inner branch of the appendages of the second abdominal somite bears ttvo processes (stylam- blydes), as in the other genera of Eryontidce.. The first abdominal somite of the female, also, carries a pair of less highly modified, simple, two-jointed appendages. The existence of well developed external sexual organs, taken in connection with the dimensions of the largest of the " Albatross " speci- mens, at once disposes of the theory that Eryonicus is an immature stage in the development of some other genus. The ophthalmopoda, far from being absent in this genus, as Bate asserts, present in the adult (see Plate XXX., Figs. 1, 1", 1-) the same form and dimensions as in the genus PolychcUs. They consist of a large lobe, im- movably fixed in a deep sinus in the anterior border of the carapace ; this lobe sends forth an elongated cylindrical process outward and downward ERYONICUS. 109 le below the antero-lateral angle of the carapace ; the anterior margin of tl lobe, moreover, bears a prominent papilla, or tubercle. The ophthahnopoda are distinct even in the smallest of the " Albatross " specimens, which meas- ures only nineteen millimeters in length (Plate XXX., Fig. 1'); but here the lobes are smaller, not filling the ophthalmic sinuses nor giving off the lateral processes which, in the adult, project over the base of the antennal peduncles beneath the antero-lateral angles of the carapace. The tubercle on tlie an- terior margin of the ophthalmic lobe is present in the young as in the adult. On the whole, the condition of the ophthalmic lobes in the immatiu'c Eri/o- nicus approaches that of Willemoesia. The mouth parts of Enjonicus are for the first time described and figured on pp. 112, 113, and Plate XXIX., Figs. 2-2^ A comparison of these or- gans with the corresponding organs in Pohjchdvs as described and figured by Spence Bate in his report on the "Challenger" Macrura, and by S. I. Smith in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X. 26, 27, Plate IV., Figs. 2-7, will show how closely they resemble each other in the two genera. In the largest male the fifth pair of legs is chelate, but the propodal digit is only one half as long as the dactylus. In small, immature individuals the propodal digit is undeveloped, the leg terminating simply in the dactylus. In the largest of the females the chela of the fifth pair of legs is more per- fect than in the male, owing to the greater relative length of the propodal digit. Spence Bate's description and illustration of the structure of the gills apply to the immature stage onl}-. In the adult the gills are similar to those of the other genera of Eri/ontidce, consisting of a stem which gives oft' long, very delicate lateral filaments ; the filaments decrease in length at the distal end of the stem, until, near the very tip, they are reduced to mere papilla). The number and arrangement of the gills and epipods are exhibited in a tabular form on page 114. The epipods are for the most part reduced to abortive rudiments, as in those species of Poli/chcles u])on which Spence Bate founded the genus Stereomastis. Analysis reveals a close structural similarity between the genera Ert/o- niciis and Pobjchdes. The only important features distinguishing the former genus fi'om the latter appear to be the following : 1st, the great inflation of the globular cephalo-thorax ; 2d, the comparatively small size of the abdo- men ; .3d, the form of the process of the basal segment of the second pair of antennae (phymacerite), which assumes the form of a long cylindrical rod, 110 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. free throughout its length, whereas in Pohjcheles this process is short and curved, with the distal end flattened in such a fashion as to form a facet which slides over the lower face of the basal segment of the antennules. The huge spherical carapace of Erijonlms perhaps serves as a hydrostatic apparatus, by means of which the animal is enabled to lead a free-swimming life at some distance above the ocean bottom. The great depths of the sound- ings at some of the stations where Eryonicus has come up in the trawl may be delusive, as in the case of swimming Hoplophoridce and Sergestidce, which are often found in the trawl that has been lowered to great depths. At Station 3888, twenty-five miles from the nearest land, where the depth was 1168 fathoms, the Tanner self-closing net* was lowered to 400 fathoms and towed for seventeen minutes. The net was then hauled up to the surface after the lower part had been securely closed by the messenger at 400 fathoms. The lower part of the net was found to contain absolutely no life, while the upper part, which had remained open all the way from 400 fathoms to the surface, contained four specimens of Eri/oniciis, 19-29 mm. long, together with other swimming forms. t At Stations 3375 and 3383, although captured in the trawl which had been lowered to the depths of 1201 and 1832 fathoms, Eryonicus was found associated with several swimming forms. At Station 3403 a specimen of Eryonicus spimilosus was brought up in the trawl where the bottom was only 384 fathoms. From these facts it is possible, if not probable, that Eryonicus leads a free- swimming existence at depths moderate compared with those frequented by truly abyssal species. On the other hand, the structure of its visual organs and its absence from collections made with the surface tow-net preclude the thought of its living at or very near the surface. Eryonicus caecus Bate? Plate B., Fig. 2; Plate XXIX., Fig. 2-2^ ; Plate XXX. ^ Ert/onekus ctecus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser, X. 457, 1882 ; Rep. Challenger Maerura, pp. 122- 126, Fig. 30, Plate XII. E, 18SS. Eri/oiiicus cipcus? Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl. XXIV. 197, 1893. Male. — The rostrum consists of a pair of very small spinules. The median ridge of the carapace is armed with small spines arranged thus : 2 (rostral). 1. 2. 1. 1 — 2. 2. 1. 2. There are four minute spinules on each side of the * For a description of the Tanner net, see A. Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIII. 46-48, 1892. t See A. Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIII. 48, 49, 1892. ERYONICUS C^CUS. Ill gastric region arranged in a longitudinal series behind the orbital sinns, one at the bifurcation of the cervical ridge, and one at the anterior end of the anterior branch of the cervical riduje. The subdorsal or branchial rido;e of each side bears five spin ales, and there is one spinule on the branchial area between the median and branchial carinse. The lateral carina, which runs from the external angle of the orbit to the posterior margin of the carapace, and is homologous with the lateral margin of the carapace in Polijclicks and Willemoesia, bears sixteen spines arranged thus : 6 — 3 — 7 ; of these the last four are the largest. Below this lateral carina there are two longitudinal ridges on each side of the carapace, the upper of which extends from the outer side of the base of the second antenna almost to the hind border of the carapace, and is spinulose along the anterior third of its course ; the lower carina starts on the margin of the pterygostomian region one third of the way from the anterior end of the carapace, curves outward and extends back to the posterior margin of the carapace ; this carina is very prominent posteriorly, and bears five spines, decreasing in length from the first to the fifth, and followed by small denticles ; the anterior spines in this series are the largest on the body ; on the line of this ridge the carapace is bent sharply inward and becomes horizontal. The internal orbital angle is furnished with a minute spine not in advance of the rostrum. The external orbital angle has a strong spine, the first of the lateral ridge. The orbital sinus is deep, and its posterior or blind end is broad and rounded. The ophthalmic lobes are armed with an outward-turned spine on their front margins. The abdomen is adorned with five longitudinal rows of spines, one median and two pairs lateral ; the median or dorsal row is made up of one spine on the first abdominal somite, two on the second, third, fourth, and fifth, one on the sixth, and two on the proximal end of the telson ; of the two dorsal spines on the second, third, fourth, and fifth somites, the anterior one is the longer, and is connected with the minute posterior one by an elevated ridge ; the single dorsal spine of the sixth somite is sharp and erect. The upper of the two lateral abdominal rows consists of a single spine just above the pleura of each somite from the second to the sixth, while the lower lateral row consists of one small spine on the upper portion of the pleurie of the second to the fifth somites. The pleurte of the first abdominal somite are small, turned forward, and articulated with the hind part of the carapace ; the second, third, fourth, and fifth pleurae are rounded, their mar- 112 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. "•ins spinulose ; the sixth are acute, and anned with a small spine at the point, but otherwise unarmed. The telson, besides bearing the two spines above-mentioned, is sparsely spinulose along its margin ; it bears two longi- tudinal dorsal ridges, and its posterior end is subacute. The proximal segment of the first antennae is short and broad, and is pro- duced at the inner distal angle into a long, sharp, tooth-like process, which is hairy along the basal part of the inner side, but not armed with spines ; the outer side of the segment is swollen and furnished with two small spines at the distal end ; the second and third segments diminish successively in size; the third segment bears two flagella, the upper and outer of which is only one half as long as the lower and inner one ; the sliorter one is composed of about thirty segments, the lower one of about fifty. The basal segment of the peduncle of the second antenna is short and broad, and carries a long, slender, cylindrical process (phymacerite of Bate) on its inner side ; this pro- cess is directed inward and forward, is nearly as long as the peduncle of the antenna, obliquely truncate at the tip in the left one, while the one on the right side is rounded at the tip ; the distal end of the phymacerite is free, and does not slide upon the basal segment of the first antenna as it does in Poli/chcles and Willemoesia; the second segment also is short and broad, and bears an external foliaceous scale (scaphocerite) which is oval and hairy on the margins, but destitute of spines ; its tip reaches to the end of the peduncle; the third and fourth segments are longer, cyluidrical, subequal; the flagellum is about equal in length to the longer of the antennulary flagella, and contains about fifty segments. The mouth is bounded in front by -a large, protuberant labrum (Plate XXX., Fig. 1, {), and is flanked by the broadly expanded mandibles (Plate XXIX., Fig. 2). The latter are without molar areas; their crowns are ser- rated on their cutting edges with fourteen triangular teeth, of which one at the anterior angle, one in the middle, and two at the posterior angle are larger than the others ; the mandibular palpus is triarticulate, the terminal segment setose. Directly below and behind the base of the mandibles lie the widely separated, palpiform lobes of the metastoma (Plate XXX., Fig. 1, d-). The first maxilla (Plate XXIX., Fig. 2") is reduced to two slender, strongly incurved, protognathal lobes, the anterior of which is the larger. Both lobes are setiferous. There appears to be no trace of the endognath. The second maxilla (Plate XXIX., Fig. 2'') has two small and slender protognathal lobes, the anterior of which is much the longer. The endo- ERYONICUS CiECUS. 113 gnath is represented by a small rounded lobe on the outer side of the base of the anterior lobe of the protognath. The scaphognath is very large, broadly rounded posteriorly, while the anterior portion is much narrower. The first maxillipeds (Plate XXIX., Fig. 2") display a large triangular protognathal lobe, setiferous along its free margin. The endopod is slender, divided into two segments, and lies along the inner edge of the exopod. The exopod is of a peculiar shape, broad, and divided at the distal end into two lobes. The epipod is long and broad, and terminates anteriorly in a rounded lobe outside the base of the exopod. The second maxillipeds (Plate XXIX., Fig. 2'') ai'e very short, scarcely reaching beyond the ischia of the third maxillipeds. They consist of a single series of six segments, being wholly without exopodal or epipodal branches. The first, second, and third segments are short, setigerous on their inner margins ; the second segment is also provided with small teeth on the inner margin. The fourth segment is by far the longest of the whole series ; it is very broad, too, much broader in the middle than at either end. The terminal segment is tipped with a slender spine, and, like the antecedent segment, is furnished with many long setse. The third maxillipeds (Plate XXIX., Fig. 2") are much longer than the second, reaching forward to the base of the antennas. They consist of a series of seven segments, the first of which bears a very small epipod (a). There appears to be a slight vestige of the exopod, in the shape of a rounded tubercle on the outer side of the second .'^egment. This tubercle is too slender and acute in the figure. The great chelipeds are similar in form and proportions to those of other recent Eri/ontidce ; there are a few obsolescent spinules along the inner mar- gin of the merus, and a procurved spine near the distal end of the outer margin of the same joint ; the carpus is long, and is armed with a spine near the distal end of the external margin, and with another at the distal end of the internal margin ; a spine at the distal end of the superior margin of the hand, distal half of the inferior margin of the hand obsoletely spinulose, fingers long and very slender, strongly incurved through their distal third, their tips very acute, and probably abruptly crossed (they are imperfect in the specimen in hand), prehensile edges microscopically pectinated. The succeeding four pairs of thoracic appendages diminish successively in length and breadth. The first are rather stout, and end in a strong and per- fect chela; the merus is armed with a pair of sharp spines beyond the middle, 15 114 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. and another pair of very long ones at the distal end ; the carpus is three- spined (one external proximal, two inferior distal) ; chela unarmed, fingers crossed at tips. The next pair of appendages (second ambulatory) show a merus armed with a long and slender spine at the distal end of the lower side • there is a minute spine at the corresponding place on the carjDUS ; the chela is perfectly formed, but weak, the fingers not crossed. The next pair (Plate XXX., Fig. ¥) are similar in form and armature to the second, but a little shorter. The last pair of thoracic appendages (Plate XXX., Fig. 1') are much smaller, reaching only to the end of the carpus of the antecedent pair ; they bear no spines and end in an imperfectly formed chela, the pollex consisting of a blunt process only one half as long as the index or dactylus, which is long-haired on its external margin. The first pair of abdominal limbs (Plate XXX., Fig. 1') are specialized to serve as sexual organs (gonopods); they are similar in form to those oi Polf/- cheles and Willemoesia, consisting of a basal stem and a terminal spatulate blade. The second abdominal appendage (Plate XXX., Fig. 1*) consists of a basal stalk and two terminal branches ; near the base of the inner branch are two long blunt processes (stylamblydes), the outer of which is longer than the inner one. The third (Plate XXX., Fig. 1'), fourth, and fifth pairs of ab- dominal appendages are similar in form to the second pair, but they are furnished with only one stylamblys, which is longer than either of those borne by the second pair. The sixth abdominal appendages (Plate XXIX., Fig. 2^) are similar to those in the other genera of this family, and are equal to the telson in length. The number and arrangement of the gills and epipods are exhibited in detail in the subjoined table : — Somites VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobranchise 1 1 1 1=4 Avthrobranchise 1 2 2 2 2 = 9 Podobranchise 1 1 1 1 = 4 Epipods 1 1 = (2) 17 + (2) The arthrobranchia and the epipod of the ninth somite are very small, and the three gills appertaining to the tenth somite, although larger than the gill borne on the ninth, are smaller than those on the following somites. The epipods of the tenth to the thirteenth pairs of appendages are repre- sented merely by thin membranous expansions of the basal part of the ERYONICUS CiECUS. 115 podobranchial stems, a condition which also exists in those species of Poly- cheles assigned by Spence Bate to the genus Stereomastis. Length from rostrum to end of telson, 62.5 mm. ; length of carapace, 34.5 mm. ; length of abdomen, 30 mm. ; length of large cheliped, 59 mm. (raerus, 12 mm., carpus, 9 mm., basal part of propodite, 9 mm., dactjlus, 13.5 mm.). Color in life, purplish red, the branchial regions livid. Station 3375. 1201 fathoms. 1 male, 62.5 mm. long. 3377. 764 '• 1 fem., 40 mm. " 3383. 1832 " 1 juv., 37 mm. " 3388. Surface to 400 fathoms.* 4 juv., 19-29 mm. long. Bate's description of Eryonicm ccecus was drawn up from a single imma- ture specimen, 13 mm. long, captured during the voyage of the " Chal- lenger," off the Canary Islands, ostensibly at a depth of 1620 fathoms. In this specimen the first abdominal appendages were undeveloped. The above-described specimen from the " Albatross " collection is a sexually mature male with well developed gonopods. It differs from Bate's speci- men in having much shorter spines upon the carapace and abdomen, and the spines of the lowest series on the branchial region decrease in length posteriorly, while in Bate's type the longest spines in this row are the pos- terior ones. Whether these differences are due to the difference in age or whether they are specific cannot be determined until more mature specimens are obtained from the Atlantic. In the smallest of the " Albatross " speci- mens, which have attained a length of only 19 mm., the spines, especially those of the abdomen, are relatively longer than in the adult, although not so long as in the " Challenger " specimen. In these small individuals the first abdominal appendages are impei'fectly developed, and the last thoracic end simply in a short dactylus. The specimen from Station 3377 is a female, 40 mm. long. The appen- dages of the first abdominal somite are two-jointed and one-branched, the branch being narrow, flat, ciliated along its margin, and terminating in an obtuse apex (Plate XXX., Fig. 1*). The second abdominal appendage is two-branched, but differs from the corresponding organ of the male in bear- ing but one stylamblys. The armature of the carapace differs somewhat from that of the other specimens secured by the "Albatross," and it is possible that this individual belongs to a different species. The median carina is fur- * See page 110. 116 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. nished with spines arranged thus: 2. 1. 1. 2. 1. 1 — 2. 2. 1. 2. The lower- most carina of the branchial region bears thirteen small subequal spines. There is a pair of spines near the point of bifurcation of the cervical ridge. Eryonicus spinulosus Fax. Plate XXIX., Fig. 1-T. BuU. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XXIV. 198, 1893. In this species the spines of the carapace, instead of being well-nigh limited to the nine longitudinal ridges, as in E. ccbcus, are thickly strewn over the whole surface. The intervals between the spines give rise to slen- der, hair-like setae. The arrangement of the spines of the median carina of the carapace is shown in the following formula: 2. 1. 1. 1. 2. 1. 1 — 2. 2. 1. 2. The sublateral carina bears fourteen small spines, the lateral -5 — 2 — 13 or 14. The uppermost of the two caringe below the lateral is denticulated anteriorly, and armed with a spine at the front end behind the second an- tenna. The lowest ridge carries twelve spines, which increase slightly in length posteriorly. As before stated, the spaces between these rows of spines are beset with spines of about the same length with those of the normal series, so that the latter are not conspicuous, as they are in E. ccccus, where the intervening spaces are nearly devoid of spines and the ridges themselves are much more distinct. The rostral spines are very small, but on each side of the rostrum the front margin of the carapace is produced so as to form a pair of horns over the base of the first pair of antenna9. The abdomen is ornamented with seven longitudinal rows of spines, one dorsal and median, the others lateral and paired. The lowest of the lateral rows is on the upper part of the pleurae. The detailed arrangement of the spines in each row with reference to the somites is shown by the subjoined table : — I. II. III. IV. V. VI. TELSON. Median 1 3 3 3 2 5 2 Superior lateral 1 1 1 1 1 Middle lateral 1 1 1 1 Inferior lateral 1 1 1 1 1 The two anterior spines of the trio on the second, third, and fourth somites are fused together at the base. There is also a spine on each side at the point of junction of the posterior abdominal appendages with the sixth somite. The abdominal pleurae are rounded, with the exception of the POLYCHELES. 117 sixth, which ends in an acute spine ; their margins are lightly denticulate ; the pleurae of the second somite have a peculiar shape, their anterior part flaring out laterally into an angular wing. The chelipeds are rather slender; the merus is very hghtly spinulose along each margin, and is provided with one or two spines at the distal end ; the carpus is short and armed with a spine at the distal end of both the superior and inferior borders ; the hand is armed with about ten spines on the upper margin and is lightly spinulose on the lower margin. Of the four succeeding paii-s of legs the first three are chelate, while the fourth or pos- terior thoracic is not chelate, but ends in a simple dactylus ; all of these four pairs are clothed on their outer side with long hairs, and a few slender spines are irregularly disposed on the three anterior pairs. The first abdominal somite is devoid of appendages in the unique ex- ample obtained, which is doubtless immature. The second somite bears a pair of long two-branched appendages ; the inner branch supports a slender process (stylamblys) on its inner border. The succeeding pairs decrease in length. Length, 37 mm. ; carapace, 21 X 17 mm. ; abdomen, 17 mm. Station 3403. 384 fathoms. 1 specimen. POLYCHELES Hellek. Sitzuugsber. Kais. Akad. Wisscuscb. Wieu, Matli.-Naturw. CI,., XLV., Abtli. I., 389, 1SG2. In 1878 Spence Bate established the genus Pentachdcs for the reception of several species of Macrura from the " Challenger" collection, which differ in no way from Poltjchcles except in the chelate structure of the i^osterior thoracic appendages. It has since been shown that in some species these appendages are chelate in the female while they are simple in the male ; that among the adults of those species which have the posterior thoracic appendages chelate in both sexes there is a gradual transition from a perfect chela to an imperfect one, in which the " thumb " is rudimentary and the structure of the appendage closely approaches to that of Poly- cheles ; that in species in which the appendages in question are chelate or subchelate in the adult male they are simple in small, immature individuals. Chelation of the posterior pair of thoracic limbs in this ftimily is not accom- panied by any other differences, species which have been assigned to differ- ent genera resembling each other so closely in every other regard that they 118 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. are liardly distinguishable. It follows that unless the adult male be known, a species cannot be referred to its proper genus in Bate's system. That author was most arbitrary in the disposal of his own species, for three of those which he placed in Pentacheles, viz. obsairus, Icevis, and gracilis, were known to him only through the female. Keeping the above-mentioned facts in view, I have deemed it advisable to unite Pentacheles and Polycheles, provision- ally at least. For similar reasons I have not recognized Bate's genus Stcrco- niasiis, which was instituted in 1888,* for the reception of two species which lack epipods on the thoracic appendages, but in all other respects agree with Pentacheles. An examination of a large number of species discloses a gradual transition in the development of the epipods, from large well developed or- gans through small, delicate and thin ones, to merest rudiments in the shape of small expansions at the base of the stem of the gill. Furthermore, a nomenclatural difficulty confronts him who treats of this family, arising from our imperfect knowledge of the structure of the eye in P. tijphlops Heller, the type of the genus Polycheles. In Polycheles of this report (— Polycheles + Pentacheles + Steiromastis of Bate) the ophthalmic lobes are lodged in a deep notch or sinus of the anterior margin of the cara- pace and send off from their anterior portion a long cylindrical process beneath the anterior lateral angle of the carapace. In Willemoesia Grote (type, W. leptodacti/la W.Suhm) the ophthalmic lobe is situate in the metope and is not lodged in a sinus of the carapace, nor does it send off a process beneath the anterior lateral angle of the carapace. Of Polycheles typhhps Heller says :t "Die Augen fehlen fast ganz, nur an der Basis der oberen Antennen gewahrt man an der Stelle, wo sich der Stirnrand nach unten nmbiegt, zwei schwarze rundliche Flecken als Rudimente derselben." This description applies more nearly to the eye of Willemoesia than to that of Poly- cheles of Bate and more recent authors.:}: On the other hand, the notch in the anterior margin of the carapace, although rather shallow, and the gen- eral character of the carapace as shown in Heller's figure, indicate a species congeneric with those which have since been placed in Polycheles. Should a re-examination of the type of Polycheles iyphlops reveal an eye constructed as * Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 154, 1S88. t Sitzungsber. Kais. Akad. Wisseusch. Wien, XLV., Abth. L, 390, 1862. X 111 Willemoesia the posterior thoracic feet are chelate in both sexes, while in the type specimen of P. tt/phlops (a male) these appendages are simple. But much stress cannot be laid upon this difference, since Heller's unique specimen of P. ti/pli!ops was only two inches in length. Norman's description of P. ti/phlops (.\nn. Mag. Nat. Hist., .5th Ser., IV., 176, 1S79) has no bearing on the point here under consideration, .since it is very doubtful whether the specimens described by him are the same as Heller's species. POLYCHELES TANNERI. HQ in W. leptodadiila, then Wiikmoesia would become a sjnonyme of Polijchelcs Heller (type, P. typhlops), and Poli/cheles of this memoir would become Pen- tachelcs Bate, with P. eidhrix as its typical species. Polycheles tanneri Fax. Piute XXXI. Bull. Mus. Coinp. ZoiJl., XXIV. 196, 1S03. Surface of shell pubescent. Carapace broadest at the middle, narrow- ing anteriorly and posteriorly. Orbital sinus rounded at the posterior end, outer margin spinulose. Ophthalmic lobes armed with an anterior spine. Basal segment of antennules furnished with two external spines. Median carina of the carapace furnished with two anterior rostral spines, followed by five (or six) spines in front of the cervical groove, the fourth (or fifth) of which is double. This arrangement of spines may be formulated thus : 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 1 (or 2. 1. 1. 1. 2. 1). Back of the cervical groove the spines of the median carina are 2. 2. 2. Marginal spines of the carapace are thus arranged : five on each side of anterior part, three on the middle, and thir- teen or fourteen on the posterior (5 — 3 — 13 or 14). There is a longitudi- nal row of four small spinules on the anterior division of the carapace midway between the median and marginal rows, and a row of twelve to fifteen on the branchial regions inside the margin of the carapace. There are also two or three spines on each side of the hind margin of the carapace and a few along the cervical groove. The first five somites of the abdomen are carinated dorsally, the carina projecting forward on each segment in the form of a spine ; on the sixth segment the carina is double and denticu- late. The b<'ise of the telson is adorned with a short denticulated crest. The pleurte of the first and second abdominal segments are armed with a spine at the antero-external angle, and the margins of the third, fourth, and fifth pleurae are slightly denticulated ; there is a granulated crescentic ridge on the outer face of the third, fourth, and fifth pleurse. The upper and lower edges of the merus of the chelipeds are armed with from five to seven spinules ; the carpus is short, furnished with three to five spinules on the upper border and with one below at the articulation with the propodite ; basal portion of propodite spinulose on both upper and lower margins. The terminal joint of the posterior pair of thoracic legs is chelate in the mature female, sub- chelate in the young female, simple in the males that I have examined. 120 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Length (female adult), 96 mm. ; length of carapace, 41 mm. ; breadth of carapace, 31 mm. ; length of cheliped, 87 mm. (ischium, 16 mm., merus, 23 mm., carpus, 9 mm., basal part of propodite, 15 mm., dactylus, 18 mm.). Station 3354. 322 fathoms. 1 male. « 3402. 421 " 2 males, 1 fern. " 3403. 384 " 12 males, 14 fern. « 3409. 327 " 1 fem. This species nearly resembles P. nanus (Smith), but may be easily distin- guished by the difference in number of spines on the median and sublateral carinas of the carapace, by the presence of a spine on the antero-external angle of the first and second abdominal pleurae, and by the greater number of spines on the merus, carpus, and propodite of the chelipeds. P. nanus is also described as having the posterior pair of thoracic legs chelate in the male. Compared with the types of P. agassizii (A. M. Edw.), the carapace of the present species is seen to be broader and fewer-spined on the margins ; the first and second abdominal pleurae are armed with an anterior lateral spine ; the rostral spine is double instead of being single ; the orbital sinus is broad and round at the bottom instead of being narrow and acute, etc. P. agas- sizii, like P. ianneri, has non-chelate posterior legs in the male. The branchial formula is as follows : — Somites VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleiirobranchise 1 1 1 1=4 Artlirobranchise 2 2 2 2 0=8 Podobranchise 1 1 1 1 0=4 Epipods r 1 1 1 1 = (4 + lr) 16 + (4 + 1 r) The epipods of the second, third, and fourth pairs of chelate appendages are very delicate in texture and about half as long as the podobranchios borne by the same appendages. The epipod of the first pair of chelate appendages is smaller than those back of it, while the one on the third maxilliped is reduced to a mere rudiment. Station 3362. 1175 fathoms. 3380. 899 3392. 1270 3393. 1020 " 3400. 1322 POLYCHELES NANUS. 121 Polycheles nanus (Smith). Plaie XXXIIL, Fig. 1, T, 1\ Pentacheles nanus Smith, Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1SS2, p. 359, 18S4; id. for 1885, p. 651, Plate VII. Fig. 1,1», 1886. 2 fem. 1 fem. 3 males, 3 fem. (1 ovig.). 1 fem. 6 fem. (1 ovig.). These specimens differ slightly, but constantly, from the type specimens from the Atlantic. The edges of the sulcated carina on the sixth abdomi- nal somite are less prominently denticulated and the tubercle at the posterior end of this carina is lower. Further, the spine near the base of the dorsal surface of the telson of the type specimens is reduced to a blunt tubercle in the Pacific examples. In these regards, the Pacific form resembles P. sciilp- fiis, adding weight to Professor Smith's suggestion that P. nanus may be only a dwarf deep-water variety of P. sculptus. An adult ovigerous female measures 58 mm. in length ; carapace 24.5 mm. by 16.5 mm. The posterior thoracic appendages are chelate in both sexes. The branchial formula is as follows : — Somites VIII. IX, X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobrancliice 1 1 1 1=4 Arthrobrancliiae 2 2 2 2 0=8 Podobranchise 1 1 1 1 0=4 Epipods r r r r r = (5r) 16+(5r) The epipods of the tenth to the thirteenth appendages are represented merely by a plate-like expansion of the base of the stem of the podo- branchia. The epipod of the third maxilliped is very minute and bears no true gill. The podobranchia and the two arthrobranchije of the tenth somite (cheliped) are much reduced in size. 16 122 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA, Polycheles sculptus pacificus Fax. Plate C, Fig. 1, T. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zobl., XXIV. 196, 1893. This form differs from its Atlantic representative, P. sculphis Smith {Pentacheles spinosits A. M. Edw.), as follows : the carapace is broader in pro- portion to the breadth of the abdomen, the lateral margins converging strongly at the posterior end, where, in P. sculptus, they continue nearly par- allel to one another ; there is a small spine on each branchial region inside of, and on a level with, the second spine of the submarginal carina, — this spine is entirely wanting in the type form from the Atlantic ; the spine on the anterior border of the ophthalmic lobe is larger and blunter ; the pleurae of the second abdominal somite have a different shape, their anterior margins being in line with the anterior margin of the tergum, whereas in P. sculptus they form a strong obtuse angle with the anterior margin of the tergum. In other words the anterior part of these pleurae is not so strongly produced for- ward in the Pacific form as it is in the Atlantic. (Cf Figs. 1" and 2 ; Plate C.) These differences, though slight, are constant, and should be recognized in our nomenclature if any significance is attached to geographical variation. 1 male. 1 fem. 3 males, 3 fem. 12 males, 20 fem. 1 male, 1 fem. 1 fem. 1 fem. ovig. The last thoracic appendages are chelate in the adult female, while they are but imperfectly so in breeding males. That is, in the male the " thumb" is very much shorter than the index. The arrangement of the gills is shown in the following table : — Station 3353. 695 fathoms, 3392. 1270 (( « 3393. 1020 i( 3394. 511 C( " 3418. 660 (e « 3419. 772 (I « 3424. 676 ii Somites VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. PleurobranchiiB 1 1 1 1 = 4 Arthrobrancbise 1 2 2 2 2 = 9 Podobrancbiae 1 1 1 1 = 4 Epipods r r r r r = (5r) 17+(5r) POLYCHELES GRANULATUS. 123 What I have here considered to be the rudiments of epipods on the tenth to the thirteenth pairs of appendages are simply thin membranous expan- sions at the base of the podobranchiae similar to those of P. nanus. The third maxilliped carries a minute epipod but no podobranchia. Connected with the articular membrane at the base of this appendage is a single minute arthrobranchia. This is present in the typical P. sculptus also, in which it has been interpreted by Smith as a questionable podobranchia.* Dimensions of a female : length, 110 mm. ; length of carapace, 48 mm. ; breadth of carapace, 35 mm. ; length of antennal scale, 10 mm. ; length of telson, 20 mm. ; length of cheliped, 123 mm. (ischium, 21 mm., merus, 36 mm., carpus, 23 mm., propodite, 39 mm., dactylus, 24 mm.). A sketch of a living specimen (Sta. 3353, 695 fath.), made by Mr. Westergren, and reproduced on Plate C, shows the color to be a pale rose purple on the dorsal side of the carapace and abdomen, deepening to a brighter orange red on the thoracic appendages, the branches of the pos- terior abdominal appendages, and the tlagella of both pairs of antennae, and fading to a delicate bluish white on the hepatic and anterior branchial regions. The raised ridges of the carapace and abdomen are whitish, the sette on the margins of the basal parts of the antennae, swimmerets, etc., are yellow. Some of the depressed areas of the hinder portion of the carapace and abdomen display a greenish tint in the colored drawing, but I suspect that this hue was derived from a little of the adhesive green mud w^hich formed the bottom from which the specimen came. Polycheles granulatus Fax. Plate XXXII., Fig. 1 ; Plate XXXIII., Fig. 2, 2\ Bull. Mus. Corap. ZooL, XXIV. 197, 1893, Carapace long oval, its greatest width at the anterior branchial region ; the dorsal surface of the carapace is furnished with microscopic setae and is granulated but almost destitute of spines ; there are two small rostral spines, and back of these, on the low granulated median carina, lie four spinules arranged in two pairs, the posterior pair closely followed by a single i-pinule ; all of these spinules are on the anterior half of the gastric area ; the sub- marginal ridge on the branchial regions is incurved and composed of minute spinulose granules ; the hepatic region is but indistinctly separated from the * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X. 29, 1882. 124 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. anterior branchial lobe ; the orbital notch is narrow, and armed with a spine at its internal angle, and with anotlier at its external angle. A spinule on anterior end of the opththalmic lobe and another at the outer anterior angle of the basal joint of the antennule. The marginal spines of the carapace are thus arranged : 9 (or 10) — 3 — 15. Of the two longitudinal ridges on the infero-lateral wall of the carapace, the upper one is visible only in front of the cervical groove, the lower one is denticulated. The dorsal abdominal carina is obsolete on the sixth somite, obsolescent on the fifth, and toothed only on the first, second, and third ; a shallow groove runs outward and backward from the dorsal carina to the point of articulation with the succeeding somite on the second, third, fourth, and fifth somites ; a low, triangular tubercle at base of telson ; telson tapering to a slender and acute tip ; anterior abdominal pleurse rounded, gradually becoming acute as one passes back- ward to the sixth. The ischium of the cheliped is unarmed ; the merus is furnished with spines on the anterior edge, and is very minutely serrate on the posterior edge, which terminates distally in a long curved spine ; the cai'pus is long and slender, and is equipped with a prominent sharp spine at the distal end of the outer margin ; the basal portion of the propodite is spinulose along the upper margin, more minutely so on the lower margin. The fingers are spineless. The posterior thoracic limbs in the unique female specimen end in a small but perfect chela (Plate XXXIII., Fig. 2"). Length, 99.5 mm. ; length of carapace, 45.3 mm. ; greatest width of cara- pace, 38.5 mm.;* length of cheliped, 118 mm. (ischium, 19 mm., merus, 33 mm., carpus, 22 mm., basal part of propodite, 14.5 mm., dactylus, 22 mm.). Station 3380. 899 fathoms. 1 fem. This species somewhat resembles P. hem (Bate), P. validiis (A. M. Edw.), and P. dehilis (Smith). Compared with the type of P. ralidiis the carapace of this species is broader anteriorly, there is but one spine at tlie external orbital angle in place of two, the formula for the lateral spines is 9 (or 10) — 3 — 15 in place of 8 — 4 — 30, the dorsal surface of the carapace is thickly beset with granules instead of being sparsely spinulose, the sub- marginal line is evident instead of being obsolete, the posterior abdominal pleurfB are subacute instead of being broadly rounded, etc. The differences between the present species and P. Icevis and P. dehilis will be readily seen * The carapace is too broad by 2.3 mui. in the figure ou Plate XXXII. WILLEMOESIA INOENATA. 125 by reference to the descriptions and figures of those species by Bate and Smith. But an East Indian species, Pohjchdes beaumonUi* bears the closest Hke- ness to P. granulalus. Indeed, the resemblance between these two forms is so great that I am inclined to regard P. heaumontii as, at most, but a geo- graphical race of P. graniilatus. P. beaumontii is known through a single male specimen captured at a depth of 675 fathoms, off Colombo, Ceylon. I have no doubt that its most striking peculiaritj^, viz. the absence of the usual in- ternal lobe or " scale " of the basal segment of the antennule, is due to malformation or mutilation. The other characters which distinguish this species from P. granulatiis are very slight : the number of lateral spines on the carapace is 7 (or 8) — 3 — 13 in P. beaumontii, 9 (or 10) — 3 — 15 in P. graniilatus ; the ophthalmic sinuses are a little broader in the former species than in the latter ; the arrangement of the spinules in the median line of the gastric area of the carapace is 1. 2. 1 in the former, 2. 2. 1 in the latter ; the larger spines on the lower margin of the merus of the great chelipeds are rather nearer the proximal end of the segment in P. bcaumoniii than in P. granulatus. As there is but one specimen of Polgclieles granulatus in the " Albatross " collection, I have not examined the arrangement of the branchiae in detail. I have noted, however, that the normal epipods are present and well developed. WILLEMOESIA Geote. Deidamia W.-SuuM, Nature, VIII. 51, 1873 (_nom. prteoc). Willemoesia Grote, Nature, VIII. 485, 1873. Willemoesia inornata Fax. Plate XXXII., Fig. 2; Plate XXXIII. Fig. 3. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zo51., XXIV. 195, 1893. Similar to W. leptodacti/la (W.-Suhm), but readily distinguished from that species by the small number of spines on the margin and dorsal ridges of the carapace. The armature of spines may be formulated as follows : — Marginal 5 to 8 — 2 to 3 — to 6. Median ridge . . 1 to 5 — 0. * Pentacheks beaumontii Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., XIII. 236, 1894; III. Zool. R. I. M. S. " Investigator," Crustacea, Plate VUI., Fig. 3, 1894. 126 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. In W. leplodadijla the armature, as given by Spence Bate, is as fol- lows : — Marginal 8 — 5 — 18 to 23. Median ridge . . 6 — 4. The marginal spines which lie behind the cervical groove, when present in W. inoniata, are but rudimentary, while there are no spines on the sub- marginal carina or along the lateral boundaries of the cardiac area, where they are present in W. Icptodactyla. The spine on the anterior margin of the carapace at the internal orbital angle is smaller than in W. leptodadyla. If the figure of W. leptodadyla given by Bate is correct, there is an important distinction between the two species in the tergum of the sixth abdominal somite and in the pleurae of the second abdominal somite. In W. inoniata the dorsal carina of the sixth segment is double anteriorly and in the quadran- gular depression on either side there is a raised crescentic figure with its concavity turned outward. The horizontal axis of the second abdominal pleurae is much longer in proportion to their vertical axis than it is in W. lepto- dadyla and these pleurae are much narrower and more produced anteriorly. In W. forceps A. M. Edw., the carapace is more inflated, closely beset throughout with minute spinules, its sides more convex. Station 3374. 1823 fathoms. 8 males, 6 fem. " 1 male, 1 fem. ovig. •' 2 males, 4 fem. (1 ovig.). " 2 males, 1 fem. " 1 fem. As in W. leptodadyla, the posterior thoracic appendages are perfectly chelate in both sexes. The branchial formula is as follows : — 3381. 1772 3382. 1793 3399. 1740 3400. 1322 bomites VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobranchiffi 1 1 1 1 = 4 Arthrobranchiae 1 2 2 O 2 = 9 Podobranchise 1 1 1 1 = 4 Epipods 1 1 1 1 1 = (5) 17 -f (5) The gills and epipods in general are large and well developed, the epipods equalling the podobranchife in length. The third maxilliped carries only a slender epipod, and the membrane that connects this appendage with NEPHROPSIS OCCIDENTALIS. 127 the body bears a small but perfectly formed gill (arthrobranchia). Accord- ing to Spence Bate,* this gill is entirely wanting in W. leptodaclijlu. Dimensions of a female : length, 125.5 mm. ; length of carapace, 52 mm.; greatest breadth of carapace, 38 mm. ; length of antennal scale, 5.5 mm. ; length of telson, 23 mm. Family ASTACID^. NEPHROPSIS Wood-Mason. Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. XLII., Part II., p. 40, 1873. Nephropsis occidentalis Fax. Plate D., Fig. 1, T, 1\ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 195, 1893. Carapace covered with a soft, furry pubescence ; branchial areas convex. Rostrum densely ciliated on the margins, armed with a pair of lateral teeth near the middle ; a double row of prominent granulations on the dorsal sur- face, diverging posteriorly and continued back for some distance on the gastric area. A small blunt papilla in the median line of the gastric area, a pair of acute teeth near the anterior margin at the base of the rostrum, and another pair on the anterior margin just above the insertion of the second pair of antennas. There are scattered granules on the gastric area and a small papilla is seen in the median line on the intestinal region. A trace of an interrupted median carina is visible on the abdomen ; it is most evident posteriorly. The abdominal terga are clothed with a soft fur like that on the carapace. The abdominal pleurse are rather longer-pointed than in N. steioarti, but not so much so as in N. agassizii and N. atlaniica ; their an- terior borders are finely denticulated, but destitute of spinous processes ; both anterior and posterior margins are furnished with long hairs. The sides of the pleurae of the sixth abdominal segment form a sharp right angle with one another, and the posterior angle is produced to a prominent, sharp spine. The telson is armed with a sharp spine in the median dorsal line, near the proximal end. The chelipeds are densely pubescent above ; in shape and armature they are similar to the other described species of the genus. The color of this species, as shown in a sketch from life by Mr. Wester- gren, reproduced on Plate D, is dusky olive-green on the dorsal surface, * Rep. Challenger Macnira, pp. 107, 168, 1888. 128 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. while the lateral parts of the carapace, the abdominal pleurte, and the append- ages are bright red. Length of a large female, 119 mm. ; carapace, 51 mm. ; rostrum, 14 mm.; second antenna, 225 mm. Station 3418. 660 fathoms. 23 males, 32 fem. (2 ovig.). " 3424. 676 " 2 males. " ? ? 1 male, 2 fem. In some small specimens the granulations arranged in two longitudinal rows on the gastric region are transformed into small spines. In one young example the rostrum is armed with two spines on one side and with one on the other side. The prominent spine on the basal end of the telson at once separates this species from any hitherto described. Tlie roundness of the cephalo- thorax resulting from the convexity of the branchiostegites is also character- istic. The abdominal pleurae are intermediate in shape between those of iV. steicarti and N. ayassisii. There is but one pair of spines (the anterior pair) behind the orbit, where there are two pairs in N. ugasskii and N. atlantica. All the forms of Ncphropsis hitherto described are very closely related to each other, and might be treated as geographical races of one widely distributed species. The distribution, so far as known, is as follows : iV. stetv- arU W.-M., Bay of Bengal ; N. carpenteri W.-M., Bay of Bengal ; N'. agassizii A. M. Edw. (^ N. (tmlcaia Smith, and N. rosea Bate), West Indian region, off the Bermudas, and off the south coast of New England ; N. cdlmMca Nor- man, Faroe Channel and Arabian Sea ; N. suhmi Bate,* off Arm Island ; N. ocdderdalis Fax., off Acapulco, Mexico. Family CRANGONID^. PAEACRANGON Dana. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., VI. 16, 1S52; U. S. Esplor. Exped., Crustacea, Part I., pp. 533, 537, 1852. * Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 181. This species is referred to by Bate on pp. 171, 175 of the same work, under the name of Kephropsis orientalis. Nephropsis coniubiensis Bate and Rowe (Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1880, p. 160) is not a Nephropsis at all (see Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 177)- PARACKANGON AREOLATA. 129 Paracrangon areolata Fax. Plate XXXIV. Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XXIV. 200, 1893. Body robust, integument indurated, keeled and sculptured. Rostrum long, acute, strongly upturned, laterally compressed, superior margin entire, inferior margin armed with two spines, one long one near the base above the eyes, and one small one near the tip. A prominent carina, continuous with the rostrum, extends the length of the carapace in the median line ; it is armed with four spines, three of which are on the gastric region, one (obsolescent) on the cardiac region. Orbit incomplete, bounded externally by a slender spine. Outside of, and just below the base of the second an- tenna the antero-lateral angle of the carapace is drawn out into another rather stouter spine. Just behind this, and from a little higher level, a strong, sharp flattened horn is directed outward, forward, and a little upward ; this horn is broad at the base, and furnished with a low carina above, which is continuous with a rounded ridge, which runs inward to the external orbital spine. A longitudinal carina on each side of the gastric region, armed with a small spine a little way behind the middle ; from this spine another ridge runs upward and inward, meeting the median carina at the base of the third spine. The branchial regions are traversed by a series of ridges which anastomose in such a way as to divide these regions into a number of cells of various sizes, and the}' are armed with three small spines, the anterior of which is the largest. The arrangement of these branchial ridges and spines will be understood by a glance at the figures on Plate XXXIV. The hepatic region is much inflated. The abdomen is ornamented with a low carina, most conspicuous on the third segment, and on the sixth where it is double. There is also an in- distinct and interrupted carina on each side, at the base of the pleursB. The pleurae of the abdominal somites are acuminate, the posterior ones longer pointed than those in front ; each abdominal somite except the first is fur- nished with a transverse median ridge, interrupted in the middle ; on the first segment this ridge is confined to the pleurse. There is a small spine at the base of the hind margin of the pleurae of the fourth and fifth somites. The sixth somite has two pairs of lateral spines (the posterior pair the larger), and anotlier pair at the hind end at the base of the telson. The telson is long and acute, with a pair of longitudinal ribs on the dorsal side ; two pairs 17 130 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. of small spines on the dorsal ribs of the telson, and sometimes the rudiment of a third pair near the tip. The thoracic sterna are armed with two median spines, one of which is situate on the somite which normally bears the second pair of legs, the other on the following somite. The sternum of the first to the fifth somites of the abdomen bears a long spinous median tooth, while the sixth somite is armed with a pair of smaller spines on the anterior margin of the sternum. The eyes are of moderate size, black, and situated on short, rather stout peduncles. The first segment of the antennular peduncle is long, enlarged proxi- mally, and furnished with a rounded external plate at the proximal end ; it is thickly clothed with hairs on its inner margin. The second segment is shorter, more nearly cylindrical, and is likewise furnished with hairs along its inner and inferior margin. The third segment is much shorter than the second, and bears two flagella, the outer of which is about twice as long as the inner, much broader, and composed of about twenty-two flattened se2;ments. The peduncle of the antenna considerably overreaches the antenna! scale, and is of nearly the same length as the antennular peduncle. The antennal flagellum is about equal in length to the whole body. The third maxillipeds are long and pediform, surpassing the antennal peduncle when directed straight forward. The terminal segment is some- what flattened, but not enlarged. The chelipeds are of moderate length, reaching forward slightly beyond the peduncle of the antennae; there is a spine on each side of the distal end of the carpus, and another long and acute one at the antero-internal angle of the propodite. Of the second pair of legs there is no trace. The third pair is very slender and longer than the first pair. The fourth and fifth pairs are more robust than the third pair and also longer, the fifth pair sur- passing the fourth. They terminate in a curved and very sharp dactylus. The abdominal appendages are biramose, the inner branch being well developed and subequal to the outer branch, except in the first pair, where it is very small in both sexes. In the male the inner branch of the second pair carries a stylamblys on its internal margin. The terminal pair is much shorter than the telson. Length of a female from tip of rostrum to end of telson, 85 mm. ; length PONTOPHILUS OCCLDENTALIS. 131 of carapace, including rostrum, 30 mm. ; length of rostrum, 12 mm. ; length of telson, 16 mm. Station 3424. 676 fathoms. 2 males, 3 fem. (1 ovig.). 3425. 680 " 1 male. The males (all of which are much smaller than the females) differ from the other sex in having the various spines longer, the abdominal pleuree narrower and produced to longer spinous points. The egg measures 1.5 X 1-3 mm. The number and arrangement of the gills are the same as in the type species of the genus, P. eckinata Dana, as shown by the following formula : Somites, VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobranchise, 1 1 1 1 1 = 5 Arthrobrancliise, = Podobrancbise, = Epipods, 1 1 = , ( (?) 5 +(2) Paracrangon hystiix A. M. Edw.* is not a Paracrangon. The second pair of legs (which are non-chelate) are not completely suppressed, and there are two arthrobranchiae on each side of the ninth (third maxillipedal) somite. Although differing much in aspect from the typical species of Sabinea, it agrees in the essential structural features, and is correctly referred to that genus by Professor S. I. Smith. It is identical with the species afterward described by Smith under the name of Sabinea princeps A Paracrangon eclmata Dana, the only other species of Paracrangon known, has been found at Vancouver's Island, Puget's Sound, California, and Japan. PONTOPHILUS Leach. Malacostr. Podophthal. Brit., Plate XXXVII. A., 1816 (?). Pontophilus occidentalis Fax. PMe D., Fig. 2-2". BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 200, 1S93. Closely allied to P. abyssi Smith, and P. baiei Fax.ij: From the former it differs in having a shorter rostrum, larger eyes, and more strongly developed * Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 6=""= Sen, Vol. XL, No. 4, p. 6, 1881. t Bull. ilus. Comp. Zool, X. 38, 1883. % Pontophilus batei Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 200, 1893, = Pontophilus gracilis Bate {twin, prieoc). Ortmann (Decapoden u. Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition, p. 49, 1S93) also lias pro- 132 STALK-EYED CEUSTACEA. carinEe on the carapace. From the latter it also differs in its shorter rostrum armed with two pairs of lateral teeth ; in the presence of a sharp spine on the sternum between the second pair of legs ; in the length of the antennal scale, which is equal to the distance from the tip of the rostrum to the cardiac spine ; in the shortness of the second pair of legs, which reach only half way to the distal end of the merus of the first pair ; and in the absence of the spine on the outer margin of the merus of the first pair of legs. The eyes are as large as those of P. gracilis Smith (much exceeding the rostrum in length), but they are nearly colorless and unfiiceted, as in P. ahi/ssi and P. hatei. The color in life is shown on Plate D. Length 73 mm. ; length of carapace, 21 mm. Station 3361. 1471 fathoms. 2 specimens. 3363. 978 a 2 3366. 1067 11 1 3381. 1772 li 4 3382. 1793 a 5 3392. 1270 u 1 3398. 1573 a 2 3413. 1360 a 4 3414. 2232 a 1 3415. 1879 a 2 This is an abyssal species, like the closely related P. abyssi and P. latei. It is very probable that future explorations will prove that all these three forms are geograpliical races of one widely distributed species. SCLEROCRANGON G. 0. Sars. Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Crustacea, 1. 14, 1885. Sclerocrangon atrox Fax. Pkde XXX v: BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 199, 1893. Rostrum large, with a prominent keel below, which is produced anteriorly into a prominent tooth reaching as far forward as the tip of the rostrum ; posed a new name, Poiitophiliis chaUengeri, for Bate's species. I do not, know which name has the pri- ority, Ortmann's or my own. Ortmann's memoir was received in Canihridge, Oct. 4, 1893. My paper in BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XXIV., was pubHshed, and copies were distributed, Aug. 19, 1893. SCLEROCRANGON ATROX. 133 median carina of the carapace armed with three prominent, acute teeth ; antero-lateral angles produced into large acute, wing-like processes ; behind these, and on a line with them, the lateral carinse are armed with two teeth ; there is a small sharp spine at the external angle of each orbit, and a small pterygostomian spine lies below each of the antero-lateral wings. M-edian dorsal carina of the abdomen well developed on the first to the fifth somites ; the sixth somite and the telson are furnished with a pair of longitudinal dorsal carina, which are armed with two pairs of spines on the telson, but are unarmed on the sixth somite save a pair of minute spines at the posterior end ; there is, besides, a less distinct lateral abdominal carina, which becomes double on the fourth and fifth somites; the pleurae of the first abdominal somite are unidentate, those of the second to the fifth bidentate; in old speci- mens the pleural teeth tend to become obsolete. The telson ends in three spinous teeth, the middle one the largest. The four posterior thoracic sterna are armed each with an acute procurved spine ; these spines diminish in length from before backward ; the abdominal sterna likewise are armed with a median spine (second and third the largest) ; all of the sternal spines are very much reduced in size in the full-grown female. Tlie eyes are large for the genus and are furnished with a small spine above the cornea. Antennal scale broad, its internal margin convex. Legs as in S. fcrox G. 0. Sars. Outer lobe of the bilobed inner branch of second abdominal appendage of male very short. Length of largest specimen (female), 162 mm. Station 3418. 660 fathoms. 3 males, 2 fem. (1 ovig.). " 3424. 676 " 4 fem. The ovum measures 3.33 X 2.62 mm. In the number and arrangement of the gills this species agrees with S. ferox, the branchial formula being : — Somites, VII. VITT. IX. X. XT. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobraucliise, 1 1 1 1 1 = 5 Arthrobranchiae, = Podobranchiae, = Epipods, 1 1 = (2) 5 +(2) The upper end of each gill is thrown forward, the lower end backward, as in Cmngon and other genera. The three pairs of maxillipeds are furnished with well developed exopods, but there is no trace of this organ on the first 134 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. pair of legs. A flat, rather stiff, rounded plate projects outward from the second segment of the third maxilliped, as in S. ferox, agassim, and procax. A similar but narrower process is found on the proximal segment of the second pair of legs, closely applied to the outer and hinder part of the basal segment of the first pair of legs. This pi-ocess is also found in S. ferox, although it is not mentioned nor figured by G. 0. Sars. It is present, too, in S. ugasskii and S. procax. Of the five hitherto known species of Sckrocrangou, viz. borcas (Fab.), sale- brosa [Oview), angusticauda (De Haan),/eroj(G. 0. v^iwn),* jacqueti{K. M. Edw.),t and agassisii Smith, S. ferox bears the closest resemblance to the present species. The peculiarities of the genus Sclerocrangon are .'■o fully described and figured by Sars in his account of S. ferox (Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Crustacea, I. 15-26, Plate 11., 1885), that it would be superfluous to give a detailed description of S. atrox. Let it suffice to point out the specific dif- ferences between these two species : in S. ferox the upturned rostrum is simple, while in S. atrox a long acute tooth, given off from its ventral side, reaches as far forward as the tip of the rostrum ; in other words the ros- trum is bifid in the vertical plane. In the former species the dorsal carinas of the sixth abdominal segment bear two pairs of well developed spines, while in the latter we find but one pair of very small spines at the posterior end of the carinte. The pleural spines of the abdomen are much longer in the former species than in the latter, and on the fifth somite there are four to five spines on each pleura, against two in S. atrox. The eyes are much smiiller in S. ferox, and are destitute of the spine above the cornea which is seen in S. atrox. Finally, in Sars's species the antennal scale is much * Cheraphilux ferox G. O. Sars, A.rc(i. for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, II. 339, 1877 ; Srleron-niigoii salebrosus G. O. Sars, Deu Norske Nordhavs-Esped., Crustacea, I. 15, 1S85 {nee Oweu) ; Sderoerangon ferox Hansen, Dijniplma-Togtets Zoolog.-Bot. Udbytte, p. 236, 1887. G. O. Sars says that tlie ]\Ieditcr- ranean species, Caneer catuphractus Olivi (Egeon loricalus Risso), perhaps belongs to the genus Sclerocran- gon. If tliis were so, tlie name Sclerocrangon would have to give way to Egeon Risso. But examination of Olivi's species siiows that Sars's surmise is incorrect. The rostrum in this species is short and bifid, the antennal scale short and broad, the iuncr branch of the abdominal appendages is large (subequal to tlie outer branch), and furnished with a stylamblys on every pair; there are six well developed gills on each side of the body, a small podobranchia at the base of tlie second maxilliped, and the basal segment of the first pair of legs bears a uniarticulate exopod. Risso's genus Egeon ^Jlgaon'] (Hist. Nat. des Crustaces des Environs de Nice, p. 99, ISIO), established to receive this species, is based on valid structural characters and sliould be restored (v. Ortmaun, Zoolog. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., V. 530, 535, 1890). Spence Bate's Ponlocnris (Rep. Chal- lenger Macrura, p. 495), appears to be the same as Egeon. Miers (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th Series, VIII. 365, 1881) assigns Cancer cafaphraetus Olivi to the genus CheraphUus, although this species was made the type of the genus Egeon by Risso forty-six years before the name Cherapk'diis was proposed by Kinahan ! t Ponloplulm jacqueti A. M. Edw., Comptes Rendus, XCIII. 935, 1881 ; Recueil de Figures de Crus- taces nouv. ou pen couuus, 1883. Closely allied to, if not the same as, S. agassizii Smith (Bull. Mus. Comp Znol., X. 32, 1882). SCLEROCRANGON PROCAX. 135 narrower and less convex along its internal margin than it is in the species above described. Scleroerangon procax Fax. Flute XXXVI. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., XXIV. 199, 1893. Rostrum small, simple, acute, inclined upward at an angle of 45°, not longer than the spines at the external orbital angle, overshadowed by the great anterior spine of the dorsal carina of the carapace. This carina is armed with two spines ; the anterior of these is very long, nearly erect, and arises from a point just back of the rostrum; the posterior is shorter and curved forward ; between these two spines is the rudiment of a third, anterior to the middle of the carina. The external orbital spines, as before said, reach as far forward as the tip of the rostrum. The antero- external angles of the carapace are drawn out into long, acute spines that trend upward and outward. From the orbital spine a ridge runs backward on each side of the carapace, and meets a similar ridge running from the posterior margin of the carapace forward to a lateral spine on the front part of the branchial region. There is another small spine on each side of the gastric region between the median and lateral carinas. From the lower side of the lateral spine a ridge runs downward and backward on the branchial regions, meeting an interrupted ridge which extends from the antero-lateral spines nearly to the posterior margin of the carapace. A flat-topped median dorsal ridge extends along the abdomen from the first to the fifth somites; on the sixth somite this ridge is supplanted by a pair of carinoe. An indistinct and interrupted ridge runs the length of the abdomen on each side, at the upper boundary of the pleura?. The first pleura ends below in a sharp tooth; this tooth becomes smaller as one passes backward until it disappears in the pleura of the fourth somite. The telson is long, quadrangular in cross-section, grooved above, acute at posterior end ; its base is flanked by a pair of spines arising from the hind end of the sixth abdominal somite. The eyes are small ; a small tubercle arises from the superior margin of the cornea. The appendages are like those of S. acjamzii Smith, with the following exceptions : the two flagella of the first pair of antenna? in the male are subequal in length, while in the male of 8. agamzii the outer flagellum is much longer than the inner ; the scale of the second antenna is narrower; the terminal segment of the inner 136 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. branch of the second abdominal appendage in the male bears on its inner margin a short blunt stylamblys, which is absent in S. agassizii ; in neither of these two species is this segment produced into a lobe at the base of its outer margin as it is in the more typical species of Sclcrocra/igon, e. g. aS'. ferox and S. atrox. There are four thoracic and five abdominal sternal spines in the male, as in 8. agassisii. In the mature female these spines are obsolete as in the female »S'. agassizii. Length of a male specimen, 49 mm. ; carapace, 13.3 mm. ; abdomen, 36 mm. ; length of a female, 64 mm., carapace, 18 nun., abdomen, 46 mm. Station 3380. 899 fathoms. 1 male, juv. " 3418. 660 " 2 males, 3 fem. (1 bopyrized). " 3435. 859 " 2 fern. ovig. " 3436. 905 " 1 fem. This species is very nearly related to 8. agassizii Smith,* of the east coast of North America. In addition to the differences between the two species already noticed, I may mention the following: the rostrum of S. procax is longer and inclined upward at a much sharper angle than in the Atlantic species ; the same is true of the antero-lateral spines of the carapace ; the most conspicuous difference is found in the anterior spine of the median carina of the carapace, which is much longer and nearly erect in 8. jwocax. The arrangement of the carinre and spines is the same in the two species. I agree with Professor Smith in consigning these two species to the genus Sclerocrangon, although G. 0. Sars's diagnosis of this genus must be somewhat modified for their inclusion. In the typical species of Sclerocravgon, the rostrum is expanded into a keel below, while in ^S^. agassizii and S. j^t'ocax it is spine-lLl<;e ; the terminal segment of the inner branch of the second abdominal appendage is bilobed in the male of the typical Sclerocravgon, whereas in 8. agassizii it is simple, and in 8. procax it consists of a single lobe which bears a stylamblys on its inner edge. In other respects these two species agree with the more typical species of 8clerocrangon. * Cerciphilus agassi:ii Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Vol. X., No. 1, pp. 32-3i, Plate VII. Fig. 4-50, 1882; Sclerocrangon ar/assi:ii Smith, Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for ISS5, p. 652, 18S6. This species, as before stated, is apparently the same as PontophUus jacqueti A. M. Edw. (Comptes Rendus, XCIII. 935, 1881 ; figured in A. Milne Edwards's Recueil de Figures de Crustaces nouveaux on peu connus, I*" Livr., 1883), collected off the south coast of Europe by the " TravaiUeur " expedition. GLYPHOCRANGON ALATA. 137 Family GLYPHOCRANGONID^. GLYPHOCRANGON A. M. Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat, Zool., 6^""= Ser., Vol. XL, No. 4, p. 3, 1881. Glyphocrangon alata Fax. Plate XXXVII. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 201, 1893. The rostrum is armed with a pair of lateral spines on a level with the ♦ anterior end of the eye ; posterior to this pair of spines follows a variable number of smaller marginal spines (three to five on each side). The anterior half of the rostrum is unarmed, although the margins are ciliated. A light spinulose carina runs along the median line of the rostrum from the base to the anterior third (in some specimens this carina is obsolete). On each side of the median line there are, on the basal portion of the rostrum, four or five sinall spinules. The carapace and abdomen are thickly tuberculated. On the antero- lateral regions of the carapace and on the abdominal pleiu-se the tubercles assume a spiny character. For the rest, the tubercles are for the most part laterally compressed, their tops truncated and more or less eroded. It is farther to be observed of these tubercles that they are arranged in longi- tudinal rows, and six of these rows on each side of the carapace by their greater prominence form imperfect carinse corresponding in position to those commonly found in species of this genus. The external orbital spine is directed upward at an angle of 45°, is curved (with the concavity inward), but hardly deflected outward. The spine at the antero-lateral angle of the carapace is turned somewhat downward and outward. Between these two spines and just behind them is a strong spinous tooth, acute at the end, and vertically compressed, its base broadening out in such a fashion that the whole tooth forms an acute-tipped wing-like expansion. This is, in fact, the greatly developed anterior portion of the fourth carina (counting from the median line). Behind it the carina continues on, as a low toothed ridge, to the cervical a;i'oove. The broad triangular area between this carinal tooth and the gastric region is thickly beset with laterally compressed spinous tuber- cles like those which adorn the other parts of the carapace. A.n interrupted median dorsal carina runs along the abdomen. Upon the 18 138 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. first somite this carina projects forward as a sharp tooth. On each side of this somite there is a prominent acute tooth directed obliquely forward. The median carina is continued on the base of the telson, where it is broken into two teeth, the anterior of which is the larger. There is, beside, a pair of spinulose carinas on the dorsal side of the telson, and the lateral margins of the telson are also spinulose. The lower margins of the pleurae are spined in the way common to species of this genus. The eyes are large, and dark brown or black in color. The antennal scale is shorter than the rostrum, broadly ovate, and devoid of spines on either surface. The posterior pair of abdominal appendages are also destitute of spines, save the customary one on the outer margin of the external branch. The two branches are of about equal length and shorter than the telson. The dactyli of the ambulatory legs are lanceolate. In tliis species, as in G. aculeata A. M. Edw. [^ Rhachocaris agassisii Smith), G. rcgciKs Bate, G. investigatoris W.-M., G. smithii W.-M., G. coeca W.-M., and G. loricata Fax., the fourth carina is expanded anteriorly into a very large, vertically compressed spine. In other i-espects the species here described is very different from those, as will be readily perceived by comparison of the figures and descriptions. Length of a female, 116 mm. ; length of carapace (including rostrum) 45 mm. ; length of rostrum, 20 mm. ; length of telson, 12 mm. ; length of antennal scale, 11.5 mm. ; breadth of antennal scale, 7.3 mm. Station ? (no label.) 12 + specimens. " 3395. 730 fathoms. 1 specimen. 3418. 600 " 2 specimens. Glyphocrangon spinulosa Fax. Plate XXXVIII. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 202, 1893. Rostrum long, acute, margins armed with vertically flattened spinous teeth from base to the level of the anterior extremity of the eyes, beyond which point the margins are unarmed ; the anterior pair of the lateral spines are the largest. A median longitudinal row of smaller spines extends from the anterior boundary of the gastric area to the anterior fourth of the rostrum ; anteriorly these spines are confluent at their bases, forming a carina which is continued forward beyond the spines to the tip of the rostrum. Just inside GLYPHOCRANGON SPINULOSA. I39 the marginal spines there is au irregular longitudinal row of very small spin- ules on each side of the rostrum. . The carapace is thickly strewn with spinules which are laterally com- pressed. Along six longitudinal lines on each side of the carapace the spines are larger, more flattened laterally, forming interrupted carina?. The third carina (reckoning from the dorsal line) ends anteriorly at the deep branchio- hepatic sulcus. The fourth carina, on the contrary, is especially prominent on the hepatic region, where it is broken np into two or three prominent teeth. The two lowermost carina? are obsolescent. The anterior margin of the carapace is produced into a large external orbital spine directed obliquely upward and outward. The hind margin of this spine or tooth is armed with a variable number of spinules. The antero-external angle of the carapace is produced into a strong spine directed downward and a little outward. The abdomen, like the carapace, is spinulose on the dorsum and pleuras. An interrupted carina extends the length of the median dorsal line. On the sixth segment this carina is toothed along its edge. On the first segment, on each side of the median carina, in line with the second carina of the cara- pace, there is a prominent acute tooth directed obliquely forward. The pleura? of the first segment are for the chief part converted into smooth facets which lie beneath the next pleurse when the abdomen is flexed ; their free margins are unarmed. The second to the fourth pleurce are ai"med infe- riorly with two spines curved outward and backward, the anterior of the two being the larger. The fifth pleurae are likewise armed with two spines, but in this case the posterior spine is the larger. The sixth pleurte end posteriorly in a single spine directed outward at a greater angle than those on the ante- cedent segments. The median dorsal carina of the abdomen is continued along the basal part of the telson in the shape of a line of four or five teeth, decreasinoj in size from before backward. On either side of the median dorsal line there is a lateral carina which is spinous anteriorly, but entire toward the tip. The lateral margins of the telson are similarly carinated and spinulose. The eyes are very large and colored with a dark pigment. The antennal scale is much shorter than the rostrum, ovate, its margins ciliated ; the me- dian longitudinal rib is spinulose as well as the portion of the field lying external to the rib. The lower side of the scale is also spinulose, although in a less degree than the upper side. The dactyli of the fourth and fifth pairs of legs are lanceolate, compressed vertically, concave above and convex below. Station 3353. 695 3418. 660 3419. 772 3424. 676 3425. 680 3435. 859 140 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. The rami of the last abdominal appendages are subequal in length, shorter than the telson, spinulose above and (to a less degree) below. Length of a male, 105 mm. ; length of rostrum from tip to anterior gastric groove, 20 ram. ; length of carapace (including rostrum), 44.5 mm. ; length of telson, 18.5 mm. ; length of antennal scale, 11.5 mm.; breadth of autennal scale, 7 ram. The egg (from a female 114 mm. long) measures 3 X 2.5 mm. This handsome and very distinct species was taken at the following stations : — 695 fathoms. 11 specimens. " 91 " " 19 " (1 with Bop^rus). u 2 <■- Glyphocrangon loricata, sp. nov. Plate XXXVIII}"'- Rostrum furnished with three pairs of lateral spines, the anterior pair the largest and situate just in front of the eyes, the other two pairs behind the eyes and near the base of the rostrum ; sides of rostrum fringed with long hair in front of the anterior pair of spines. Gastric region separated from the rostrum by a transverse depression. The first or dorsal pair of carinas on the carapace are broken up into laterally compressed, truncate tubercles. Between these crests, at the anterior limit of the gastric area, lie three small tubercles, one median, two lateral and paired ; from the median one a very light carina runs backward along the median line of the gastric region, flanked by two rows ot very faint tubercles. Outside of the dor- sal carinoe the gastric region is irregularly tuberculous. The second carina is explicit only behind the cervical groove, where it is divided by shallow notches into four sections which are hardly prominent enough to be called teeth. The third carina is entire ; near its anterior end is seen a slightly projecting, rounded angle which is not produced so as to form a spine or tooth; a similar, but still less evident, rounded angle is visible near the middle of the same carina. Only in very 3'oung and small individuals do these nngles attain to prominence, and even then they do not assume the form of spines, but end bluntly. The fourth crest is produced to a long, GLYPHOCRANGON LORICATA. 141 vertically compressed spine, which reaches forward to the level of the middle of the eye, and is directed outward at an angle of about forty-five degrees with the axis of the body. Behind this hepatic spine, the margin of the fourth carina is entire. The fifth and sixth carinse present an eroded surface, but are not toothed. The branchial regions are adorned with thi'ee longi- tudinal rows of not very distinct tubercles between the first and second, sec- ond and third, and third and fourth carinas. The hepatic area also bears about ten very small and inconspicuous tubercles. The external orbital spines are directed nearly straight forward, but are inclined upward at a consider- able angle when viewed from the side ; they reach a little beyond tlie hepa- tic spines, but not so far as the branchiostegal spines. The latter attain to the anterior end of the eye ; they form but a very slight angle with the axis of the body, whether they are viewed from below or from the side. Along the median dorsal line of the abdomen there runs a carina from the anterior end to the base of the telson, where it ends in a single promi- nent tooth. On the first abdominal segment, this carina is produced forward, in the shape of a stout tooth, over the anterior border of the segment; on the second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments, this carina is divided into two parts by a transverse furrow. The first abdominal segment also bears a pair of strong, forward-pointing, lateral teeth on its anterior border. Terga and pleurae of all the abdominal segments tuberculose. Pleuraj of first seg- ment curved forward and terminated by a blunt tooth ; margin of second pair of plenrEB three-toothed, the middle tooth by far the most prominent, the posterior tooth obsolescent ; pleurae of third, fourth, and fifth segments two- toothed, — of sixth segment one-toothed. Telson longer than the posterior pair of appendages, armed at the proximal end, as aforesaid, with a single, jDrominent, median tooth ; the lateral carina3 of the telson are also furnished with teeth (about eight in number on each side) on the anterior two-thirds; there is, moreover, a longitudinal I'ow of six or seven smaller teeth at a lower level, on each side of the anterior third of the telson. The dactyli of the third, fourth, and fifth pairs of thoracic appendages are of the usual form, — lanceolate, with very acute tips. Length, 82 mm.; carapace, 35 mm. ; rostrum, 16 mm. ; telson, 15 mm. ; extent between tips of hepatic spines, 24 mm. ; extent behind cervical groove, 16 mm. Station 3402. 421 fathoms. 1 male, 3 juv. " 3410. 331 " 1 juv. 142 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. This species, which was captured near the shores of the Galapagos Islands, is comparable with G. aculeata A. M. Edw., G. regalis Bate, G. in- vestigdoris W.-M., and G. smithii W.-M, It differs from all of these in having three pairs of rostral spines in front of the gastro-frontal sulcus, and in the leno-th, slenderness, and strong outward trend of the hepatic spines. It dif- fers furthermore from G. aculeata and G. invcstigatoris in being much more lio-htly tuberculated ; from G. aculeata and G. smithii in lacking the spine at anterior end of the third carapacial carina, behind the cervical groove ; from all of the above-named species, except G. investigator is, in the spiny arma- ture of the telson. Glypbocrangon nobilis A. M. Edw.? ? Glyphocrangon nobile A. M. Edw., Aun. Sci. Nat., Zool., 6'™ Sen, Vol. XI., No. 4, p. 5, 1881 ; Reeueil de Figures de Crustaces nouveaux ou peu coimus, 1883 (fig.). Station 3363. 978 fa ,thomg ;. 2 a 3.366. 1067 a 1 u 3371. 770 a 4 a 3375. 1201 u 1 a 3376. 1132 a 1 u 3392. •1270 a 2 a 3400. 1322 a 1 a 3411. 1189 a 4 a 3413. 1360 ii 3 a 3419. 772 a 3 a 3431. 995 a 1 Of Glijphocrangon nobilis A. M. Edw., I have only small, immature speci- mens before me, and I am not sure that the "Albatross" specimens here referred to this species are really the same. In any event they are very closely allied. In typical specimens of the " Albatross " species, the distance from the tip of the rostrum to the small tubercle that lies in the median dorsal line at the anterior boundary of the gastric region is equal to the distance of this tubercle from the posterior margin of the carapace, measured along the median dorsal line. But the length of the rostrum varies to a considerable degree in different specimens. When it attains its maximum length, the dis- tance from the tip to the basal lateral spines alone eqitals the length of the rest of the carapace, measured along the median line. The margins are thickened and concave between the two pairs of lateral spines. A median GLYPHOCRANGON NOBILIS. 143 dorsal keel, most pronounced near the anterior end, runs backward, becom- ing obsolete abreast of the posterior pair of lateral spines. In nearly all of the specimens the dorsal side of the I'ostrum is roughened in the middle por- tion of its length by transverse corrugations on each side of the median carina. The lower face of the rostrum is distinctly margined ; the margins gradually converging at each end, leaving between them a lanceolate field which is divided anteriorly by a light median carina. This median ventral carina of the rostrum is characteristic. I have found it wanting in but one or two out of the twenty-three specimens examined. The general trend of the rostrum is lightly downward to a point near the tip, then upward to the tip. The two or three tubercles that represent the anterior part of the second lateral carina of the carapace are produced to spinous points, the foremost forming a pair of prominent spines at the front part of the gastric region. The prominent carina (fourth) which runs along the hepatic area is produced at its anterior end into a distinct, acute, though not large spine, which is divided from the rest of the carina posteriorly by a notch or sinus. All the caringe except the two uppermost have a worn and eroded surface. The an- terior part of the third crest is represented by a single tubercle on the hepa- tic area. The lower margin of the second abdominal pleura is often one- toothed, the anterior and posterior angles being rounded off and destitute of spines. The tubercles of the abdomen are more sparse and less pronounced than in the type of G. nobilis, as inferred from Milne Edwards's figures. The telson, like the rostrum, varies in length in different specimens. In those with the longest rostrum the telson is one-third longer than the swimmerets, while in others it is not over one fifth longer than these appendages. It is up- turned at the tip, very lightly in the majority of specimens, but very strongly so in the specimens with the longest telson. There is a later- ally compressed tooth in the median dorsal line at the base of the telson which forms the posterior end of the median carina of the abdomen. The dorsal pair of longitudinal carinae are obsoletely spinose on their anterior third. In the type specimen of G. longirostris Smith, the rostrum is widened mid- way between the anterior pair of lateral spines and the tip, thus a.ssuming a lanceolate outline ; the corrugation of the dorsal surface of the rostrum is more emphatic than in the " Albatross " specimens, and the median dorsal carina is continued backward to the gastric area ; the tubercles on the an- 144 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. terior gastric region are not prolonged into spines, and the eye lacks any dark pigment. The absence of pigment in the eye, however, I think may be due to the action of alcohol. The spine at the antero-lateral angle of the carapace is bent down at a greater angle with the axis of the body than it is in the " Albatross " species, and I think this is also true of the typical G. nobilis. Bate's G. acuminata appears to be very closely allied to G. noliUs, and per- haps will prove to be only a smooth form of the latter species. G. gilcsii Wood-Mason is a smoother form characterized by the full development of the anterior part of the third crest of the carapace. In G. unguiculaia Wood-Mason, the carapace and abdomen are covered with a velvety pubescence, the postero-inferior corners of the second and third pairs of abdominal pleurse are angular rather than spinose, and the outer margins of the dactyli of the fourth and fifth pairs of legs are produced near the apex into a minute, incurved claw. The type specimen of G. nobilis was taken in 1131 ftithoms near the Island of Dominica, W. I. Glyphocrangon sicaria Fax. Plate XXXIX. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.. XXIV. 202, 1893. Rostrum equal in length to the rest of the carapace, armed with a pair of short, blunt lateral teeth a little in advance of the front of the eyes, and another pair of obsolescent ones at the root. Between these two pairs of teeth the margins of the rostrum are concave and a little raised. From the anterior teeth the rostrum tapers regularly to the point. The upper surface is plane and smooth (neither corrugated nor ciliated). A slight median carina, most obvious near the tip, runs the whole length of the rostrum from the anterior boundary of the gastric area to the tip, and the lateral margins are lightly rimmed. The lower surfixce is grooved longitudinally, and wholly devoid of a median keel. The orbital spine is rather short and thick, and is directed a little out- ward and upward. The spine at the antero-external angle of the carapace is also short and thick, but .slightly exceeding the orbital spine ; it is turned but very slightly outward, but its downward deflection is stronger. From its base a low carina extends backward over the hepatic area. This carina GLYPHOCRANGON SICARIA. 145 is unarmed with spines, but is broken into two tubercles, the posterior of which is the more prominent. In the trianguLar area between this carina and the gastro-hepatic sulcus are several small tubercles disposed for the most part in single row. The gastric region is free from tubei'cles in the median line, barring a minute one at the anterior boundary near the base of the rostrum. But on either side, this region is ornamented with tubercles ; these are not spinous, nor do they tend to form very well-marked carinae. On the branchial regions there are three carinse on each side ; the uppermost of these is broken up into five or six tubercles ; the tops of these tubercles, as well as of the other carinae on the branchial and the hepatic areas, exhibit a coroded surface, and a similar appearance is manifest on the whole lower surface of the carapace where it is bent beneath the thorax. The abdomen is irregularly bestrewn with low tubercles, which, as com- monly in this genus, take on the form of a low interrupted keel along the median line. The lower margins of the second to the fifth segments are armed with two spines, the posterior of which is the smaller on the second, third, and fourth, but the larger on the fifth segment. The sixth segment is armed with a single spine on each side, at the postero-lateral angle. The telson is straight and much shorter than the rostrum ; it is furnished with a small laterally compressed tooth in the median dorsal line at the base, and both the dorsal carina and the lateral margins are obsoletely dentate along their basal half. The e^es are rather small, and their pigment is apparently not so dark as in most species of this genus. The antennal scale is about one half as long as the rostrum, oval, ciliated on the border, but not furnished with any spinules except the small one on the outer border. The dactyli of the three posterior pairs of legs are lanceolate. The posterior pair of abdominal appendages are shorter than the telson ; both the dorsal and ventral faces of these appendages are free from spines or tubercles. Length, 124 mm. ; length of rostrum from tip to anterior gastric groove, 30.5 mm. ; length of carapace, including rostrum, 58 mm. ; length of telson, 20 mm. ; length of antennal scale, 13 mm. ; breadth of antennal scale, 7.5 mm. Station 3382. 1793 fathoms. 2 specimens. This species is nearly related to the preceding [G. nohiUs). It differs 19 146 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. from the latter as follows : the rostrum is straighter, its upper surface flatter and smoother, and its lateral teeth (especially the posterior pair) smaller. None of the tubercles of the gastric region are spinous. The orbital spines are not turned so much outward, and the spines at the antero-lateral angles of the carapace are shorter and more robust. There are no spines on the anterior portion of the fourth carina. The eyes are smaller. From G. longirostris Smith, it may be distinguished by the rostrum, which in G. sicaria narrows from the anterior lateral teeth, and is not corroded or corrugated on the upper surface ; its lateral teeth, moreover, are not so prominent. The orbital spines are smaller, less deflected outward, and they are separated by a wider interval from the spine at the antero-lateral angle of the carapace. In both species the anterior portion of the fourth carina is divided by a sinus into two prominences : in G. longirostris the anterior of these prominences is the more salient, while in G. sicaria the posterior one is the more pronounced. G. ccecescens W.-M., another similar species, may be distinguished by the lanceolate outline of the rostrum and the presence of two spines on the anterior moiety of the fourth carina of the carapace. Family GNATHOPHYLLID^. GNATHOPHYLLUM Latr. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., 2« ed., XXX. 72, 1819 [_Gnatophyllutii]. Gnathophyllum panamense Fax. Plate E. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 198, 1893. This species resembles G. elegam (Risso) of the Mediterranean Sea so closely that I was at first disposed to consider it identical in spite of the remoteness of its habitat. A close comparison, however, discloses a clear specific difference : in the Panama form a prominent, conical, obtuse protub- erance, pigmented with black, arises from the upper part of the cornea. In G. elegans this tubercle is wanting or reduced to the merest vestige, discern- ible only with a strong lens. The rostrum of G. panamense is furnished with seven teeth above, and one below near the tip. The intervals between the superior rostral teeth are furnished with long setae. In G. elegans the num- g:^athophyllum panamense. 147 ber of rostral teeth appears to vary somewhat. In two males in this Museum the number is four above and one below. In Risso's original description and figure * the rostrum is represented as bearing six teeth above. In the same author's later description 01 this animal t the rostrum is said to bear six teeth above and one below, while in the accompanying figure (Plate I., Fig. 4) there are five teeth above and one below. Milne Edwards | describes the rostrum as armed with six to seven teeth above. G. panamense, like G. ekgans, is very gaily attired. A colored sketch of the former species, drawn from life by Mr. Westergren, represents the gen- eral ground color of the body to be a dark brown, ornamented with a multi- tude of whitish spots, among which are sixteen red spots regularly arranged as shown on Plate E, Fig. 1. The rostrum, eyes, and antennae are pale ochre (the flagellum of the second antennae orange), the fifth and sixth abdominal segments, telson, and swimmerets are also ochre. The basal joints of the second pair of chelipeds are violet, the merus, carpus, and fingers ochre, the basal part of the propodite orange. The third, fourth and fifth pairs of legs are violet. According to Risso and Heller, G. ekgans is spotted with golden- yellow, and otherwise differs in details of coloration from its western relative. In the form described by Gourret § as G. elegans, var. brevirosiris, from Mar- seilles Bay, the ground color is brick-red. Length, 22.5 mm. ; length of carapace, including rostrum, 7.5 mm. Taken on the reef at Panama, at low tide, March 12. One ovigerous female. Gnathophi/llum fasciolatum Stimps.,|| from Australia and Amboyna, agrees very closely in form with G. elegans, but differs wholly in the pattern of its markings and in coloration from both G. elegans and G. panamense. G. zebra Richters,* from Mauritius, is without much doubt the same as G. fasciolatum. Ortmann t has lately recorded a Gnaihophjllum from Tahiti as a new species, G. pallidmn. It differs from G. fasciolatum only in the absence of color- marks. This difference may be due to the action of alcohol. In the genus GmOmphf/llmn, the external flagellum of the antennule is double, producing a short third flagellum similar to that of the Palccmonidce. * Hist. Nat. des Cnist. des Environs de Nice, p. 93, Plate II., Fig. 4, 1816. t Hist. Nat. de I'Europe Merid., V. 71, 1826. J Hist. Nat. des Crustaces, II. 369, 1837. § Comptes Rendus, CV. 1034, 1887. II Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1860, p. 28. * Beitr. zur Meeresfauiia der Insel Mauritius und der Seyoliellen, p. 161, Plate XVII. Pig. 18-20, 1880. t Zoolog. J.-ibrb., Abtli. f. Sjst., V. 537, 1890. 148 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Family PAL^MONID^. PAL-ffiMON Fabe. (lestr.). Sappl. Ent. Syst., pp. 378, 402, 1798. Restricted by Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 41. Palsemon jamaicensis (Hekbst). Cancer {Astacus) jamaicensis Herbst, Naturgesch. der Krabben und Krebse, II. 57, Plate XXVII. Pig. 2, 1796. Palamon. jamaicensis Olivier, Eucycl. Meth., lusectes, VIII. 659, ISll. Six specimens from Panama, March 12. This well known fresh-water prawn inhabits the Atlantic coast of America from the West Indies and the Gulf of Mexico to Rio Sao Francisco, Brazil. It has been found also on the Pacific side at Polvon, Nicaragua,* and there are specimens in this Museum collected by Dr. Gustav Eisen, in fresh water near Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Family PANDALID^. HETEROCARPUS A. M. Edw. Auu. Sci. Nat., 6'"« Ser., Zool., Vol. XL, Art. 4, p. 8, 1881. Heterocarpus vicarius Fax. Plate XL., Ficj. 1, T 1" ; Plate XLI., Fig. 2, 2\ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 203, 1893. The rostrum is considerably shorter than the remaining portion of the carapace (in very small, immature individuals it is relatively much longer), and its distal part is turned obliquely upward ; it is armed above with seven or eight teeth, below with about twelve. The median dorsal line of the carapace is very convex and furnished with a prominent keel which is con- tinuous anteriorly with the superior keel of the rostrum and terminates pos- teriorly a short distance before attaining the posterior border of the carapace; this keel is armed with four or five teeth on the gastric area, back of the base of the rostrum. On each side of the carapace there are, in addition to the light marginal keel along the infero-lateral border, two prominent longi- tudinal ridges or carintje.f The upper one begins near the posterior margin * Smith, Aim. Rep. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 18G9 and 1S70, p. 97, 1S71. t Tbe carina; of the carapace play such an important jiart in descriptions of tbe species of the genus Heterocarpus that they deserve to be considered here in some detail. When they are developed to the fullest degree, we find, in addition to the median dorsal and the inferior marginal carina, three lateral carLnse on HETEROCARPUS VICARIUS. 149 of the orbit, on a level with the base of the eye-stalk, niiis backward and a little downward along about two fifths the length of the carapace, then each side of the carapace. The uppermost of these, lettered a iu the accompauyiug outs, begins at the pes- terior boundary of the orbit, just behind the base of the eye-stalk, runs backward defining the lower Umit of the gastric and cardiac regions, and euds near the hind margin of the carapace just at the point where the hind margin curves backward to form the hind margin of the brauchiostegite. The middle lateral carina (i) Fig. 1. Fig. 4. Fig. 2. Fig. 5. Fig. 3. Fig. 6, originates anteriorly in the orbital spine and courses backward over the hepatic and branchial regions, below carina a. The lowermost lateral carina (c) is continuous iu front with the lower spine of the autero-lateral border (the branoliiostegal spine of Stimpson), and sweeps backward below b along the branchial area until it is lost near the hind border of the carapace. This complete expression of all the carina is represented iu the first diagram (Fig. 1). It is realized iu H. carinatus Smith (= U. ensifer, juv. ?), in which all the cariuse are developed throughout their whole course, altliough a is not so sharply defined on the anterior half of the cara- pace as it is posteriorly. Still it can be followed quite up to the margin of the orbit. The next diagram (Fig. 2) shows the complete suppression of the anterior half of a. This condition is exemplified iu H. ensifer A. M. Edw. In the majority of the known species, however, a is perfectly developed, while b is well-nigh completely obsolete (Fig. 3). We then have two lateral carinse. These are not homologous with the two complete carina-, of //. ensifer, but with the upper half-cariiia and the lowest one of that species. A sHght ves- tige of the anterior end of b appears in the form of a short ridge continued backward from the base of the orbital spine. In this category come the following species : H. vicarius Fax., gibbostis Bate, oryx A. M. Edw., dorsalis Bate, alphoiisi Bate, hostilis Fax., and affinis Fax. The next stage in the suppression of the carinse is shown in Fig. 4, where, besides the absence of b, we note the obsolescence of the posterior fourth of c (H. lavigatus Bate). In H. aUxawlri A. M. Edw., c has completely disappeared, leaving only one lateral carina, a (Fig. 5). Finally, in H. Levis A. M. Edw., all the carinae arc obsolete (I'ig. 6), and we have a smooth carapace, as in Pmidahis. The homology of these carinse has been misapprehended by some writers. A. Milne Edwards, for in- stance, says that the superior lateral carina of H. ensifer is absent in H. oryx, whereas it is iu fact the middle one that is obsolete in the latter species. 150 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. curves upward, defining the upper limit of the branchial region, and is finally lost just before reaching the hind margin of the carapace. The anterior part of this carina is separated from the orbital spine and the he- patic area by a deep groove ; below this carina there is a deep vertical inden- tation on the side of the carapace between the hepatic and branchial areas, as in all the species of this genus in which the middle lateral carina is obsolete. The inferior lateral carina extends from the branchiostegal spine, with which it is continuous, backward, pursuing a more nearly horizontal course than the upper one, and stops before reaching the hind border of the carapace. The third abdominal segment is keeled along the median dorsal line. Its hinder half is sharply bent down at angle of about 90°, forming a prominent knee. There are no median teeth on this or any of the other abdominal segments. The end of the telson is acutely triangular, and is armed with three pairs of articulated spines ; the intermediate pair of these spines are much the stoutest and longest. The dorsal face of the telson is armed with four pairs of spines articulated at their bases. The two flagella of the antennule are subequal, and about as long as the whole body minus the rostrum. The basal segment of the antennule is armed externally with a spine whose acute tip reaches forward to the middle of the second segment of the peduncle. The antenna with its flagellum is about twice as long as the body (rostrum included) ; the scale is one half the length of the rostrum, its sides convex, its external spine subterminal. The right carpus of the second pair of legs is composed of nine or ten segments, the left of twenty-two to twenty-four. The merus of the left leg of the second pair is also obscurely divided up into many (nine or ten) secondary segments or annuli, as in other species of this genus. The last pair of abdominal appendages are about as long as the telson, the outer branch being slightly longer than the inner. Length, 110 ram.; rostrum, 26 mm.; carapace with rostrum, 55 mm.; antenna, 219 mm.; antennal scale, 14 mm. ; telson, 17 mm. This species was taken at four stations in the Gulf of Panama, viz : — Station 3385. 286 fathoms. 49 specimens (" a peck rejected"). " 3386. 242 " 91 " " 3389. 210 " 7 " 3396. 259 " 18 + 50 juv. Heterocarpus vicarius is closely related to H. pbbosus Bate, described from HETEROCAEPUS HOSTILIS. 151 a single specimen procured by the " Challenger " in 700 fathoms among the Pliilippine Islands.* The habitats of the two species are separated by the whole breadth of the Pacific Ocean. Compared with H. gibbosus, its western representative, H. vicarius, differs as follows : the carapace is very much longer both in proportion to its own heijifht and to the leno-th of the rostrum, and its dorsal mara-in is not so con- vex ; the teeth of the upper edge of the rostrum are more numerous and closely set ; the lateral carinas of the carapace are more prominent; the third abdominal segment forms a sharper angle or knee ; and the antennular flagella are longer and subequal in length. In H. vicarius the third raaxilliped is not furnished with an exopod. In place of it there is merely a small papilla on the outer side of the basipodite. This is also the case in the type of H. oryx and, according to Bate, in H. dor- salis. In U. hosHlis and H. uffinis the exopod is present, though rudimentary, being not more than one fifth as long as the ischium. In other species, e. g. cnsifcr, carinatus (^= ensifcr ?), alexanclri, and Icevis, the exopod forms a promi- nent appendix to the third maxilliped, one half or two thirds as long as the ischium. The number and arrangement of the gills in the genus Hctcrocarpvs are correctly given by Prof. S. I. Smith in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoiil., X. 66, and erroneously by Spence Bate in the Report on the Crustacea Macrura of the " Challenger " Expedition, p. 629. Heteroearpus hostilis Fax. Plate XLL, Fig. 1~TK Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 20i, 1S93. The rostrum, measured from the tip to the posterior boundary of the orbit, is from one and a half to two and a third times as long as the rest of the carapace ; its basal fourth is nearly horizontal, while the remaining por- tion is bent up at an angle of about 22° ; it is armed with seven or eight teeth above, nine to fourteen below. The dorsal carina of the rostrum extends back on the median line of the carapace nearly to the hind border of the carapace. There is but one tooth on this carina posterior to the base of the rostrum, and that is on the gastric region. On each side of the carapace there are two lateral carinse. The upper * Of. Wood-Mason aad Alcock iu Ami. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tk Ser., IX. 309, Fig. 6, 1S92. 152 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. one begins at the orbit and runs backward and then obliquely upward to the hind border of the carapace. It is separated anteriorly from the base of the external orbital spine by a deep but narrow groove. The inferior lateral carina is continuous in front with the inferior (branchiostegal) spine of the anterior margin of the carapace. It trends backward nearly parallel with the superior lateral carina, and becomes obsolete a little way from the hind margin of the carapace. A smaller carina runs close to the lower margin of the carapace. The first, second, and sixth segments of the abdomen are not carinated. The third, fourth, and fifth segments are carinated along the median dorsal line. On the third segment the carina is broken into two moieties, the ante- rior of which is fluted above and terminates in a sharp spine a little behind the middle of the segment, while the posterior portion is rounded above and ends in a spine on the posterior border of the segment. The carina on the fourth and fifth segments is unbroken, and ends in a longer spine at the pos- terior border of each of these segments. Thus there are four spines in the median dorsal line of the abdomen, two on the third segment, one on the fourth, and one on the fifth. The telson ends in a long, acute, median tooth, which is flanked by two pairs of movable spines. Of these the distal exceed the median tooth in length ; the proximal, on the contrary, are very small and short. There are, moreover, three pairs of spines on the dorsal surface of the telson. The basal segment of the antennule is furnished with a long external spine (stylocerite) which reaches nearly to the end of the second segment of the antennule. At the base of this spine, against the eye-stalk, is a rounded lobe. The antennae are twice the length of the whole body, including the rostrum. The antennal scale reaches nearly half way to the end of the rostrum ; its external lateral tooth is .situate some distance behind the front extremity. The third maxillipeds bear a rudimentary exopod hardly a fifth as long as the ischium. The carpus of the right leg of the second pair is composed often seg- ments ; on the left leg of the same pair the carpus contains from twenty-two to twenty-seven segments. Dimensions of a male : length from tip of rostrum to end of telson, 107 mm. : length of rostrum, 70 mm ; length of carapace, including rostrum, .^K-H V/J. U X^lUV^Ilj ^ i 1 111 111* Station 3353. 695 fathoms, li 3363. 978 li a 3364. 902 li li 3371. 770 ii ti 3380. 899 11 (I 3393. 1020 li a 3395. 730 li HETEKOCARPUS HOSTILIS. 153 108 mm.; length of antenna, 400 mm.; length of antennal scale, 27.5 mm.; length of telson, 27 mm. 22 specimens ("1 doz. rejected"). 24 " 3 " 20+ " 6 " 8 2 This species is nearly related to H. alphonsi Bate, from off the Philippine Islands and Japan, but may be easily distinguished from the latter species by the more upturned rostrum, by the presence of but one tooth in the median dorsal line of the carapace back of the base of the rostrum (in H. alphonsi there are two *), and by the two spines on the third abdominal segment. In one ovigerous female from Station 3353 the teeth on the upper side of the rostrum are reduced to four (there are seven below). This is probably an abnormal variety merely. This specimen was drawn in color from life by Mr. Westergren. The ground color is bright red, with large patches of green on the carapace and abdomen. The green areas in the sketch corre- spond in their position to patches of mud still adhering to the specimen in alcohol, so that I think the green color is attributable to the mud, not to color-markings in the shell of the prawn. The bottom on which the specimen lived was composed of green mud. In another specimen, also a female, from Station 3395, the rostrum is very different from the normal type, being shorter — equal in length to the rest of the carapace — and armed with a single tooth, near the base, above. The inferior rostral teeth are smaller, more closely set, and more numerous (eighteen) than in the normal form. The carapace of this specimen is rep- resented on Plate XLI. (Fig. 1''). As this unique specimen differs in no other respect from H. Jiostilis, and comes from the same locality, I am dis- posed to regard it also as a mere variety or " sport " of that species. From Station 3363 (978 fathoms), 3370 (134 fathoms), and 3406 (551 fathoms) come seven small specimens, ranging from 48 to 81 mm. in length, that differ considerably from the adult specimens of U. hosfiUs. The rostrum is more nearly horizontal, and has about twelve teeth above and fourteen * Amoug tbc large number of specimens of H. hox/ilis examined, I have found a very few (four) wiUi two spines ou the carapace back of the rostrum, as in H. alphonsi. 20 154 STALK-EYED CKUSTACEA. below. The carina on the third abdominal segment is not broken into two parts (except in one specimen), and is armed with only a single spine, at the posterior end. This carina is fluted above, as in H. hostilis, from its anterior end to a point corresponding with the position of the anterior spine in the adult H. hostilis. I am inclined to consider these specimens as young stages of H. hostilis, especially since in one of those from Station 33G3 the carina of the third abdominal segment, although not two-spined, is nevertheless cut by a notch into an anterior and a posterior section. Heterocarpus aflanis Fax. PMe XL., Fig. 2, ^% 2" ; Plate XLL, Fig. 3, o". Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo61., XXIV. 204, 1893. This species is closely allied to the preceding {H. hostilis), from which (comparing specimens of the same sex) it differs in the following particu- lars : the rostrum is much shorter in proportion to the length of the cara- pace ; measured from the tip to the posterior limit of the orbit it about equals the rest of the carapace in length in some specimens, while in others it is only two thirds as long. There are, moreover, fewer teeth on its dorsal margin (five or six), the number of teeth on its ventral margin vary- ing from six to ten. The median dorsal line of the carapace is more con- vex, and is armed, posteriorly to the base of the rostrum, with two acute teeth, whereas in H. hostilis there is but one tooth on this portion of the carapace, except in a few abnormal individuals. It is also nearly related to H. dorsalis Bate, collected off Banda Island by the " Challenger," but differs from that species in having a shorter rostrum, and two median teeth on the third abdominal segment. The exopods of the third maxillipeds are the same size as in II. hostilis, whereas in H. dorsalis, according to Bate, they are reduced to a mere tiibercle. H. affinis and II. hostilis belong to different geographical areas, as will be seen by inspection of the stations at which the two species wei'e procured. H. affinis is the more northerly form, from the coast of Mexico (off Acapulco and Cape Corrientes), while H. hostilis comes from the region about the Gulf of Panama. Dimensions of a female specimen : length, 153 mm. ; length of carapace, including rostrum, 76 mm. ; length of rostrum, 35 mm. ; lengtli of antennal scale, 23 mm. ; length of telson, 23.5 mm. ALPHEUS PANAMENSIS. 155 Station 3418. 660 fiithoms. 13 specimens. " 3424. 676 " 5 « 3425. 680 " 9 PANDALOPSIS Bate. Rep. Cballeuger Macrura, p. 671, 1888. Pandalopsis ampla Bate. Eep. Challenger Macrura, p. 671, Plate CXV. Pig. 3, 18S8. Station 3418. 660 fathoms. 1 specimen, " 3424. 676 " 6 specimens. The types of this species were collected in 600 fathoms, off Monte Video. Pandalopsis is a MS. name of A. Milne Edwards's, adopted by Bate. This genus is distinguished from Pandalus by the greatly elongated flagella of the antennules, and by the laminate expansions of the merus of the third maxillipeds and of the ischium of the first pair of legs. The third maxilli- ped has no exopod. The epipods of the legs are rudimentary, as in Pandalus and Heterocarpm. The branchial formula is the same as for Pandalus and Heterocarpus, viz. : — Somites VII. VIII. IX. X. SI. XII. XIII. XIY. Pleurobranchise 1 1 1 1 1 = 5 Artlirobranchiae 2 1 1 1 1 = 6 Podobranchiee 1 = 1 Epipods 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 = (7) 12 + (7) The generic distinctions between this genus and Pandalus drawn from the branchiaj and epipods, mentioned by Bate,* do not exist. The right and left legs of the second pair are of about equal length in P. ampla. Family ALPHEID.E. ALPHEUS Fabr. Suppl. Eut. Syst., pp. 380, 404, 1798. Alpheus panamensis Kingsl. ? Bull. U. S. Geolog. aud Geograph. Surv., Vol. IV., No. 1, p. 192, 1878. Five specimens (two of them ovigerous females), without a label, agree pretty well with Kingsley's description of A. panamensis. There is a small » Op. cit , p. 671. 156 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. spine on the inner side of the propodite, at the point of articulation with the dactylus, and two pairs of spines on the dorsal side of the telson. These points are not specified in Kingsley's description. The rostrum is acute, its margins ciliated ; it exceeds the orbital spines, reaching forward beyond the middle of the first segment of the antennule. In a later paper * Kingsley says that A. panamensis may prove to be the same as A. spinifrons M. Edw.,t from the coast of Chile. But Milne Edwards states that the smaller chela of A. spinifrom is extremely short, while in A. panamensis it is described as being nearly as long as the larger chela ; in A. spinifrons the antennal scale is very small, while in A. panamensis it ex- tends slightly beyond the peduncles of the antennules. If the " Albatross " specimens are correctly referred to A. panamenis, this species is further dis- tinguished from A. spinifrons by the form of the front, which in the latter species is described as inclined and armed with three spines (the rostral and two ocular) of equal length, while in the specimens before me the rostrum is much longer than the ocular spines. Family NEMATOCARCINID^. NEMATOCARCINUS A. M. Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 6'™ Sen, Vol. XL, Art. 4, p. 14, 1881. Nematocarcinus ensifer Smith. Eumiersia enaifera Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X. 77, Plate XIIL Pig. 1-9, 1882. Nematocarcinus emiferus Smith, Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish. Comm. for 1882, p. 3C8, Plate VII. Fig. 1, 1884 ; id. for 1885, p. 664, Plate XVII. Fig. 2, 1886. 978 fathoms. 20 specimens. 2 5 8 " 15 « 14 " 1 " 1 " 8 " 1 ation 3363. 978 a 3365. 1010 li 3366. 1067 <( 3375. 1201 a 3376. 1132 a 3.382. 1793 u 3392. 1270 a 3399. 1740 ii 3400. 1322 a 3407. 885 * Bull. Essex Inst., XIV. 116, 1883. t Hist. Nat. Crust., IL 355, 1837. NEMATOCAECINUS ENSIFER. 157 Station 3413. 1360 fathoms. 1 specimen. 3415. 1879 5 a 3418. 660 80 + a 3424. 676 36 it 3425. 680 41 li 3430. 852 6 i( 3431. 995 3 (I 3435. 859 14 a 3436. 905 17 <■( This species has been previously known from off the eastern coast of the United States (lat. 31° 41' N. to 41° 43' N., 588 to 2033 fathoms) through the explorations of the " Blake " and the " Albatross." The Pacific speci- mens, like those from the Atlantic side of the continent, vary considerably in the length and trend of the rostrum, which may be either straight and horizontal, or curved considerably upward. In some specimens, moreover, the rostrum is armed on the lower margin with from one to three small teeth which are wanting in the typical form, and this variation is almost invariably accompanied by a difference in the abdominal segments. In the typical form, without inferior rostral teeth, the dorsum of the third abdominal seg- ment is prolonged into an acute tooth over the fourth segment, while the succeeding segments are laterally compressed near the dorsum so strongly as to present an almost carinated appearance. In the specimens with in- ferior rostral teeth the third abdominal segment is prolonged backward over the following segment in a less degree, and the prolongation is rounded off behind instead of ending in a sharp point. The dorsum of the succeeding abdominal segments, too, is rounder than in the typical form. The typical form is the more southerly in its distribution, ranging (as far as the collec- tion at hand determines) from 0° 36' S. to 7° 5' 30" N. (Stations 3363-3413), while the other form is found between 16° 33' N. and 27' 34' N. (Stations 3418-3436). In rare cases, as in the specimens from Station 3415 (an inter- mediate locality, be it observed), we find the rostrum of the typical form combined with the abdomen of the more northern race. 158 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Nematocarcinus agassizii Fax. Plate XLII. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 204, 1893. The I'ostrum is one fifth longer than the rest of the carapace (in some small specimens only equal to the rest of the carapace), slender, nearlj' horizontal for the basal two fifths of its length, the remaining portion gently upturned and ending in a very acute point ; its upper margin is continued backward in the form of a carina, whicli becomes obsolete on the hinder part of the gastric region ; this carina is pectinate, or armed with close-set, forward- pointing teeth on the anterior part of the gastric region, and the teeth are continued on the upper margin of the rostrum through one third or two fifths of its length, the distal third or three fifths of the rostrum being entirely free from teeth above ; the lower edge of the rostrum is ciliated above the eyes and armed with three (rarely four) teetli, separated by wide intervals, on the distal half. The third abdominal segment is somewhat prolonged posteriorly over the next segment, but the hind margin is rounded off and docs not form a promi- nent tooth. The telson is tipped with three pairs of spines, the intermediate pair the longest ; there are, besides, about six pairs of small spines on the dorsal side of the telson. The flagella of both the antennules and antennas are prodigiously de- veloped, the antennule being nearly twice, the antenna more than twice the length of the whole body including the rostrum; excepting the proximal part of the organ, the annuli of the antennal flagellum are enlarged at the distal end, giving a beaded appearance to the flagellum ; the antennal scale reaches rather more than half-way to the end of the rostrum ; it is truncate at the distal end and armed externally with an apical spine. The legs have the chai'acteristic shape and proportions of the genus. The dactyli of the third and fourth pair are slender, acute, somewhat curved, and invested with a pencil of long hairs. The dactyli of the fifth pair are stouter but very short, and hidden in the tuft of hairs which arises from the distal end of the propodite. The outer blade of the swimmeret slightly surpasses the telson. It is fringed with long hairs along the internal and distal margin, and furnished with a minute tooth and a movably articulated spine on the external Isordcr HOPLOPHORID^. 159 near the distal end. The inner blade is a trifle shorter than the telson ; it is also fringed along its whole margin with long hairs. Dimensions of a female specimen : length of body, rostrum included, 139 mm. ; length of rostrum, 35 nun. ; length of carapace, rostrum included, 61 mm. ; length of telson, 20 mm. ; length of antennule, 267 mm. ; length of antenna, 315 mm. ; length of antennal scale, 19 mm. This species, like all the Nematocarcini, is very fragile. The long and slender rostrum is often broken off during life, and the attempt to restore it sometimes results in an abnormally small and otherwise monstrous rostrum, ■which might easily be mistaken for a specific character if ample material were not at hand. 2 specimens. 4 90 2 4 8 7 1 8 3 1 " 14 " (1 bopyrized). 4 24 Family HOPLOPHORID^. Oplophorina Kingslet, Bull. Essex Inst., X. 68, 1878 ; id., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1879, p. 426. Par- tial ; cf. KiNGSLEY, Bull. Esse.^ last., XIV. 127, 1S83. Type genus, Oplophorus M. Edw. Ephi/riiKS Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X. 66, 1882 (partim, Eiimiersiti {= Nematocarciniis) excl.) ; id,, Aun. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1882, p. 372, 18S1. ? = Ephyrirue Kingslet, 1879 (type genus, Miersia Kiugsl., ^=Ephyra Roux, a genus not sufficiently known). Ephtjrida G. O. Sars, Norske Nordliavs-Exped., Crustacea, I. 35, 1885. Miersiido! (uoni. nov. vice Ephiridte) Smith, Ann. Rep. U. S. Pish Comm. for 1885, p. 607, 1886 ; Wood- Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VII. 194, 1891 ; Paxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 206, 1893. Acanthephi/rida {Campi/loiwfus &-s.e\.)-\- Tropiocarida; Bate, Rep. Challenger Macnira, pp. 481, 927, 1888. Type genera, Acantliephi/ra A. M. Edw., et Tropiocaris Bate (= Eph/rina Smith). Acantliephyridre Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., IX. 358, 1892 ; Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 242, 1893 ; Ortmann, Decap. u. ScLizop. der Plauktou-Exped., p. 42, 1893. Station 3353. 695 fatho'ms. li 3354. 322 a u 3358. 555 11 li 3359. 465 11 li 3364. 902 li li 3370. 134 11 li 3380. 899 li li 3384. 458 a 11 3393. 1020 u li 3395. 730 li li 3406. 551 11 li 3407. 885 11 ii 3418. 660 11 11 ? ? 11 160 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. ACANTHEPHYRA A. M. Edw. ^ Ephi/ra Roux, Mem. sur la Classif. dcs Crustaces de la Tribu des Salicoques, p. 24, 1831 (type, Alpheus pelagiciis Risso). ? Miersia (aom. iiov. vice Eiiki/ra pncoc.) Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PLUa., 1879, p. 41G (same type). Miersia Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X. 66, 1882. Aeanthephyni A. M. Edwards, Aim. Sci. Nat., Zool., e*"" Ser., Vol. XL, Art. 4, p. 12, 1881 (type, Acanthe- pki/ra aniiata A. M. Edw.) ; id., Recueil de Figures de Crustaces nouv. ou peu counus, l*"* Livr., Plate XXXIII., 1883 ; Smith, Auu. Rep. U. S. Fish Coram, for 1882, p. 372, 1884 ; id., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII. 502, 1885 ; id.. Aim. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1885, p. 607, 1886 ; Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tli Ser., VII. 195, 1891, IX. 358, 1892 ; Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 243, 1893 ; Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 206, 1893 ; Ortmann, Decap. u. Schizop. der Plankton-Esped., p. 43, 1893. Acanthephyra -f- Si/HMuspk Bate, Rep. Challenger Macrura, pp. 730, 757, 1888 (type of Si/steUaqns, S. laiiceocauihita Bate). So little i.s known concerning the structure and affinities of Alpheus pelagi- ciis Ris.so,* the type species of the genus Mursia Kingsl. (= Ephijra Roux, nom. prcBoc), that it seems best to ignore Miersia [Ephi/ra) as based upon a species at present indeterminable, and to suppress family and subfamily names derived therefrom. The lower Atijidce, genera characterized by jjalp- less mandibles and by the presence of exopods on all the thoracic legs.f may receive the subfamily name Paratyince, from Paratya Miers % (type, Ephyra? compressa De Haan). § The gQnws Ati/ephi/ra,\\ with Caridina-like chelae and with exopods on only the first two pairs of legs, forms a transition from the Paraiijhue to the Atyince. Ephyra hmckelii v. Mart.** belongs to the family Hoplophoridce. and probably to Acanthephyra, subgen. Syslellaspis Bate. * Alpheus pelogicics Risso, Hist. Nat. dcs Crustaces des Environs de Nice, p. 91, Plate 11. Fig. 7, 1816. Paadalus pelagicus Risso, Hist. Nat. de I'Europe Merid., V. 79, Plate II. Fig. 5, 1826. f Such forms have been called Miersiidte by Pocock (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., III. 17, 1889), EphyriruB by Ortmann (Zoolog. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., V. 456, 1890). { Anil. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., IX. 194, 1882. § Sicbold's Fanua Japonica, Crustacea, p. 186, Plate XLVI. Fig. 7, Plate 0, 1849. II Afi/aephyra Brito Capello, Descripfao de algunas Especies Novas ou pouco conliecidas de Crustaceos, etc., p. 5, Plate I. Fig. l-l'', 1866 ; in Mem. Acad. Sci. Lisboa, CI. de Sci. Math., Nova Serie, T. IV. Part I., type, Atyaephyra rosiaiia Brito Capello. Ortmann (Zoolog. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., V. 464, 1S90) has recently established the genus Uemicaridina for the reception of Hippolyte desmarestii Millet (Cari- dina desmarestii Joly). Since this species is strictly congeneric with Atyephyra rosiaiia, Rumicaridiua be- comes a synouyme of Atyephyra. ** Arch. f. Naturgesch, XXXIV. L 52, Plate I. Fig. 7<», 7», 1868. ACANTHEPHYRA AGASSIZII. 161 Acanthephyra agassizii Smith? IMiersia agassizii Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, X. 67, Plate XI. Fig. 5-7, Plate XII. Fig. 1-4, 18S2. 'i Acanthephyra agassizii Smith, Ann. Rep. U. S. Fisli Comm. for 1882, p. 372, Plate VIII. Fig. 1, 1884; id. for 1885, p. 667, Plate XV. Fig. 1, 6, ^a, 7, Plate XVI. Fig. 2, 1886. Station 3383. 1832 fathoms. 1 fern. ovig. 3398. 1573 " 1 " In the type specimen oi A. agassizii the rostrum, although broken off at the tip, i.s as long as the rest of the carapace, and is armed with eight teeth above, and five below; the carina of the fourth abdominal segment is not prolonged to a spine or tooth posteriorly ; the telson is armed with four pairs of spines on the dorsal side in front of the terminal spines. In the two specimens which T have doubtfully referred to this species, the rostra fall short of the length of the carapace by one fifth, and one sixth the length of the latter; the formula for the rostral teeth of one is |, of the other |; the carina of the fourth abdominal segment is produced into a sharp tooth pos- teriorly, as in A. sangninea Wood-Mason ; * the telson bears three pairs of dorsal spines. The branchiostegal spine, moreover, is smaller than in the type,t and the enlarged portion of the external antennular flagellum is shorter. In other respects my specimens agree well with the type. In specimens subsequently referred to A. agassizii by Smith, the rostrum is even shorter than in my specimens, and the telson is armed with as many as nine pairs of dorsal spines, thus closely resembling A. sica Bate (1888). Bate considers A. agassizii Smith to be synonymous with A. purpurea A. M. Edw.,:}: obtained by the " Travailleur " off the coast of Portugal; but in the latter species the rostrum is longer than in A. agassizii, and the second abdominal segment is not carinated dorsally according to Milne Edwards's figure § and Bate's diagnosis. The form of the eye in A. agassizii is not described by Professor Smith, and in his type specimen of this species the eyes are so much mutilated that their true form cannot be satisfactorily determined. In the specimens re- ferred to A. agassizii in Smith's later papers, — specimens which differ from the type, as above indicated, — there is an oblong black " ocellus," barely * Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tli Ser., IX. 358, Fig. 1, 1892; 111. Zool. H. M. I. M. S. " Investigator," Crustacea, Plate'^III. Fig. 3, 1892. f In this respect also liiie A. sanguinea Wood-Mason.' + Comptes Rendus, XCIII., 935, 1881. § Recueil de Figures de Crustaces nouv. ou peu connus, 1«" Livraison, 1883. 21 162 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. connected with the eye, on the dorsal surface of the ocular peduncle. In the two specimens from the " Albatross" collection of 1891, this ocellus does not exist. At the corresponding point the integument of the peduncle invades the eye to a slight degree, forming a notch in the otherwise entire outline of the eye, but no part of the cornea is thereby cut off from the main eye. Acanthephyra approxima Bate? Eep. Challenger Macrura, p. 755, Plate CXXVI. Fig. 8, 18S8. Station 3384. 458 fathoms. 2 specimens. " 3388. 1168 " 1 specimen. " 3403. 384 " 6 specimens. Bate's description of A. approxima was based on a unique specimen ob- tained in Sarmiento Channel, Patagonia (400 fathoms). The rostrum of this specimen is broken off just in front of the seventh dorsal tooth, which lies directly over the posterior tooth of the lower margin. The four posterior teeth of the upper margin are more closely set together than the three anterior ones. In the specimens from the " Albatross " collection the rostrum is a little shorter than the carapace, and is armed with from eight to ten teeth above, four to seven below ; the posterior teeth of the upper margin are not so closely set as in Bate's type specimen, so that the posterior tooth of the lower margin underlies the fifth or the sixth superior tooth, or else the interval between these teeth. The integument is thin and membranous — a character not specified by Bate in his description of A. approxima. The posterior angles of the pleurae of the fifth abdominal segment are rather sharper than indicated in Bate's figure, and the eye is narrower. The telson is furnished with a few pairs of very minute dorsal spines, which tend to become obsolete in many specimens. Acanthephyra cristata Fax. Plate XLIIL, Fig. 1, P, 1\ Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XXIV. 206, 1893. The rostrum, measured from the tip to the hind border of the orbit, is three quarters the length of the rest of the carapace, measured from the hind wall of the orbit to the hind border of the carapace in the median dorsal line ; its upper margin rises into a prominent crest, which continues backward over the anterior part of the gastric region, and sinks into a blunt ACANTHEPHYRA CRISTATA. 1G3 carina, which becomes obsolete just before it reaches the jjosterior margin of the carapace ; this crest is ornamented with seven teeth, and the anterior part of the rostrum bears four more teeth on its upper margin ; the lower margin of the rostrum is armed with three or four teeth. The wall of the orbit is entire, the lower margin being continuous with the antennal spine by suppression of the normal infra-orbital angle. A sinuous carina runs from the antennal spine backward to the hind margin of the carapace, form- ing the inferior boundary of the gastric and cardiac areas. Below the branchiostegal spine a second lateral carina runs backward, and becomes submarginal on the posterior border of the branchiostegite. The first and second segments of the abdomen are destitute of a dorsal carina ; the third and fourth are carinated, and armed with a posterior tooth, largest on the third segment; the fifth and sixth segments are rounded dorsally, and the fifth is furnished with a minute posterior dorsal median spine ; the posterior lateral margin of the terg-um of the fourth and fifth segments is armed with a minute denticle just above the point of articulation with the next segment. In one specimen the telson is armed with about six pairs of minute dorsal spines, which are obsolete in the other specimen. In both, the posterior half of the lateral margins of the telson is spinulose ; the apex of the telson is imperfect in both the specimens examined. The eye is large, black, and set obliquely on its peduncle ; the inner margin of the peduncle is furnished with a rather long, blunt process, or tubercle. The antennal scales are about equal in length to the rostrum ; they are armed with an external apical tooth, and are serrate on their inner margin. Length, 78 mm.; rostrum, 13 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 27.5 mm. ; antennal scale, 12 mm. Station 3361. 1471 fathoms. 1 specimen. " 3381. 1772 " " This species, like A. dehilis A. M. Edw. {= A. gracilis Smith) and Systcl- laspis lanceoeaudata Bate, has no carina on the dorsal surface of the fifth and sixth abdominal segments, and the orbit is continuous below with the an- tennal spine. On these characters, taken in connection with the large size and small number of the eggs, Spence Bate established the genus S//sfcl- laspis* A genus founded on a physiological peculiarity combined with such trivial structural characters can hardly be accepted as a valid one. A. cris- tata differs from A. dehilis in having a much shorter and fewer-spined rostrum, * Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 757, 1888. 164 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. two pairs of longitudinal lateral carinas on the carapace, a dorsal carina on the fourth abdominal segment, and in the absence of a series of denticles on the posterior margin of the tergum of the fourth and fifth abdominal seg- ments. From A. Imceocaudata (Bate) it also differs in its shorter rostrum, more prominent lateral and dorsal carinas of the carapace, and the absence of a prominent tooth on the anterior margin of the first abdominal segment. Acanthephyra curtirostris Wood-Mason. Plate XLIIL, Fig. 2-5. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser,, VII. 195, 1891, IX. 364, Fig. 5, 1892 ; III. Zool. H. M. I. M. S. "Inves- tigator," Crustacea, Plate III. Fig. 4, 1892. This species is thus briefly characterized by Wood-Mason : " Closely allied to A. acutifrons Spence Bate, differing therefrom in its shorter and smaller carapace and in its much less produced rostrum, which does not reach be- yond the middle of the terminal joint of the antennulary peduncle and is armed on its upper margin with nine minute saw-like teeth, on its lower with a single strongish spine. The ocular papilla embraces the cornea." The type specimens were taken in the Bay of Bengal in 840 fathoms, and in the Laccadive Sea in 1000 fathoms. In specimens from the " Albatross " dredgings, which I take to be of the same species, the integument is smooth and of a firm consistence. The length of the carapace, including the rostrum, is equal to the distance from the anterior end of the abdomen to the middle of the fourth abdom- inal somite. The rostrum does not reach beyond the second segment of the antennular peduncle ; it is very deep at the base, and ends in a short and acute tip ; the superior margin is inclined upward at a small angle with the axis of the body, and is armed with a line of eight or nine teeth which runs nearly to the tip of the rostrum ; the lower margin is armed with one strong tooth. Behind tlie superior row of teeth the dorsal margin is continued back as a low rounded ridge, which disappears before it attains to the hind margin of the carapace. The anterior margin of the cara- pace is prominently angulated below the eye, above the antennal spine. The antennal spine is short, flattened, and continuous with a longitudinal carina on the hepatic area. A low, obtuse ridge bounds the branchial regions above, and the gastric region is separated from the cardiac by a shallow, obsolescent furrow. The second to the sixth abdominal somites are carinated in the median dorsal line, the carina terminating in a sharp tooth at the posterior ACANTHEPHYRA CUETIROSTRIS. 165 extremity of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments ; tlie tooth on the third segment is the largest, those which follow decreasing in size succes- sively. The telson is equal in length to the Gfth and sixth abdominal so- mites combined ; it is armed with ten submarginal spines on each side. The eye is dark brown, not wider than its peduncle, its proximal margin entire, the ocellus wanting; the ocular peduncle is furnished with a long, blunt tubercle or papilla on the inner side close to the mai-gin of the cornea. The external spines of both pairs of antennte are short and acute ; the antennal scale is long, broad near the base, tapering distally to the small apical tooth. The external branch of the swiiumeret is shorter than the telson, but con- siderably longer than the inner branch. Length of a male, 85 mm.; rostrum from tip to posterior dorsal tooth 8.5 mm. ; carapace, including rostrum, 25 mm. ; telson, 18.5 mm. ; antennal scale, 14 mm. The above described form I have considered as typical, but the " Alba- tross ." specimens show that this species is subject to great variation. In a single specimen from Station 3431 (an ovigerous female) there is a marked swelling in the median line of the gastric region ; the rostrum is not so high at the bas3 as in the typical form, and ends in a longer, tapering acumen ; the upper margin of the rostrum is in a line with the dorsal line of the carapace and the carapace is rather longer in proportion to the abdomen. The form- ula for the rostral teeth is |. This form I have catalogued as Var. a (Plate XLIIL, Fig. 3). Other specimens agree with the last in most regards, but lack the pro- tuberance on the gastric area. The rostrum reaches to the end of the antennular peduncle or a little further. The dental formula is variable : I, |, |, and |. These specimens I have designated as Var. /3 (Plate XLIIL, rig. 4"). In others the rostrum is yet longer, with upturned acumen ; the telson is equipped with twelve pairs of lateral spines ; the rostral teeth vary in num- ber within the limits shown in the following formulaj : |, |, |. This form may be called Var. y (Plate XLIIL, Fig. 5). It will be seen on looking at the list of stations given below that the typical form has a more southern distribution than the varieties. The extremes of variation here exhibited appear very great, but they are connected by transition forms in such a way that I am led to treat them as of merely varietal importance. 166 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. In the subjoir led list I have arranged the specmi ariability admits, in accordance with the division into Forma typica. Station 3358. 555 fathoms. 1 fern. 3361. 1471 " 1 " 3375. 1201 " 1 male. " 3381. 1772 " 1 fem. ovig. " 3384. 458 " 1 fem. Var a. Station 3431. 995 fathoms. 1 fem. ovig. Var ^. Station 3414. 2232 fathoms. 3 males. " 3415. 1879 " 1 male, 1 fem. ovig " 3418. 660 " 2 males. « 3433. 1218 " 1 fem. Var. y. Station 3393. 1020 fathoms. 1 male. 3430. 852 " 1 fem. ovig. 3436. 905 " 2 a " " ? ? 2 " 'I In the typical form the short rostrum overhangs the face like a hood. Upon two species with rostra like this, Bate based his genus Tropiocaris* T. planipes, the type of the genus, appears to be the same as Smith's Ephynna lenedictiA Neither Ephyrina nor Tropiocaris seem to be separated from Acan- thephyra on sufficient grounds, A. curtirostris in its typical form resembles A. temdpes (Tropiocaris iemiijjes Bate), but judging from Bate's figure and description, it differs from the latter in the following regards : the presence of a prominent tooth on the lower edge of the rostrum, and a dorsal carina on the second abdominal seg- ment ; the great prominence of the tubercle on the inner side of the eye- stalk ; and the shape of the antero-lateral margins of the carapace, which are much less oblique than in A. temdpes. * Rep. Challenger Macrm-a, p. 834, 1S88. t Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII. 506, 1885 ; Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comni. for 1885, p. 674, Plate XTV. Fig. 3, Plate XVI. Fig. 4, 1886. ACANTHEPHYRA CUCULLATA. 167 Through Var. 7, A. ciuiirostris approaches A. aciitifrons Bate, but in the latter the carapace is much larger and longer in relation to the abdomen, the dorsal carina of the carapace is more complete behind the rostral teeth, the first abdominal segment is carinated, the telson is shorter and bears fewer lateral spines, and, finally, an ocellus is present. Acanthephyra brevirostris Smith. Proc. U. S. Nat. Miis., VII. 504, 1885 ; Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1885, p. 670, Plate XIV. Fig. 2, Plate XV. Fig. 2, 8, Plate XVI. Fig. 1, 6, 1886. Station 3399. 1740 fathoms. 1 male. In this specimen there is a small tooth on the lower margin of the rostrum which is wanting in the specimens from the Atlantic side of the continent, and the great tooth of the third abdominal segment is not quite so large as in the typical specimens. The integument in this species is soft and membranaceous, as in the genus Hymenodora. Spence Bate has described a closely allied form under the name of Hymenodora duplex* Spence Bate in 18881 applied the specific name brevirostris, already appro- priated by Smith, to a very different species oi Acanihcphyra from the tropical Atlantic. It hence becomes necessary to change the name of Bate's species, which I propose to call, in memory of its describer, Accodhephyra batd. Acanthephyra cucullata Fax. Plate XLIV., Fig. 1, 1% 1". Bull. Mus. Conip. Z06I., XXIV. 206, 1893. The integument is soft, membranaceous, and transparent in alcohol. The carapace is carinated in the median dorsal line anteriorly ; this carina is furnished with seven minute teeth, and is continued forward to a very small acicular rostrum, which hardly reaches forward to the end of the eyes ; the infero-lateral margins of the rostrum are continued downward for some distance, nearly parallel with one another, in an almost vertical direction, and then they suddenly diverge and trend backward, forming the upper wall of the orbit ; a sort of hood is thus formed of the anterior part of the carapace, overhanging the facial region. The infra-orbital angle is rounded, not spinif- erous. The antennal spine is acute, and advanced forward of the infra- » Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 8i3, Plate CXXXVI. Fig. 3, 1888. t Op. cit., p. 751. 168 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. orbital angle. The branchiostegal spine is small, and continuous with a lono-itudinal carina that runs along the branchial region of the carapace. A low fold or ridge marks the upper boundary of the branchial region. The abdomen is carinated in the median dorsal line on the second to the sixth segments inclusive ; the carina is most prominent on the third segment, where it is produced into a strong posterior tooth, which overhangs the anterior part of the fourth segment; the three following segments are furnished with minute posterior teeth. The posterior half of the telson in the unique specimen at hand is missing ; there is one pair of minute marginal spines at the hind end of the remaining proximal half. The eyes and eye- stalks are well developed, the stalks broadening toward the distal end and projecting a slender blunt process on the inner side close to the cornea ; the eye itself is as broad as the distal end of the peduncle. The basal segment of the antenna is armed with an acute extei'nal spine ; the antennal scale is long, gradually narrowing distally to the apex, which is furnished with a small spine. The thoracic appendages have the form characteristic of the genus Acan- thephi/ra, and appear to offer no important specific characters. Length, 87 mm.; carapace, 27 mm.; antennal scale, 16 mm. Station 3381. 1772 fathoms. 1 male. HYMEN ODORA G. 0. Saks. Arch, for Math, og Naturvid., II. 240, 1877. Hymenodora glacialis (Buchholz). Pasiphae glacialis BucnnoLz, Zweite Deutsnlie Nordpokrfahrt, II. 279, Plate I. Fis;. 2, 1874. Hymenodora glacialis G. O. Saks, Arch, for Math, og Naturvid., II. 2-11, 1877; Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Crustacea, I. 37, 275, Plate IV., 1885. Norman, Proc. Roy. See. Edinburgh, 1881-82, pp. 683, 684, 1882. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII. 501, 1885 ; Rep. U. S. Fish Comiii. for 1885, p. 678, Plate XV. Fig. 3, 10, Plate XVI. Fig. 5, 1886. Station 3383. 1832 fathoms. 3 fem. " 3399. 1740 2 males, 1 fem, " 3433. 1218 4 " 3 " " 3436. 905 1 fem. This interesting animal was first discovered by the second German North Polar Expedition in 1869, near the 74th parallel of latitude, off the east coast of Greenland. The solitary specimen obtained was found on the surface at a considerable distance from the limit of the pack-ice. It was HYMENODORA GLACIALIS. 169 next obtained by the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, 1876-1878, at several stations between Norway and Greenland, lat. 63°-80° N. All the specimens were brought up from great depths, 452-1862 fathoms. It has been taken more lately by the " Knight Errant " in Faroe Channel, and by the " Albatross " off the east coast of the United States, lat. 37° 12' 20" N., and 38" 19' 26" N., in 2369 and 2949 fathoms. The rudimentary condition of the eyes would seem to indicate that the first specimen obtained was brought to the surface by some accidental cause. It should be noted that the identity of Buchholz's specimen with those more lately obtained rests upon the assumption of error in Buchholz's figure, in which the abdominal pleurte present a very different outline from that exhibited by the examples subsequently secured. The uniformity of the conditions affecting animal life in the abysses of the ocean the world over could not be exemplified more strikingly than by the discovery of this animal in the tropical Pacific to within 1° 7' of the equator. The number of teeth on the median keel of the carapace varies in differ- ent specimens from one to four. The acumen of the rostrum also varies in length, even in specimens from the same haul of the dredge. I have examined the structure of the second maxilliped in four speci- mens, — two from Station 3383, and two (males) from Station 3433. In the first two there is no trace of a podobranchia. In one of the specimens from Station 3433 there is likewise no vestige of a gill, while in the other, although it does not differ in any other regard, there is a distinct, though small, podobranchia, composed of three plates, attached to the base of the epipod. I therefore incline to the opinion that Professor Smith's II. c/racilis* characterized by the presence of a podobranchia on the second maxilliped, was injudiciously separated from H. gladalis. It is to be observed that the gill varies much in its degree of development in different speci- mens of H. gracilis. The telson in the Pacific specimens is seen in its integrity in but two cases. In these the number of terminal spines is six and eight. • Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1885, p. 680, Plate XII. Fig. 6, 1886. 22 170 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. NOTOSTOMUS A. M. Edw. Aiiu. Sci. Nat., Zool., 6™= Ser., Vol. XI., Art. 4, p. 7, 1881. Notostomus fragilis Fax. Flate XLIV., Fig. 2, ^, 2". Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 207, 1893. Dorsal line of carapace convex, and keeled from anterior to posterior margin, anteriorly produced into a short, acute rostrum, which does not exceed the eye-stalks in length ; the dorsal carina is armed with seven or eight minute teeth on the anterior gastric region and the basal portion of tlie rostrum ; lower margin of rostrum unarmed. A longitudinal carina on each side of the carapace begins near the orbit, above the infra-orbital spine, and runs back to the posterior margin ; another carina runs obliquely down- ward and backward, dividing the branchial from the hepatic region. The inferior lateral carina is obsolete except for a short distance behind the spine which lies near the anterior margin of the carapace behind the base of the second antenna. The abdomen is strongly compressed, the third, fourth, fifth and sixth segments dorsally carinated ; the carina terminates in a small tooth at the hind end of the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments ; on the fourth segment the carina is divided into two parts by a deep notch about two thirds of the distance from the anterior to the posterior margin of the segment. The telson is channeled on the dorsal side, and is tipped with two long spine- like setae. The eye-stalks taper from the base to the tip ; their outer and upper mar- gins are nearly straight, but their inner and lower surfaces are swollen ; on the inner side of each stalk, a little way behind the eye, there is a blunt tubercle. The eye itself is small and black. The integument of the eye- stalk is transparent, and when held to the light, discloses the optic ganglion within, giving off a nerve to the retina, and another to the tubercle on the inner side of the stalk. The basal segment of the antennule is armed with a very small but sharp external spine. The outer side of the second antenna, on the con- trai-y, is unarmed. The antennal scale is very broad, oval, and furnished with a small spine on the external border, near the distal end. The third NOTOSTOMUS WESTERGRENI. 171 maxillipeds are robust ; they reach forward far beyond the end of the anten- nal scales ; their terminal segment is triangular in cross section. The first pair of legs are also robust, about equal in length to the third maxillipeds, and their chela is strong, with fingers about equal to the hand in length. The second pair of legs are longer, but much weaker than the first pair, the carpus and propodite much elongated, and the fingers not more than a third as long as the hand. The ischium and merus of both the first and the second pairs are flattened, and the same compression is seen in the three following pairs of legs, which have the form and proportions characteristic of the genus. The inner branches of the swimmerets are about the length of the telson, while the outer branches are rather longer. Length, 70 mm. ; carapace, 30 mm. ; telson, 14 mm. ; antennal scale, 11 mm. Station 3371. 770 fathoms. 1 specimen. In this specimen the integument is soft and membranaceous, and the carapace is so collapsed that it is difficult to restore its true outline. In seve- ral respects this species shows an approach to the genus Hi/menodora, as, the soft integument, small eye, and the reduction of the rostrum. Notostomus westergreni Fax. Plate F. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 208, 1893. The rostrum is horizontal and armed on the inferior margin with at least twelve teeth ; the tip is broken off in the unique specimen obtained, but the total length is probably equal to, or a little less than, the antennal scale ; the superior margin is also armed with a series of teeth, which are continued back on the dorsal carina to the posterior margin of the carapace, becoming smaller posteriorly. The dorsal median line of the carapace is nearly hori- zontal from the anterior gastric region to the posterior border of the cara- pace, and but moderately elevated above the level of the rostrum. A carina runs along each side of the rostrum below the superior teeth, and continues backward along the base of the rostrum to the anterior part of the gastric resion. The lateral margins of the rostrum are continued backward and downward, forming the upper part of the antero-lateral wall of the carapace above the eye ; they become obsolete just behind the base of the eye-stalk, and are not continuous with the orbital carina. The orbital carina begins 172 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. just behind the margin of the orbit, and extends to the posterior border of the carapace, forming the upper boundary of the hepatic and branchial areas. The antennal carina takes its origin in a strong spine on the anterior margin of the carapace at the base of the second antennae, and runs backward on the branchial region nearly to the hind margin of the carapace; it is con- nected with the orbital carina by an oblique carina wlych divides the hepatic from the branchial regions. Between the orbital and antennal carince, nearest to the former, is a half-carina, which extends from the posterior margin of the carapace forward to a point a little distance behind the branchio-hepatic carina. Below the antennal carina are two more longitudinal carina3 sub- parallel with one another and with the inferior margin of the carapace ; the uppermost of these does not quite reach the margin of the carapace at either end; the lowermost begins at the antero-lateral margin, courses back- ward as a submarginal carina, and is continuous posteriorly with the light carina which rims along the posterior border of the carapace ; through this medium it is continuous with its fellow on the opposite side of the carapace. The infra-orbital angle is not spinous, but a short distance below it a small acute spine occurs at the base of the antennule. The surface of the carapace is corrugated, most emphatically in the field betwixt the dorsal and orbital carinse. All the abdominal segments are carinated in the dorsal median line, and the third, fourth, and fifth are armed with a posterior tooth ; the first and second segments are notched posteriorly in the dorsal median line. The telson is channeled on the dorsum, and furnished with about four pairs of dorsal, but no marginal, spines ; its tip is broken off and its armature thus obliterated. The third maxillipeds and legs are moderately tomentose. The second pair of legs are a little longer and slenderer than the first pair. The ischium and merus of the last three pairs are spinulose on their inferior margins. Length, 127 mm. ; length of carapace, including rostrum, 61 mm. ; height of carapace, 31 mm. ; length of antennal scale, 19.5 mm. Station 3399. 1740 fiithoms. 1 male. This species is nearly related to iV. patentissimiis Bate, with which it agrees in nearly all the details of carinae, etc. ; but it differs much from that species in its general form and proportions, the carapace being much longer in pro- portion to its height, and less convex along the dorsal line than in i\^. paten- iissimus. The rostrum, too, is armed with many more spines on its inferior PASIPHAEIA AMERICANA. 173 margin. Bate says that in N. patentissinms the antennal carina terminates in the posterior margin of the carajDace, where it is confluent with the lower- most, submarginal carina. This is not the case in N. tvcstergrcni. I have named this species for the artist of the expedition, Mr. A. M. Westergren, whose drawing of the type specimen, colored from the life, is reproduced on Plate F. Family PASIPHAEIID.E. PASIPHA.EIA Sav. Mum. sur Ics Auimaux saus Vertcbres, I. 50, 1S16 \_PasqihS'. dphonoccra,^ the type of the genus, is found in the Medlter- * One of these is possibly a pleurobranchia rather than an arthrobranchia. t Penieus memhranaceus M. Edw. (Hist. Nat. Crust., 11. 417, 18S7), nee Risso ; Peneus siphonoceros Philippi (Arch. Naturgesch., VI. Jahrg., I. 190, Plate IV. Fig. 5, 1840) ; Solenocera philippii Lucas (Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 2" Ser., VIII. 223, Plate VII. No. II. 1850) ; Solenocera siphonocera Miers (Proc. Zoolog. Soc. Loudon, 1878, p. 301). PENEOPSIS DIOMEDE^. 185 ranean Sea, and specimens thought by Professor S. I. Smith to belong to the same species, were obtained by the " Albati'oss " Expedition of 1884: in the Gulf of Paria, Venezuela.* S. distinciaf is a native of the seas of Japan. It has never, I believe, been figured, but from De Haan's description would seem to be nearly allied to S. sijj/ionocera. Bate, who examined the type specimen of Peneus crassicornis M. Edw., from Bombay, in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, assigned that species to the genus Solenocera in 1881,:): and described a new species Solenoce?'a lucasii, taken by the " Challen- ger" Expedition, south of New Guinea. But in his later report on the "Challenger" Macrura, 1888, he removes *S'. lucam from Solenocera on ac- count of the different structure of the antennules, and leaves the reader in doubt as to the proper position of Feneiis crassicornis, though from his remarks on page 285 I infer that Milne Edwards's species does not belong to the genus Solenocera. A common littoral Indian species of Solenocera is doubtfully referred to Peneus crassicornis M. Edw., by Wood-Mason.§ Unlike >S'. siphono- cera and ^S'. affassizii, it lacks branchiostegal spines and has a simple unarmed telson. Finally, a Solenocera has been recorded by Wood-Mason from the Bay of Bengal, 65-240 fathoms. In this species, Solenocera heiiii,\\ as in S. agassizii, the antennular flagella are shorter and broader than in any of the previously described species, but the branchiostegal spine is wanting. The spiny armature of the carapace of >S'. agassizii agrees with that of S. siphonocera, consisting of an antennal, an hepatic, and a branchiostegal spine, and a sharp lateral spine on the edge of the cervical groove ; the supra-orbital angle is prominent, but is not produced to a spine. PENEOPSIS Bate. Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5tli Ser., VIII. 182, 1881 iPenaopsis']. Peneopsis diomedeae Fax. Plate G. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 212, 1893. Integument hard, firm, and smooth. Carapace, including rostrum, about four fifths the length of the abdomen. Rostrum long, nearly horizontal » Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VIII. ISfi, 1885. t Peneus cUMndus De Hnan (Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 194, 1849); Solenocera dtstincta Miers CProc. Zoolog. Soc. London, 1878, p. 302), X Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 185. § Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VIII. 275, 1891. II Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VII. 188, VIII. 275, 1891. 24 186 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. except near the tip, where it is bent up at a small angle, acute, armed with four teeth above. A dorsal carina, continuous with the rostrum, runs the leno-th of the carapace ; it is armed with one tooth on the posterior part of the gastric region. The cervical groove is very deep, but does not cut the dorsal carina. Another deep groove runs backward and then diagonally upward from the cervical groove toward the posterior border of the cara- pace, stopping just short of the posterior margin. The antennal region is well defined by the cervical groove below and a gastro-antennal groove above. There is a strong antennal tooth on the margin of the carapace, below the orbit, another at the antero-inferior angle of the carapace, a third just behind the groove that marks the posterior limit of the antennal region, on a level with the antennal tooth, and a fourth on the hinder edge of the cervical groove, at a lower level than the third. Above and behind the last men- tioned tooth the cervical groove is indented, and the upper angle of this indentation tends to assume the form of a small tooth or spine. The fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments are carinated on the median dorsal line and produced into teeth posteriorly. Of these teeth the one on the sixth segment is the longest, and it is directed horizontally back- ward. The telson is deeply grooved on the dorsal side, and armed near the tip with one pair of spiniform lateral teeth. The eyes are very large, black, mounted on short stalks. The antennules, with their long flagella, surpass the length of the whole body ; the external margin of the basal segment of the peduncle is armed with two small teeth, one of which is situated near the middle, the other at the distal end ; the process to which Spence Bate gave the name prosartema is oval, foliaceous, and reaches forward as far as the posterior border of the upper face of the cornea. The peduncle of the second antennae is armed with a prominent external spine. The scale is nearly as long as the rostrum, very broad to the distal end, membraneous in texture, with the exception of the outer side, which is stiffened by calcareous deposit. The flagellum is very long, exceeding by much the antennular flagellum. The mandibular palpi are long triangular in shape, setose, the terminal segment narrow ; they extend forward to the middle of the fourth segment of the antennal peduncle. The third maxillipeds reach forward to a point a little beyond the distal end of the antennal scales. PENEOPSIS DIOMEDE^. 187 The legs are of moderate length for this family; they increase in length in successive order from the first pair to the last. The abdominal apjDendages are very long. Their proportions will be best understood by reference to the figure. The exopods of the second maxillipeds are very small, — not longer than the short ischial segments of these limbs. Upon the appendages behind these, the exopods are reduced to the merest rudiments, to be detected only by the use of a lens. In some specimens, indeed, the exopods of the pos- terior appendages are altogether wanting. The branchial formula is as follows : — Somites vii. viii. ix. x. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. Pleurobranchise 1 1 1 1 1 1=6 Arthrobranchiaj 1*2 2 2 2 2 2 0=13 Podobranchiffi 1 0=1 Epipods 11111110= (7) 20 + (7) Length (female) 215 mm.i carapace, 101 mm. ; rostrum, 42 mm. ; anten- nal scale, 33 mm. ; telson, 33 mm. Station 3353. 695 fathoms. 2 fern. " 3358. 555 " 1 male. " 3384. 458 " 3 fern. " 3393. 1020 " 3fem. " 3394. 511 " 3 males, 1 fem. 3395. 730 " 1 male, 1 fem. I have assigned this species to the genus Peueopsis after some hesitation. Peneopsis, a MS. name of A. Milne Edwards's adopted by Spence Bate, has never been properly characterized. According to Bate, it was separated from Penms chiefly on account of the length of the antennular flagella, which surpass the carapace in length. I have examined with some care a specimen in this Museum from the " Blake " collection, labelled " Peneopsis oculans" by A. Milne Edwards. In this specimen the cervical sulcus is deeply imprinted upon the surface of the carapace, but the posterior oblique portion of the conspicuous groove which runs from the cervical groove to the hinder part of the carapace in P. diomedece is obsolete. There is a very minute supra-orbital spine on the anterior margin of the carapace, a strong antennal spine at the lower limit of the orbit, a small spine (hepatic?) * Very niiuute, but fuuctioual. 188 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. midway between the anterior margin and the cervical groove, at a ratlier higher level than the antennal spine, a lateral spine on the posterior edge of the cervical groove a little lower down than the antennal spine, and an- other (the branchiostegal spine) at the anterior end of the cervical groove, just behind the antero-lateral margin of the carapace. The antero-inferior angle of the carapace is not armed with a spine. The antennular flagella are missing ; the prosartema is somewhat longer and narrower than in P. dio- medece. The antennal scales are broad and foliaceous. The antennal flagella are more than twice the length of the body. The terminal segment of the mandibular palpi is elongated and much narrower than the preceding seg- ment, but neither segment is so narrow as in P. diomedece. The legs do not differ in any important regard from those of P. diomedece save that the exopods attain a greater development ; on the second maxillipeds the exo- pods are equal in length to the meri, while on the succeeding pairs of appendages these organs, though small, assume macroscopic proportions even unto the posterior thoracic legs. The number and arrangement of the gills are expressed by the following table : — Somites vii. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobranchia! 1 1 1 1 1 1 = G Arthrobrauchia3 2 2 2 2 o 9 = 12 Podobranehiae 1 0=1 Epipods 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 = (7) 10+(7) It thus appears that the most important structural differences between P. diomedece and P. ocularis are these : the strong emphasis of the branchio- cardiac groove in the former species, together with the smaller size of the exopods of the maxillipeds and legs, the presence of a minute branchial plume on the seventh (first maxillipedal) somite, and the position of the lowest of the spines on the side of the carapace which in P. diomedece is marginal, but in P. ocularis lies a little way behind the margin. It does not seem to me that these differences are of sufficient weight to be esteemed of generic value. In all important structural characters, including the disposition of the gills, Peneopsis agrees with H(diporus. The latter genus may be conveniently retained, however, to include the soft-shelled species with long abdomen and long posterior legs. Pkoticus Bate * does not seem to be sufficiently distinct * Rep. Clialleiiger Macrura, ]) xii. = Philoi/icus Bate, op. cit., p. 273 {iwiii. pneoc). HALIPOEUS NEREUS. Igg from Peneopsis, although it is said to have but one arthrobranchia on the eighth (second maxillipedal) somite. Xiphopcncus Smith * is distinguished from Peneopsis by the long stjliform posterior legs, the absence of gills on the posterior thoracic somite, etc. HALIPORUS Bate. Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., 5tli Ser., VIII. 185, ISSl ; Rep. Challeuger Macrura, p 2S4, 1S8S. Haliporus nereus Fax. Plate XL VIII., Fkj. 1-P. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, XXIV. 213, 1893. Integument membranaceous. Carapace lightly granulated. Rostrum about one third the length of the rest of the carapace, horizontal, armed with six teeth above (the hindmost one situated a little back of the orbit), ciliated below. Median dorsal line of carapace carinate, with two teeth on the posterior half of the gastric region. The sides of the carapace are armed with spines as follows : two on the antero-lateral margin, one of which is at the lower angle of the orbit (spina antennalis of Stimpson), the other over against the second antenna, at the anterior end of the cervical groove (spina branchiostegiana) ; a third spine (spina hepatica) lies on the hepatic region, behind the antennal spine ; a fourth is behind and on the same level with the branchiostegal spine ; a fifth still further back and on nearly the same level, on the hind edge of the cervical groove. The cervical groove is deeply impressed, and the orbital region is definitely bounded by an hepatic and a gastro-hepatic sulcus. The hindmost of the lateral spines of the -carapace lies in the anterior angle of a triangular field enclosed by branches of the cervical groove. From the infero-posterior angle of this triangle two carinas run backward along the branchial area ; the upper one ends at the postero- lateral margin of the carapace, the lower one meets the inferior sub-marginal carina of the branchial area before attaining the posterior border of the carapace. These two carinse, with the submarginal ridge of the carapace, enclose a long oval area, which forms a conspicuous figure on the branchial reo-ions. The third to the sixth abdominal segments are carinated, their pleurce broad and rounded. On the sixth segment the carina terminates in a small, acute, horizontal tooth. The sixth segment is twice as long as the * Trans. Conn. Acad, of Arts and Sci., IT. 27, 1?09. 190 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. fifth, but shorter than the telson, which is narrow, triangular, grooved above, and armed with one pair of lateral spines about quarter way from the tip. The eye-stalks are about one half the length of the rostrum, and are furnished with a small tubercle on the inner side ; the eyes are large, black, much broader than their stalks. Antennules longer than the carapace. Antennae as long as the body ; scale narrow, margined within with long cilia ; a small spine on the outer side of peduncle at the base of the scale. The following paii's of appendages have the form characteristic of the genus. In the female there is a large process, covered with stiff hairs, and flattened on its inner side, developed from the base of the third pair of legs. Behind this process lies a pair of flattened, setiferous, sternal processes. Between the legs of the fourth pair there hangs in the median line a nearly vertical curtain-like partition, notched on the free lower margin, and flanked by two lower, blunt, setiferous tubercles. The sternum of the posterior thoracic segment has a slightly elevated median longitudinal ridge, and a low transverse ridge at the posterior boundary of the segment. The form of the petasma of the male is best understood by inspection of Figure l** on Plate XLVIII. Length of a female specimen, 81 mm. ; carapace, 31 mm. ; rostrum, 8 mm. 1 fern 1 " 2 " 2 " 1 male. 2 fern. 1 '' 1 male, 2 fern. This species is apparently very similar to II. kevis Bate, but the eye of the latter species is much smaller, the aroolation of the carapace different in some regards, and, if Bate's figure * can be relied on, the telson is much shorter. The two dorsal spines of the gastric region are situated much further forward in H. Icevis than in H. neretis. In Bate's description of the genus Haliponts in the " Challenger " Re- port (p. 284), the legs are said to be devoid of exopods, but on page 287 * Rep. Challenger Macrura, Plate XLII. Fig. 2, 18S8. Station 3353. 695 fathoms. 3366. 1067 3382. 1793 3398. 1573 3399. 1740 3400. 1322 3407. 885 3413. 1360 HALIPORUS DORIS. . 191 //. ohUquirostris is described as liaving small exopods on all the legs, and these organs are represented on the posterior pair of legs of the female H. mqualis on Plate XLL, Fig. 1"'. In H. ncreus there are rudimentary exo- pods attached to all the legs, as well as to the third maxillipeds. Ht/menopeneus Smith,* appears to be equivalent to Haliporus Bate. Haliporus doris Fax. Plate XLIX., Fig. l-T. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo5l., XXIV. 214, 1S93. This is a larger and more robust species than H. nereus, with the ros- trum more upturned. In all other respects, excepting the structure of the sexual organs on the sternum of the female (the male has not been seen), the two forms agree so closely that one description Avould serve for both. The character of the parts above referred to is so constant in the same species among the Crustacea, that, in the light of our present knowledge, the form here treated of must be considered a distinct species. The tuber- cular processes of the third pair of legs, together with the sternal tubei'- cles immediately behind them, are very like the same structures in H. nereus. But here the likeness ends. Betwixt the fourth pair of legs there is a trans- verse diaphragm consisting of a median tongue, concave on its anterior face, and with its lower free edge entire, supported on each side by a strong, blunt, triangular process, of equal height with the median tongue-like plate. Between the bases of the legs of the fifth pair, in place of the low longitudinal median ridge seen in H. nereus, there is in this species a large, setiferous, ti'i- gonal tooth or tubercle, acute at the tip, equalling in height the transverse partition on the sternum of the antecedent segment. The posterior median angle of this tooth abuts against the low transverse ridge that forms the posterior limit of the last thoracic sternum. The differences between these structures in the two species //. nei-eus and H. doris will be easily understood by reference to the figures on Plate XLVIII. and Plate XLIX. The third maxillipeds and all the legs cain-y rudimentary exopods, as in H. nereus. Length, 104 mm. ; rostrum, 10 mm.; whole carapace, 42 mm. * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo!., X. 91, 1882. 192 • STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Station 3 il4. 2232 fathoms. 4 fern. 3415. 1879 " 1 fem. In his General Sketch of the "Albatross" Expedition of 1891, Mr. Agassiz* records the capture of some transparent Peneida3 at Station 3414 by means of the Tanner net towed at 100 and 200 fathoms below the surface. The only Peneidae that I find in the collection from Station 3414 are Huliporus doris and Bentheslci/mus alius. The accompanying labels do not indicate that these specimens were caught in tlie tow-net. Haliporus thetis Fax. Plale XLVIIL, Fuj. 2-2'K Bull. Mus. Com]). Zool., XXIV. 2U, 1893. Integument membranaceous. Rostrum rather less than one third as long as the remaining part of the carapace, strongly upturned, upper margin convex, armed with five teeth, the distal of which is near the tip and very minute. A distinct carina bearing three teeth, runs the length of the median line of the gastric area, from the base of the rostrum to the cervical groove. Behind the cervical groove the carina continues as a low, blunt ridge along the median line of tlie back to the posterior border of the carapace. Posteri- orly this ridge gives off two pairs of lateral branches, which course diagonally backward to the posterior margin of the carapace, and mark off two trian- gular fields on the cardiac region, one enclosed within the other. The median ridge is obsolete for a short distance behind each point of bifurcation as well as at the posterior margin of the carapace. The spiny armature of the carapace consists of an antennal, a very small branchiostegal, an hepatic, and a lateral spine on the posterior border of the cervical groove, — four in all. The spine which lies a little way behind, and on a level with, the branchiostegal spine in H. nereiis and H. doris is lacking in this species. The antennal region is separated from the adjacent orbital and hepatic regions by a well pronounced depression, and, in a similar way, the orbital region is separated from the gastric by a gastro-orbital sulcus. Behind the cervical groove, defined by shallow furrows, lies a triangular area, the anterior limit of which is formed by the cervical groove itself. The hindmost of the lateral spines lies on the anterior margin of this area. The cardiac area is separated from the branchial by a rather deep furrow, each edge of which rises into * Bull. Mus. Coiiip. Zo6l., XX 111. 52, 1892. HALIPORUS THETIS. 193 a low keel. The inferior keel gives off a branch from its lower or external side, near the posterior bonier of the carapace. There is, besides, an inferior submarginal keel running from the branchiostegal spine back to the hind border of the carapace. The several fields or areas included between the grooves and carinte above mentioned are more or less rough with corrugations of the integument. All the segments of the abdomen are carinated along the median dorsal line. Their pleurte are shallow and rounded. On each side of the segments is seen a longitudinal furrow, whose edges tend to rise into carinae. This furrow is most enipiiatic on the fifth and sixth segments. The sixth seg- ment is once and a quarter as long as the fifth segment, but only two thirds the length of the telson, which is armed with a pair of conspicuous lateral spines near the tip and about four pairs of very minute spinules on the margin in front of them. The ophthalmic peduncles are one half as long as the rostrum. On their inner side is borne a small tubercle. The eyes are large, black, broader than their peduncles. The basal segment of the antennule is armed on the ex- ternal margin with two small spines, one near the middle, the other at the distal end; the second segment is nearly twice the length of the succeeding one, hairy, with both the inner and outer edges of its upper surface raised into visible carina? ; the flagella are lost in the single specimen examined. The basal segment of the antenna is equipped with an external spine directed downward and forward ; the scale is longer than the antennular peduncle, rather broad, thin and membranaceous in texture. The tips of the third maxillipeds when extended forward reach beyond the distal end of the antennal scale ; the carpus joint is expanded, and flat on its inner sur- face. The third pair of legs reach forward about as far as the third maxil- lipeds. The last pair of legs, nllhoiigh rather short for the genus, reach forward beyond the distal ends of the third pair ; the meros and carpus are of equal length, the propodite half the length of the preceding segment, and curved. The dactylus is one half as long as the propodite. The exopods of the third maxillipeds are small, and throughout the series of legs these organs are so small that they may be considered rudimentary. There are rudimentary podobranchial plumes, discernible by the aid of a lens, attached to the epipods of the third maxillipeds and the first three pairs of legs.* * According to Spence Bate, there are rudimentary brancbial plumes attached to the epipods of the third maxiUipeds aud the first pair of legs in the genus Haliporus. In H. nereus and H. doris (as in Hj/me- 25 194 - STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. The epipods themselves consist of a thickened basal segment which bears a thinner ilabelliform terminal segment. Length, 94 mm. ; rostrum, 9 mm. ; carapace, mcluding rostrum, 33 mm. Station 3413. 1360 fathoms. 1 fem. ARIST.ffiUS DuvEENOY. Ami. Sci. Nat. 2« Ser., XV. 104, 1841 lAriskus']. Aristaeus occidentalis Fax. Plate XLIX., Fig. 2-2\ BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 215, 1893. Rostrum much longer than the rest of the carapace, armed with two teeth near the proximal end of the upper margin, its distal two thirds curved upward. Anterior half of the carapace with a median dorsal carina, armed with one tooth on the anterior part of the gastric region. Cardiaco- branchial groove distinct. Antero-lateral margin armed with a sharp tooth at the lower orbital angle. Below this there is a submarginal spine on a level with the second antennte. Fourth abdominal segment carinated on its distal half, and armed with a small posterior tooth. Fifth abdominal segment cari- nated on the distal two thirds, and produced to a tooth on the posterior margin. Sixth abdominal segment carinated throughout its whole length, and armed with a posterior tooth. Margin of telson excavated near the base. External spine (stylocerite) of the basal segment of the antennule a little longer than the segment, closely applied to the external margin of the seg- ment, but not fused with it. Prosartema wanting. Antennal scale broad, membranaceous, reaching beyond the superior an- tennular flagellum, and a little beyond the middle of the rostrum ; antennal peduncle unarmed. Terminal segment of mandibular palpus not bilobed. Exopod of second maxilliped equal in length to the whole endopod. Exopod of third maxilliped equal in length to the ischium and merus together. There are no exopods on any of the legs. Carpus and propodite of the legs ornamented with a longitudinal series of small pits defined (in alcohol) by red pigment. External branches of abdominal appendages very long, diminish- nopeneus as described by Smith), there are uone on the third maxUlipeds or any of the legs, -wliile in //. ihetia rudimentary podobrauchisB are found on the third maxillipeds and the first, second, and third pairs of legs. ARIST^US OCCIDENTALIS. 195 ing posteriorly. External branch of swimmeret much longer than the inner branch, which in turn far surpasses the telson. Length, 158 mm. ; carapace, including rostrum, 85 mm. ; rostrum, 49 mm.; antennal scale, 25 mm.; telson, 18.5 mm. Station 3403. 384 fathoms. 1 male. 3410. 331 " 2fem. This species appears to be very closely related to Aristcms antennatus * of the Mediterranean Sea. Risso's description and figure of the latter species are too faulty to be of any service for comparison. By comparison with Duvernoy's figures it appears that the Pacific species differs from the Medi- terranean in having a much longer and more upwardly inclined rostrum, a carinated and posteriorly toothed sixth abdominal segment, and much longer abdominal appendages. These differences, taken in connection with the remote habitats, leave little doubt that the two forms are specifically distinct. In any event, there is no doubt that they are strictly congeneric. In A. occidentalis, as in A. aniennaUis, according to the detailed account of Duver- noy, there is no epipod on either the ultimate or the penultimate pair of legs, the branchial arrangement in A. occidentalis being as follows : — Somites VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobranchiae r r r r )• r 1 = l + 6r Arthrobrancliise 1 1 2 o 9 o 2 = 12 Podobranchise 1 1 1 1 0=4 Epipods 1 1 1 1 1 1 = (6) 17 + 6r+(6) The rudiments of the pleui'obranchiae of the eighth to the thirteenth somites can hardly be detected except with a lens. They consist of a mere vestige of the stem of the gill, without any lateral filaments excepting in those of the eighth and ninth somites. The single arthrobranchia of the seventh segment, although functional, is very small and might easily have been overlooked by Duvernoy. Setting aside the six almost microscopic rudimentary pleurobranchire and the minute arthrobranchia of the seventh somite, the gills agree in number and position with those of A. antennatus as shown on Plate V., Fig. 2, of Duvernoy's memoir.t * Per^s antennatus Risso, Hist. Nat. des Crustaces des Environs de Nice, p. 96, Plate II. Fig. 6, 1816 ; Aristeus antennatus Duvernoy, Ann. Sci. Nat., 2^ Ser., XV. 104, Plate IV. A, V., 1841. t As Duvernoy wrote tliirty-eiglit years before Huxley gave us a philosophical method of describing the complex branchial arrangements among the Crustacea, his statements concerning the point of attachment of 196 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Two of the "Challenger" Peneids assigned to the genus AristcBus by Bate, viz. A. armatiis and A. rostridentatus, and the two species * doubtfully referred to the same genus by Smith differ from the true species of Anstoeus in some important respects : the penultimate pair of thoracic appendages are fur- nished with epipods, the antepenultimate pair bear a podobranchia, and there are functional pleurobranchice on each somite from the eighth to the four- teenth, the branchial formula in these species being as follows: — Somites VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Pleurobrancliiae 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 = 7 Artlirobrancliiae 1 1 o 2 2 2 2 = 12 Podobranchise 1 1 1 1 1 = 5 Epipods 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 = (7; 24 + (7) The peculiarities here exhibited appear to be of generic import, and these species should be placed together in a genus distinct from Aristceits, to which Bate's provisional name Plcsiopeneus^ may be applied. Pcncns edward- sianns Johnson,:}: assigned to the genus Aristceus by Miers,§ has the terminal segment of the mandibular palpus bilobed as in the s^QCies, oi Plesiojoeiieus, and very probably belongs to the latter genus. Two of the species {A. semidentatns and A. tomentosm) included in the genus Aristceus \_Plesiopeneiis'\ by Bate in 1881, were transferred to Ilemipeneus in the final " Challenger " Report of 1888. I suspect that these two species, together with Ilemlpeiieus virilis Bate, which is probably the male of H. tomen- tlie gills must not be taken too strictly. He assigns anterior artbrobrancbise to tbe appendages and posterior arthrobrancliise to the body wall. His description and figure of tbe gills of A. antennatus are misinterpreted by Professor Smith (Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish. Coinni. for ISS'2, p. 409), whose hypothetical formula involves tweiity-one gills, while Duvernoy states tbe number to be sixteen. My interpretation of Duvernoy's figure, by aid of tbe light thrown upon it by A. occide/italis, is as follows (tbe Roman numerals are the index num- bers of tbe gUls in Duvernoy's figure) : — I. Podobranchia of 8th somite. IX. Posterior artbrobranchia of 12th somite. II. Anterior artlirobraucbia of 9tli somite. X. Anterior " " 13tli " III. Podobrancliia of 9th somite. XI. Posterior " " 1 3th " IV. Anterior arthrobr.anchia of 10th somite. XII. Pleurolmanchia of 14th somite. V. Podobranchia of 10th somite. XIII. Artbrobranchia of 8th somite. VI. Anterior .artbrobranchia of nth somite. XIV. Posterior artbrobranchia of 9th somite. VII. Podobranchia of nth somite. XV. " " of 10th " VIII. Anterior artbrobranchia of 12tb somite. XVI. " " of 1 1th " * Aristceus? tridens Smith, Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1882, p. 104, Plate IX. Fig. 1-6, 1884; and Aristmus ? foliaceus Smith (= Peneus foliaceus Risso?), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VIII. 188, 1885. The former species is identical with A. armatus Bate. t Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5tb Ser., VIII. 188, 1881. The type of Plesiopeneus is Aristaus armatus Bate. X Proc. Zoolog. Soc London, 1867, p. 897. § Proc. Zo5log. Soc. London, 1878, p. 308, Plate XVIL Fig. 3. ARIST^US OCCIDENTALIS. 197 tosiis, really belong to Duvernoy's genus Aristceus. The branchial formula of Hemipencus, as given on page 228 of the " Ciiallenger " Report, is the same as in Aristceus Duvernoy, and the rostrum and general facies of these two species are like those of Aristceus rather than the typical species of Ilemipeneus. Since the above was written, Wood-Mason's paper on the Crustacea dredged off the coast of India by H. M. S. "Investigator" during 1890- 91,* has come to hand. The author's views concerning the affinities of the species just considered agree very closely with my own. A new generic name Aristceopsis is given to the " Aristceus " armatus group, for which Spence Bate had already furnished the provisional name Plesiopeneus, and A. rostridcn- tatus Bate is made the type of another genus, AristcBomorphu, on what seem to me too trivial characters, viz. the large number of rostral teeth, the presence of an hepatic spine, mucronate postero-lateral angles of abdominal somites, and the setaceous character of the dactyli of the last two pairs of thoracic appendages. If Aristceomorpha be recognized as a valid genus, it should probably include " Anstcus ? " foliacms Smith, along with A. rostridentaiiis. Two new species of Aristceus are described by AVood-Mason, one of which [Aristceus coruscans) appears to be very closely allied to Aristceus occidentalis. It differs from the latter, however, in having a shorter rostriun, and more strongly defined ridges and grooves on the sides of the carapace. Furtlier- more, the three rostral spines are placed further forward in A. coruscans than in A. occidentalis, the posterior spine being directly over the posterior wall of the orbit in the former species, while in the latter this spine lies further back on the anterior gastric region. The dorsal carina which runs back from this spine along the median line of the carapace continues nearly to the posterior edge of the carapace in A. coruscans, while in A. occidentalis it does not ex- tend beyond the gastric region. The somewhat complicated synonymy of the genera Aristceus, Hcmipcneus and Plcsiopeneus appears to be as follows : — Aristaeus Duvern. Aristem Duvern., Ann. Sci. Nat., 2« Ser., XV. 104, 1841. Type, Penetis antennatus Eisso. Aristeus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 187, 1881. (In part.) Eemipenoius Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 186, 1881; Eep. Challenger Macrura, p. 299, 1888. (In part.) Aristceus Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VIII. 278, 1891. Aristceus Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 215, 1893. * Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tli Ser., VIII. 268 et scqq., 1891. 198 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. 1. Akist^us aktennatos (Risso). Peneus antennatus Risso, Hist. Nat. Crust. Nice, p. 96, Plate II. Fig. 6, 1816 ; Hist. Nat. de I'Europe Merid., V. 68, 1826. Aristeiis antennatus Duvern., Ann. Sci. Nat., 2« Ser., XV. 10-1, Plate IV. A, V., 1841. 2. Akist^cs vikilis (Bate). Hemipenmtis vlrilis Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5tli Ser., VIII. 187, 1881 ; Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 303, Plate XLIV. Fig. 4, 1888. Male. Aristeus tomentosus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 189, 1881 ; Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 307, Plate XLIX. Fig. 2, 3, L., 1888. Female. Aristmcs vii-ilis Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VIII. 278, 1891. 3. Arist^.ds semidentatus Bate. Aristeus semidentatus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 189, 1881. Ilemipenmus semidentatus Bate, Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 305, Plate XLIX. Fig. 1, 1888. Aristaeus semidentatus Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VIII. 280, 1891. 4. Aristeus coruscans Wood-Mason. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VIII. 280, Fig. 6, 1891 ; 111. Zool. H. M. L M. S. "In- vestigator," Crustacea, Plate IL Fig. 3, 1892. 5. Aristeus crassipes Wood-Mason. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VIII. 281, Fig. 7, 1891. 6. Aristeus occidentalis Fax. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 215, 1893. Hemipeneus Bate. Hemipenmus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 186, 1881; Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 299, 1888. (In part.) Type, Hemipenceus spinidorsaiis Bate. Hemipenmus Wood-Mason, Ann. M.ig. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VII. 189, VIII. 286, 1891. Hemipeneus Fas., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 215, 1893. 1. Heshpeneus spiNiDORSALis Bate. Hemipenwus spinidor sails "Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 186, 1881; Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 301, Pkte XLIV. Fig. 1, 1888. Hemipeneus spinidorsalis Fas., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 215, 1893. 2. Hemipeneus speciosus Bate. Hemipenceus speciosus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., VIII. 186, 188J ; Rep. Chal- lenger Macrura, p. 303, Plate XXXVII. Fig. 3, XLIV. Fig. 3, 1888. 3. Hemipeneus gracilis Bate. Hemipenceus gracilis Bate, Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 302, Plate XLIV.' Fig. 2, 1888. AEIST^US OCCIDENTALIS. ' . 199 4. Hemipeneus cakpenteri Wood-Mason. Hemipenmus carpe?i-9^1859. In this species the gastro-hepatic groove is well-nigh obliterated on the dorsal part of the carapace, and the dorsal portion of the cervical furrow, which in some species of Sergestes forms the front boundary of the cardiac area, is obsolete. Tliere is a sharp spine near the antero-lateral margin of the carapace, behind the base of the eye-stalk, and another on the hepatic area. A longitudinal ridge runs from the base of the antenna backward, dividing at the hepatic spine into a superior and an inferior branch. The former forms the upper boundary of the branchial area, the latter courses as a carina along the middle of the branchial region, and fades out before reaching the posterior border of the carapace. The rostrum is cristiform, SERGESTES EDWARDSII. 213 tapering anteriorly in the largest individuals to a slender acute point, which overreaches the anterior margin of the ophthalmic segment. The abdominal somites are unarmed, rounded above, the third, fourth, and fifth longitudinally sulcated on the dorsal face. The telson is sulcated on the dorsum and on each side, and ends in a blunt, ciliated point. The eye-stalks are shorter than the proximal segment of the antennule ; the eyes are black, and somewhat greater in diameter than the stalks. The first and second segments of the antennule are of about equal length, while the third segment is longer than the first or the second by one half. The second segment of the antenna of the second pair is armed with a small external spine ; the scale is lanceolate, terminating in an apical spine ; it falls short of reaching the distal end of the antennular peduncle. The second and third pairs of maxillipeds are robust organs compared with the following thoracic appendages ; the second pair reach forward as far as the distal end of the peduncle of the second antennae ; the third pair are equal in length to the whole body, minus the telson and half the sixth somite ; the distal part of these appendages is armed with spines of various lengths ; four of these spines, one of which is terminal, are exceedingly long and acute. The following pairs of thoracic appendages have the form characteristic of the genus to which this species belongs. The petasma of a large male is figured on Plate LI., Fig. 1". The two branches of the last pair of abdominal appendages are longer than the telson, the outer branch longer than the inner. The external margin of the outer branch is not armed with a spine, but about one third of the way from the proximal end this branch of the swimmeret suddenly narrows by a change in the trend of the external margin. There are six large pleurobranchiae on each side of the body, two on the thirteenth, or penultimate thoracic, somite, and one on each of the four ante- cedent (ninth to twelfth) .somites; a smaller but perfectly formed podo- branchia is attached to the base of the second maxilliped. Length of one of the largest specimens (Station 3388), 29 mm.; cara- pace, 9.3 mm. A good many specimens of this pelagic species were taken in the surface tow-net and also in the upper, open part of the submarine tow-net at the fol- lowing stations: hydr. 2619, hydr. 2627, hydr. 2628, 3382, 3388, 3409, 3412, 3414. Three large males from Station 3388 (one of which is figured on Tlate 214 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. LI., and described above) differ from typical specimens, as described and fiu-ured by Kroyer, in having a larger and somewhat differently shaped ros- trum, and in the form of the petasma. These specimens were separated from S. edivardsii as a distinct species, S. hcdia, in my preliminary rejDort on the " Albatross " Crustacea.* But I am now inclined to regard them as large and mature individuals of S. edivardsii. Kroyer f notes a "rare variety" of S. edivardsii distinguished by a larger rostrum. 8. edivardsii appears to be a surface species of wide distribution in the tropical Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Sergestes oculatus Kr. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 5 Rcekke, naturvidensk. mathem. Afd., IV. 243, 277, Plate III. Fig. 5«-5/, 1859. One specimen from Station 3412, surface. This is also a surface species found in the tropical parts of both the Atlan- tic and Pacific Oceans. Cf. Kroyer {op. cit), Bate (" Challenger " Macrura), and Ortmann (Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton-Exped.). Sergestes longispinus Bate. Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 417, Plate LXXVI. Pig. 2-2it, 1888. One specimen, 250 miles S.E. of Acapulco, lat. 13° 33' 30" N., long. 97° 57' 30" W. Tanner net towed at 175 fathoms, and hauled to surface open, 8 p. M. This species, originally described from specimens secured b}' the " Chal- lenger " in the warmer portions of the Atlantic, has been previously recorded from the Pacific (12° S., 113° W.) by Ortmann.+ LUCIFER J. V. Thomps. Zoolog. Researches, p. 58, 1829. Lucifer acestra Dana. ? Leuri/er rei/naudii M. Edw., Hist. Kat. Crust., II. 469, Plate XXVI. Fig. 10, 1837. Litcifrr arestra Dana, U. S. Explnr. Exped., Crustacea, Part I., p. 671, 1852, Atlas, Plate XLIV. Pig, 9, 1855 ; Streets, Bull U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, p. 122, 1S77. Lucifer reynaudii B.ate, Rep. Challenger Macrura, p. 466, Plate LXXXIV., 1888. Lucifer rtynaudi Ortm., Decap. u. Schizop. der Piaiikton-Exped., p. 40, 1893. A good many .specimens, including both sexes, were captured on the surface of the sea at the following places : — * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl, XXIV. 217, 1893. f Op. cit., pp. 246, 277. % Decap u. Scliizop. der Plauktou-Exped., p. 36, 1893. GNATHOPHAUSIA WILLEMOESII. 215 Lat. 29° 52' 30" N., loug. 138° 24' 0" W. « 13° 33' 30" N., " 97° 57' 30" W. « 12° 34' 0" N., " 97° 21' 0" W. « 0° 36' 0" N., " 82° 45' 0" W. « 0° 13' 0" S., " 84° 52' 0" W. Spence Bate and Ortmann consider this species to be Lucifer reijnaudii M. Edw., but Milne Edwards's description and figure are not sufficient for identification. Lucifer acestra has an enormous horizontal distribution throngliout the warmer parts of both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. See Ortmann, I. c. Suborder SCHIZOPODA.* Family LOPHOGASTRIDtE. GNATHOPHAUSIA W. Suhm. Nature, VIII 400, 1873 ; Trans, Liuu. Soc. London, ZooL, 2d Ser., I. 36, 1875. Gnathophausia zoea W.-Suhm. Nature, VIII. 401, Fig. 6, 1873 ; Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., 2d Ser., I. 32, Plate IX. Pig. 2-15, Plate X. Pig. 4, 1875. Station 3403. 384 fathoms. 3 specimens. " 3406. 581 " 1 specimen. Gnathophausia wiUemoesii G. 0. Saks. Plate K, Fig. L Porhandl. Vidensk.-Selsk. Cliristiania, 1883, No. 7, p. 6 ; Rep. Challenger Scliizopoda, p. 38, Plate V. Pig. 1-6, 1885. Station 3392. 1270 fathoms. 1 specimen. " 3417. 493 " 1 " " 3420. 664 " 1 " " 3425. 680 " 1 The dorsal spine is longer than in the type specimen figured by Sars, and it is minutely denticulated along the margins, as in G. sarsii Wood-Mason,t a form probably not specifically distinct from G u'illcmocsii. * Only the deep-sea Schizopods of the expedition are included in this report.. An account of the pelagic species, bj Dr. Arnold Ortmann, has been published in the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol. X'XV., No. 8, pp. 97-111, 1 Plate, 1894. t Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VII. 187, 189L 216 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. In small individuals of this species the rounded lateral expansions of the carapace behind the antennal spines are more prominent and the antennal spines relatively smaller than in full grown specimens. G. ivilkmoesii was discovered by the naturalists of the " Challenger " Expe- dition in 1874. Two specimens were procured south of Amboina, lat. 4° 21' S., long. 129" 7' E. ; depth, 1425 fathoms. Gnathophausia brevispinis Wood-Mason. Phte J. Onathophausia gracilis, var. brevispinis Wood-Mason, Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., VII. 188, 1891. Onathophausia brevispinis Wood-Mason, Auu. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tli Ser., VIII. 269, 1891. Gmthophausia deiitata Fax., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 217, 1893. Rostrum somewhat shorter than the remaining part of the carapace, slender, gently up-curved, its three margins armed with teeth, those of the superior margin the largest. At the base of the rostrum, over the anterior part of the gastric region, rises a prominent thin triangular crest, produced at the apex to a spine ; there are in most specimens a minute denticle near the anterior, and one to three near the posterior, end of the crest. Supra- orbital spines small, not distinctly defined from the base of the rostrum. Antennal spines of moderate length, slender and acute. Branchiostegal spines very long, their bases expanded into wing-like processes on each side of the carapace. Cervical groove distinct. Dorsal keel obsolete on the posterior gastric region, distinct behind the cervical groove and armed with a row of small teeth. Posterior dorsal spine rather short, scarcely projecting beyond the first abdominal somite ; it is directed upiward at a much stronger angle than is common in this genus. Near the infero-posterior angles of the carapace are two spines, the upper of which is long and slender, equalling the dorsal spine in length, while the lower one is reduced to a tooth, obsolete in some specimens. The lower lateral keel is distinct, terminating in the upper of the two spines at the infero-posterior angle. Below this another minutely denticulated submarginal keel runs from the branchiostegal spine backward to the lower and smaller spine of the infero-posterior angle of the carapace. The upper lateral keel is obsolete. The abdomen is rather slender, and is armed with a row of seven dorsal spines ; two of these occur on the first segment, two on the second, and one on each of the three following segments ; the two spines on the second segment, together with the posterior spine of the first segment, are much GNATHOPHAUSIA BREVISPINIS. 217 longer than the rest of tlie series. The plenras of the abdominal segments are armed with two marginal spines, the sixth segment having in addition a tooth at the infero-posterior angle of its posterior section. The aj^ical projection of the telson is divided into four terminal spines; there is, more- over, a small tooth on the external margin of the projection. The eyes are small, not exceeding the eye-stalk in diameter ; a small tubercle is situate on the inner side of the eye-stalk, a little way behind the cornea. The outer flagellum of the first pair of antennae is excessively long, being nearly twice the length of the whole body ; the inner flagellum, on the contrary, is not longer than the carapace not including the rostrum. The second segment of the second pair of antenna? is furnished with an acute tooth at the anterior end of its exterior border, and a slender spine is observable on the lower face of the following segment. The scale is broad, not more than twice as long as broad, the inner edge strongly arched, the outer edge slightly arched ; the outer edge is armed with a few (two to four) small teeth on its distal half, and it terminates in an acute spine, which surpasses the distal extremity of the scale. The flagellum is somewhat shorter than the outer flagellum of the first pair of antennae. The maxillipeds are provided with distinct exopods. The remaining pairs of appendages do not differ in any important regard from the generic type. Length, 60 mm. ; carapace, including rostrum and dorsal spine, 33 nnn. ; rostrum, 14 mm. ; dorsal spine, 4 mm. Station 3361. 1471 fathoms. 1 specimen. 3375. 1201 3400. 1322 3406. 551 3411. 1189 ? ? In two of the six specimens obtained (Stations 3361, 3406), the tooth or short inferior spine at the infero-posterior angle of the carapace is nearly or quite obsolete. This species is closely related to Q. gracilis W.-Suhm,* one specimen of which was secured by the "Challenger" Expedition from a depth of 1500 fathoms in the Atlantic, lat. 1° 22' N., long. 26° 36' W. According to Suhm's description and figure the third and fourth abdominal segments of G. gracilis * Trans. Liuu. Soc. London, Zool., 2d Ser., I. 33, Plate IX. Fig. 1, 1875. 28 218 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. ure devoid of dorsal spines and the gastric region is armed anteriorly with two small teeth in the median line. The specimen was afterwards described and fio-ured with more detail by G. 0. Sars.* The third and fourth abdomi- nal segments are represented as armed with dorsal teeth, similar to, though shorter than, those of G. hrevispinis, while the gastric region appears unarmed. The specimen was in a bad state of preservation when it reached Professor Sars, and Suhm's figure, which was probably drawn soon after the capture, is presumably correct as far as the gastric teeth are concerned. The " Albatross " specimens appear to be specifically distinct from the " Challenger " species, and may be diagnosed at once by the prominent dentate gastric crest, the small size or even absence of the lower spine of the infero-posterior angle of the carapace, and the great breadth of the antennal scale. The pleurJB of the first four abdominal segments are expanded posteriorly into rounded lobes. A deep transverse dorsal fold separates the two dorsal spines of the second segment of the abdomen. Wood-Mason describes the dorsal spines of the first abdominal somite of G. hreiispinis as subequal. In the "Albatross" specimens the anterior of these spines is at the best only half as long as the posterior one. G. hrevispinis was first obtained in the Bay of Bengal (690-1748 fathoms) by H. M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer " Investigator." FAaiiLY EUCOPIID^. EUCOPIA Dana. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., VI. 19, 1852 ; U. S. Explor. Exped., Crustacea, Ft. I., p. 609, 1852. Eucopia australis Dana. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI. 28, 1852 ; U. S. Explor. Exped., Crustacea, Pt. I., p. 609, 1852, Atlas, Plate XL. Fig. 10, 1855. Station 2627 Hyd. Between 1770 fathoms and surface, submarine tow- net (bottom, 18.32 fathoms). 4 specimens. Station 2637 Hyd. Between 700 fathoms and surface, submarine tow- net (bottom, 773 fathoms). 1 specimen. Station 3377. 764 fathoms. 1 specimen. 3406. 551 " 1 " 3433. 1218 " 1 " * Rep. Clialleuger Schizopoda, p. 48, Plate VII. Fig. 6-10, 1885. EUCOPIA SCULPTICAUDA. 219 The type specimen of this interesting Schizopod was taken from the stomach of a penguin collected by tlie Wilkes Expedition in the Antarctic seas, lat. 66° 4' S., long. 149° 44' E. The subsequent exi^lorations of H. M. S. " Challenger " showed that this animal enjoys an enormous geographical range, being found at great depths in the Atlantic, Pacific, Australian, and Antarctic Oceans. It has also been dredged at a recent date in the Bay of Bengal by the •' Investigator." According to Willemoes-Suhm, who rede- scribed and figured this species under the name of Chalaraspis imguiculala* it is the commonest Schizopod of the deep-sea fliuna of the Atlantic. It has been described and figured with great care by G. 0. Sais in the final Report on the " Challenger " Schizopods, pp. 55-62, Plate IX., X. The finding of this species in the stomach of a penguin is taken by Sars as evidence of its occurrence, in the Antarctic Ocean, in comparatively shallow water. But perhaps a fish just risen from a depth far bejond the penguin's reach was the bird's purveyor. Eucopia sculpticauda Fas. Plate K, Fig. 2, 2'' ; Plate LIIL, Fig. 1-1". - BuU. Mus. Comp. Zobl, XXIV. 218, 1893. This species differs from F. australis in a striking manner as regards the form of the frontal margin of the carapace, the eyes, and the telson. In other respects it agrees so closely with E. australis as to render a detailed description superfluous. The frontal margin of the carapace is very prominent, forming a three- sided, blunt rostrum, which projects between the eye-stalks and av holly con- ceals the underlying ocular segment. The lateral margins of the rostrum form the upper wall of a deep, distinct orbit. In E. australis the frontal * Trans. Limi. Soc. London, Zool., 2d Ser., I. 37, Plate VIII., 1875. This memoir was written on board the " Challenger " under date of November, 1 873. In a letter from Dr. Willcmoes-Suhm to Professor Siebold, dated April, 1871, and jmblished on the 20th of October of the same year in the 24th volume of the Zeitsohrift fiir wissenschaftliehe Zoologie, occurs merely nominal mention of this species as Chalaraspis ungitifera. The genus Chalaraspis was originally established (Trans. Linn. Soc. London, as cited above) I'or the reception of C. unguinilata alone. Suhm afterwards discovered and referred to the same genus another Schizopod {Chalaraspis alata Suhm, Zeitsehr. f. wissenseh. Zool., XXIV., p. xx) which has been shown by G. 0. Sars (Rep. Ch.allenger Schizopoda, p. 50, 1885) to be not only generically but even familiarly distinct from Chalaraspis unguiculata. Chalaraspis uHfjuiciilata being synonymous with Eiiropia australis Dana, Sars has seen fit to retain the generic name Chalaraspis for C. alala. a proceeding not in accordance with sound principles of nomenclature. The types of the genera Europin and Chalaraspis being one and the same species, the name Chalaraspis should be dropped as a synonym of Eucopia, and a new generic name adopted for C. alata. I propose for the latter the generic name Edytaspis (= Chalaraspis G. O. Sars, nee W.-Suhm). 220 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. margin of the carapace projects but slightly, leaving the ocular segment exposed, and not forming anything that can be truly called a rostrum. The eye with its peduncle attains a much greater degree of perfection than in E. aiistmhs. The peduncle is broadly expanded at the distal end so as to assume a triangular form, the distal extremity equalling in width the entire leno-th of the peduncle. The upper side is flattened, and on the inner maro-in just back of the cornea, there is a slender ocular papilla. The eye itself is as broad as, or even a little broader than, the distal end of its peduncle, reniform, dark chestnut in color (in alcohol), and perfectly faceted. The above description applies to the type specimen, a female. In the only male obtained, the eyes are not so well preserved, but the peduncle appears to be broader near the proximal end than it is in the female. In immature individuals, like the one represented on Plate K, Fig. 2, the pigment of the eye is of a very light color — yellowish, according to the .sketch from life made by Mr. Westergren. In E. austrulis the eye-stalks are cylindrical, the cornea narrower than the stalk and the pigment and facets of the eye are very imperfectly developed. In the form of the tehon, E. sculj)ticai(da exhibits one of its most marked peculiarities. The proximal part of this segment is deeply furrowed for a little less than one half its length, the furrow being bounded on each side by an elevated, rounded ridge. A low median keel, beginning in the anterior furrow, runs backward to the posterior end of the telson. A constriction a little way in fiont of the tip divides off a terminal plate which is broadly rounded at the end, its lateral margins being concave. The whole dorsal face of the telson from the posterior end of the anterior ridges to the termi- nal plate is beautifully ornamented with a net-work of ridges enclosing honeycomb-like cells. The distal half of the segment is armed with mar- ginal spines, which are obsolete on the rounded posterior extremity. In E. austrahs the telson has an entirely different shape, the distal half tapering off regularly to the tip, which is armed with two long setae ; the dor-sal sur- face does not display the honeycomb structure which is so conspicuous in E. sciiljjticaiida. Length of female, 66 mm. ; carapace, measured from the lower angle of the orbit to the posterior end of the lateral wings, 23 mm. Station 2619 Hyd. 1000 fathoms (Tanner net). 1 (fem. juv. ?). " 3407 885 " 1 fern. 3413 1360 " 1 male. PETALOPHTHALMUS. 221 The specimen from Station 2619 (Plate K, Fig. 2) is apparently a young female. It was caught in the Tanner net which had been towed at a depth of 1000 fathoms (100 to 400 fathoms above the bottom), and drawn up closed. Family MYSID^. PETALOPHTHALMUS W.-Suhm. Zeitsolir. wissenscli. Zool., Vol. XXIV., p. xiv, 1874; Traus. Linn. Soc. London, 2d Ser., Zool.,I, 43, 1875. (In part : so far as relates to the male.) In the above-cited papers Willemoes-Suhm described as male and female of the same species Petalophthalmus armic/er, two interesting Atlantic Schizo- pods from the " Challenger " Expedition characterized by the atrophy of the eye and the conversion of the eye-stalk into a leaf-like plate. The male differed in a singular manner from the female in the form of the carapace, antennce, mandibles, maxillipeds, gnathopods, telson, etc. In the former the carapace was short, leaving the two posterior thoracic segments exposed ; tlie second pair of antennae lacked the flagellum ; the mandibular palps were enormously developed, forming a pair of very powerful prehensile limbs reaching far beyond the pednncle of the first pair of antennae; the maxillipeds and the gnathopods were devoid of exopods ; the telson was truncate and entire at the distal end. In the female, on the other hand, the carapace covered the posterior part of the thorax, the telson was deeply incised, and the appendages presented the normal form. There were seven pairs of incubatory lamellse under the thorax, as in Boreoniym G. O. Sars, to which genus the specimen conformed in most regards. When the " Chal- lenger " Schizopods were afterwards placed in Professor Sars's hands, the female of ^^ PetaloiMlialmus armiger'" had been lost, so that no further account of the specimen was published. The male was redescribed and figured by Sars with great care.* In the "Albatross" collection of 1891,1 find one male specimen agreeing in all the essential structural features with the male of PctcdopJdJudmus annhjer Suhm, but differing in some trivial characters of merely specific value. This specimen is figured on Plate LIV., under i\\Q r\nmQ oi Pctahphthahms pacificus. What is of more interest, I have discovered among the material dredged during the cruise of the " Blake " in 1877-78, a female Schizopod, 33 mm. long (Station 29, lat. 24° 36' N., long. 84° 5' W., 955 fathoms) that closely * Rep. Challenger Schizopoda, pp. 174-177, Plate XXXII. Fig. 1-9. 222 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. agrees with the male of P. annigcr, barring the usual sexual peculiarities of an incubatory pouch and simple caudal limbs. The mandibular palpus and carapace have the same form and proportions as in the male. The telson, moreover, is truncate and entire, and the maxillipeds and gnathopods are devoid of exopods — features that Willeinoes-Suhm thought were character- istic of the male. The brood-pouch of the " Blake " specimen consists of six pairs of incubatory lamellce and the rudiments of a seventh pair between the bases of the first pair of legs or gnathopods. From the joosterior side of the base of the lamellte of the posterior pair there springs a curled and ciliated lobe. This specimen, which is represented on Plate LIIL, is prob- ably the female of PetalopMlialmus armiger, or at any rate of a closely related species.* The specimen that Suhm took for the female of P. annujcr is clearly a Borcomysis, probably B. sci/phops G. 0. Sars, as Hansen t maintains. Suhm and Sars both represent the carapace of the male P. armiger with- out lateral wings, the postero-lateral angles being obliquely truncated. But Sars explains this feature in his text (p. 175) as due to a folding of the cara- pace. In the female specimen from the " Blake " dredgings the carapace is produced posteriorly so as to form short, rounded lateral wings, just as in P. pacificus. According to Sars, the flagellum of the second antennae is imperfectly developed in the type specimen of P. armiger, consisting merely of a biar- ticulate peduncle, the terminal portion being absent. This defect is without doubt due to mutilation of the type specimen, for in the " Blake " specimen of P. armiger (female), and also in the specimen oi P . pacifciis (male) secured during the cruise of the " Albatross," the terminal portion of the flagellum is present as a slender lash about equal in length to the terminal segment of the peduncle, and composed of about six segments.:|; The epipods of the maxillipeds, which Sars did not detect in the type of P. armiger, are plainly visible in the two specimens of P. armiger and P. -pa- cificus now before me. They consist of delicate long appendages attached to the basal segment of the maxillipeds, and tucked away under the sides of the carapace. In the light afforded by the " Blake " specimen of P. armiger, it be- * The telson of the " Blake " female (Plate LIIL Fig. 2") differs somewhat from the telsou of the male P. armiijsr, iuasinuoh as it narrows posteriorly and is furnished with but seven setae on the posterior margin. One of these setae (the shortest) is in the median line, the others form three pairs, the external ones twice the length of the next pair inside. t Vidcnsk. Mcddolclser fra den nalnrliist. Torening i Kjobcnhavn for Aaret 18S7, p. 212, IS88. i Plate LIIT. Fig. 2\ Plato LIV. Fig. 1'. PETALOPHTIIALMUS PACIFICUS. 223 comes necessary to modify Sars's diagnosis of the genus PetalopUhalmus * as follows : — Sexes similar. Carapace short, leaving the last two thoracic segments exposed. Eye-stallvs leaf-like, without any visual elements or pigment. An- tennular peduncle greatly elongated in both sexes, and without the usual hirsute lobe in the male. Antennal flagellum small, antennal scale lanceo- late or narrowly oval, setose on both margins. Mandibular palps prodigiously developed in both sexes, forming powerful prehensile organs. Maxillipeds devoid of exopods, but furnished with well developed epipods; meral seg- ment expanded interiorly so as to form a large linguiform lobe. Gnatho- pods (or first pair of legs) short, strong, subcheliform, devoid of exopods ; meral segment expanded on the inner side to form a very large, porrect lobe. Terminal segment of fourth pair of legs (counting the gnathopods as the first) obtuse and densely hirsute. Caudal limbs scarcely natatory even in the male. Marsupial pouch of female composed of seven pairs of incu- batory lamellae, the anterior pair rudimentary. Apex of telson entire, not incised in the middle. Outer plates of the uropods distinctly jointed near the apex. In the " Challenger" specimen of P. armiger, the second and third pairs of legs were imperfect, lacking all the joints of the endopods beyond the point of articulation with the exopods. It is remarkable that these same joints are lost from the same appendages both in the "Albatross" specimen of P. paci- ficiis and in the P. urmigcr obtained during the cruise of the " Blake." Petalophthalmus pacificus Fax. Plate LIV. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 218, 1893. Similar to P. armiger W.-Suhm, but different in some particulars. The rostrum is more prominent, and there is a median tooth on the carapace be- hind the rostrum. The caudal limbs of the male are quite different from those of p. armiger as described and figured by G. 0. Sars. In the latter each pair of caudal limbs bears a slender cylindrical external branch, whilst in P. pacificus the first pair is wholly destitute of an external branch, and the second pair (Plate LIV., Fig. 1*') discloses but the slightest rudiment of such a branch in the shape of a minute bud barely discernible with the aid of * Oil. cit., p. 173. 224 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. a strong lens ; on the following pairs of limbs this little vestige of the outer branch becomes somewhat larger (see Plate LIV., Fig. 1''), but still remains a mere rudiment of the part as developed in P. unniyer. Length, 31 mm. Station 2637 Hydr. 700 fathoms (tow-net). 1 male. The sounding at Station 2637 is 773 fathoms. The Tanner net was towed at 700 fathoms for twenty minutes, but it came up open all the way to the surface. SCOLOPHTHALMUS Fax. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo!., XXIV. 219, 1893. Integument membranaceous. Carapace small, leaving the last two tho- racic segments exposed ; produced in front to a spiniform rostrum, and armed with a pair of antennal, and a pair of branchiostegal spines ; cervical sulcus distinct, with a linguiform dorsal area behind it. Abdomen slender, subcylindrical, sixth segment the longest. Telson broad, apex truncate, not incised. Eye-stalks transformed to sharp spines, visual elements absent. Peduncle of first pair of antennas robust, long, much exceeding the peduncle of the second pair of antenme, and reaching nearly as far forward as the tip of the scale of the second antennae ; the three segments subequal. Peduncle of the second pair of antennse rather short and slender; scale much longer than the peduncle, narrow, tapering at tlie distal end, proximal fourth of oiater border smooth, naked, terminating in an angle which bears a strong spine-like seta ; the rest of the outer border of the scale is fringed with hair- like sette like the inner border. Mandibular palp stout, long, reaching be- yond the middle of the peduncle of the first pair of antenna3 ; first segment short, second segment very long, third segment narrowly oblong, one half as long as the second segment. Second maxilloe Avith inner bjisal part ex- panded, three lobed, terminal segment expanded at the distal end, trian- gular ; scaphognath rather small. Maxillipeds short, broad, third segment very short, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments about equal in length, seventh segment small and armed at the tip with one or two strong stiff setae ; the inner borders of the three antecedent seacments also bear a few setie ; the sixth (penultimate) segment is broad and triangular; there is no porrect internal lobe to the maxilliped, such as found in some of the allied genera ; neither is there any exopod, but the ba.sal segment bears a long, well devel- oped epipod. The first pair of legs (gnathopods) are of moderate length; SCOLOPHTHALMUS. 225 the basal segment bears a small vesicular incubatory lamella, the second seg- ment a well developed exopod ; the body of the fourth segment is very short, but is expanded internally into a large and broad porrect lobe or plate, which reaches forward nearly to the end of the long fifth segment ; the inner mar- gin of this lobe is fringed with setae ; terminal segment small, its margin setiferous, and tipped with a strong spiniform seta. The following pairs of legs are long and slender, the antepenultimate reaching forward beyond the base of the antennal scale ; the third and fourth pairs are imperfect in both of the specimens obtained, only the bases together with the exopods remain- ing ; the distal segment of the second pair is short, unguiform, and partially concealed by long setas, which arise from the distal end of the antecedent segment ; the distal segment of the fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs is lanceo- late, and drawn out to an exceedingly long and acute point; the proximal end of the propodites of these three pairs of appendages is divided into three short segments. The first to the fifth abdominal appendages bear each a pair of simple appendages which increase in size successively from the first to the fifth ; the inner branch of the posterior pair of abdominal appendages (uropods) is long, lanceolate, surpassing the telson and the outer branch, the latter of which is rounded at the distal end, and divided by a transverse suture ; the inner branch is setose on both margins, the outer branch is setose on the inner margin and also the distal part of the outer margin, beyond the transverse suture ; there is a spine at the point where the transverse suture meets the external margin of the outer branch. Marsupial pouch of female composed of seven pairs of incubatory lamellae. The natural position of this genus appears to be next to Hansenomysis* a genus based on a single mutilated specimen of H. fyllce taken off the west coast of Greenland in 80 fathoms. As far as can be determined by compari- son with Hansen's description and figures, Scolophthalmiis differs from Han- senomi/sis in having a prominent rostrum, spiniform eye-stalks (?) and long robust antennular peduncles which surpass in length the antennal peduncles and equal the antennal scales ; moreover, the proximal part of the outer margin of the antennal scale is smooth and naked in Scolojjhthalmus, and the outer plate of the uropods is fringed with setse on the inner margin onlj^ The maxillipeds of Scolophthalmiis, like those of Hansenomi/sis, are devoid of exopods and internal meral lobes. The gnathopods are similar to those of * Arctomysis Hansen, Vidensk. Meddelelser fra Naturhist. Forening i Kjobenbavn for Aai-et 1S87, p. 210, Plate VII. Fig 5-5', 1888 {nom. praoc.) ; Eansenomysis Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 268, 1893. 29 226 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Hansenomysis and Ceratomysis, being furnished with exopods and internal meral lobes. Petalophthahmis, Scolophthalmiis, Hansenomi/sis, and Ceratomysis, form a natural group of genera characterized by the development of seven pairs of incubatory lamella in the female (the anterior pair sometimes rudimen- tary), the absence of an exopod from the raaxillipeds, the outgrowth of a large, porrect lobe from the inner margin of the merus of the gnathopods, and the imperfect development of the carapace, which leaves the last two segments of the cephalo-thorax free. This group is connected with the more normal genera of Mysidce through the genus Boreomysis, in which the incu- batory pouch is likewise composed of seven pairs of lamellas, but the maxil- lipeds are furnished with an exopod, the gnathopods lack the internal meral lobe, and tlie carapace covers all the thoracic segments. The maxillipeds have an internal meral lobe in Petalophthahms, Ceratomysis, and Boreomysis ; the gnathopoda are furnished with an exopod in all the genera excepting Petalophthahmis. Petalophthalmus differs from all the other genera here men- tioned in the absence of an exopod from the gnathopods and in the enormous development of the mandibular palps. In the great size of the antennu- lar peduncle as compared with the second antenna?, Scolophthalmus exhibits special affinity with Petalophthahnus. Scolophthalmus lucifugus Fax. Plate LV., Fig. 1-T. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 219, 1893- Rostrum long, acute ; antero-lateral margins of carapace oblique, armed with two spines, one behind the external side of the antennule, the other at the antero-inferior angle ; posterior lateral wings short and rounded. Abdominal segments smooth and subcylindrical, sixth segment nearly as long as the two antecedent segments combined. Length, 42 mm. Station 3400. 1322 fathoms. 1 fern. CERATOMYSIS. \^ 227 CERATOMYSIS Fax. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., XXIV. 220, 1893. Integument soft and membranaceous. Cephalo-thorax robust. Carapace short (leaving the last two segments of the thorax exposed), spinose ; frontal margin truncate, armed at the extei-nal angles with a pair of long horn-like spines ; a conspicuous rounded notch near the anterior end of the lateral margins, serving as an excurrent orifice from the branchial chamber. Abdo- men cylindrical, spinose, sixth segment not much longer than the fifth ; telson very long and narrow, truncate at the distal end, setose on both mar- gins. Eyes absent, their stalks assuming the form of slender styles whose tips are soft and delicate, perhaps serving as tactile organs. Peduncle of the first antennjB rather short, reaching only to the proximal end of the last seg- ment of the peduncle of the second antennte ; flagella much longer than the pedimcle, flattened and fringed with long setse on their margins. Peduncle of second antennte long and slender, distal segment the longest ; scale long and very narrow, ciliate on both the internal and external borders. Mandib- ular palps long, reaching some distance beyond the distal end of the pedun- cle of the first antennte ; second segment longest, third segment long oval, its margins ciliate. Maxillipeds devoid of exopods, but furnished with an internal porrect lobe ; the fifth and sixth segments are somewhat pyriform, with their inner margins protuberant and furnished with setse ; the seventh or terminal segment is small and is armed with two or three stout spine-like set£e. The first pair of legs or gnathopods, like the following pairs, is fur- nished with long exopods ; the fourth segment, moreover, is produced on the inner side to form a very long porrect lamina ; the distal segment of these appendages is oval, and ciliated on the margin. The following pairs of legs are long and slender, the propodites of the last three pairs indistinctly segmented; the dactyli of the second, third, and fourth pairs are short and unguiform, those of the fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs long and lanceolate. The first to the fifth abdominal segments bear each a pair of appendages which increase in size from before backward ; these appendages are all simple save the left one of the fifth pair which carries (in the unique type specimen) a slender lateral branch (Plate LVI., Fig. 1^). Both branches of the uropods are linear, setose on both margins, subequal in length, shorter than the telson ; the outer branch is not divided by a transverse suture. Seven pairs of incubatory lamelliB in the female. 228 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Ceratomysis spinosa Fax. Plate L v., Fig. 2 ; Plate L VI. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. 220, 1893. The ceplialo-thorax is somewhat longer than the abdomen minus the telson ; the two posterior thoracic segments are completely exposed behind the short carapace, which is one half as broad at the anterior end as it is long. The anterior margin of the carapace is straight; not rostrate, but produced at each lateral angle to a long horn directed obliquely forward ; the cervical groove is pronounced, as is also the tongue-shaped dorsal area behind it ; in front of the cervical groove are three long erect spines in the median line, the foremost of which is on the frontal margin ; there is, besides, a spine on each side of the carapace in a transverse line with the middle one of the median three ; behind the cervical groove there is one spine in the median line near the posterior margin of the carapace, two on each side of the tongue-shaped dorsal area, and a long row of six on each side, in line with the lateral spines of the gastric area ; a rounded notch in the anterior part of the lateral border of the carapace, in which the epipod of the second maxilla plays, serves as an outlet for the respiratory currents ; behind this, the lateral margin is somewhat concave and terminates posteriorly in a sharp tooth ; the hind border of the carapace is sinuous, but not produced into pronounced lateral wings. The last two thoracic segments, — those that are not covered by the carapace, — are each armed with a median dorsal spine ; their lateral borders are drawn out into a long spine ; the ultimate segment has in addition a spine on each side between the median and marginal spines. The row of median dorsal spines is continued along the abdomen, there being one spine on each segment except the first, Avhich bears two, — the j^osterior one deeply bifid ; the hindmost of the median abdominal spines is situate on the base of the telson, and is smaller than those in front of it ; there are, moreover, two lateral longitudinal rows of spines on each side of the abdo- men, one on the lower lateral margin, and one between this and the median dorsal row. The sixth abdominal segment is but little longer than the fifth. The telson is very narrow and long, nearly equalling, indeed, the length of the remaining portion of the abdomen ; it narrows a little toward the hinder end, which is truncate ; the margins are setose and slightly scalloped toward the posterior end. The eye-stalks assume the form of two slender styles, the free ends of CERATOMYSIS SPINOSA. ' 229 which appear to be of a soft consistency, suggesting a tactile office ; no visual elements are discernible. The first antennae consist of a short three-jointed stalk, which bears two flattened and ciliate flagella, the inner one a little longer than the outer ; the whole antennule is as long as the carapace. The antennal scale is linear, ciliated on both margins; the flagellum sur- passes the antennular flagella. The mandibular palpi overreach the an- tennular peduncles by the length of their terminal segment, which is long, oval, and somewhat expanded ; the margins of the segments of the mandib- ular palpi are prettily fringed with delicate setae. The second, third, and fourth pairs of legs are very slender, the hinder three pairs being more robust and very long; the antepenultmiate pair are the longest of all, reaching forward nearly to the end of the antennal scale ; the dactyli of the last three pairs are long and rather straight. The marsupial pouch of the female is composed of seven pairs of lamellae. The abdominal limbs (in the female) are simple, except the left one of the fifth pair, which bears a slender lateral branch ; the first pair is the smallest; the fourth and fifth pair are considerably elongated, the fifth to the greatest degree, reaching backward beyond the distal end of the basal segment of the uropods. The two branches of the uropods are linear, of nearly the same length, shorter than the telson ; the outer branch is not divided by a transverse joint; it is ciliate on both sides, the outer margin being furnished, besides, with a few stouter setas. Length, 36 mm. ; carapace, 9 mm. Color in hfe, milk-white. Of this curious Schizopod a single specimen, a female, was taken at Station 3357 in 782 fathoms ; bottom, green sand ; temperature, 38° F. 230 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Suborder STOMATOPODA. Family SQUILLID^. SQUILLA Fabb. (lestr.). Species Insectorum, I. 51i, 1781. Squilla biformis Bigelow. Johns Hopkins University Circulars, Vol. X., No. 88, p. 94, 1891 ; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVII. 532, Plate XXI., 1895. Station 3389. 210 fathoms. 11 males, 8 fern. " 3391. 153 " 8 " 5 " " 3396. 259 " 16 " 18 " " 3397. 85 " 1 male. The above stations are in the Gulf of Panama. This species was first discovered in the Gulf of California, off the harbor of La Paz, by the " Albatross " Expedition of 1889. It is the only species of Squilla secured during the cruise of 1891. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ON THE DISTRIBUTION. The route of the " Albatross," as will be seen by reference to the accompanying chart, traverses about twenty-nine degrees of latitude, from 1° S. (Galapagos Islands) to 28° N. (Guaymas, in the Gulf of California). In a longitudinal direction the region explored extends from 78° 34' 20" W. (Gulf of Panama) to 110° 53' 4" W. (Guaymas). An account of the topo- graphy of the region is given by Mr. Agassiz in his general sketch of the expedition.* The bathymetrical range explored is very great, extending as it does from the surface and the shore line to 2232 fathoms. In order to apprehend the faunal relations of the Crustacea of this region it will be convenient to consider separately the littoral and the deep-sea species. The littoral as distinguished from the deep-sea fauna may be taken to include the animals living between the shore and a depth of 100 to 150 fathoms. But it must be borne in mind that there is no definite line divid- ing the littoral from the deeper fauna. In a general sense the depth speci- fied may be taken as that above which we find, but in a slight degree at most, those structural modifications which respond to the peculiar conditions obtaining at greater depths. That the temperature of the sea is the chief factor governing the distri- bution of marine Crustacea has been recognized by all writers on the subject. In 1838 Milne Edwards t wrote : " I'etude de la distribution geographique des Crustaces fait apercevoir aussi une coincidence remarquahle entre la tempera- ture des diver ses regions carcinologiques et T existence ou la predominance de cer- tables formes organiques. Ainsi, quoique les Crustaces des Antilles et des mers de I'lnde soient tons ou presque tons d'especes differentes, ils ont entre eux une analogie si grande, que les deux faunes offrent le meme aspect ge- neral et se distinguent facilement de celles appartenant aux regions froides de I'un et de I'autre continent. . . . Les regions temperees ont aussi entre * Bull. Mils. Comp. Zool, Vol. XXTTI , No. 1, witli maps, 1892. t Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 2' Ser., X. 15fi, 157. 232 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. elles des points de ressemblance multiplies." In 1852 Dana* published a chart to illustrate the distribution of marine animals. On this chart the waters of the globe are divided into five great circumterrestrial zones, whose potent influence controls the distribution of marine life. The limits of these zones are determined by isocrymal lines, or lines of equal mean temperature of the surface water during the coldest month of the year. The Torrid or Equatorial Zone is bounded north and south by the isocryme of 68° F., — the limit of reef-building corals. The North and South Temperate Zones are included between the isocrymal lines of 68° and 35°, the North and South Frigid or Polar Zones between the isocrymes of 35° and 26°. The relations existing between littoral Crustacea from similar latitudes around the whole circuit of the globe make it clear that the primary faunal divisions should be drawn with reference to the isocrymal lines. Yet Danaf proceeds to base his fundamental faunal areas or " kingdoms " chiefly on north and south lines running across the isocrymes, in accordance with the general trend of the great continental shores. His Arctic and Antarctic kingdoms alone are determined by latitude. Miers,:|: Henderson,§ and other recent carcinologists have followed Dana's method. But other zoologists who have treated of the distribution of the littoral marine fauna have based their primary divisions on the isothermal lines. Thus, according to the Danish conchologist Morch,|| the marine fauna falls * United States Exploring Expedition, Vol. XIII., Pt. II., p. 1451. ■\ Op. cit., pp. 1530, 1554, etc. X Brachyura of the Challenger Expedition, p. xvii, 1886. Dana's and Miers's primary faunal regions may be readily compared as follows : — Dana. Miers. Kingdoms. Regions. Africo-European . . . \ ^""""P^' ) I W. Africa. V Atlantic. Opcidental .... ! E. America. ) ( W. America Occidental. r E. Africa, "S Oriental . 3 Indian Ocean. ^ i Pacific coasts and islands, ex- f Oriental or Indo-Pacific. (^ cept W. America. ' I Arctic shores, including Nor- ) ^'^'^^^'^ < way, Iceland, Greenland, > Arctic or Boreal Circumpolar. (. Alaska, etc. ) i Antarctic shores, including So. ) Antarctic J Patagonia, So. New Zealand, >• Antarctic or Austral Circumpolar. ( etc. ) § Anoniura of the Challenger Espedition, p. 197, 1888. II Malakozoolog. Blatter, VI. 104, 1860. LITTORAL MARINE PAUN^. 233 into two great primary divisions, the Polar and the Tropical ; the Polar being subdivided into North- and South-Polar and North- and South-Subpolar, the Tropical into Indo- and Atlantico-Tropical and North- and South-Subtropical. A similar mode of division is adopted by Giinther * and Gill t in treating of the distribution of shore fishes. Gill in particular protests against making the lay of the continents the pi-ime factor in the distribution of littoral marine animals, i-e-affirming what had long before been pointed ont by Milne Edwards and others : " The tropical faunas are much more closely related to one another than they are to the faunas along the same reach of shore toward the arctic or antarctic regions. This relationship is evinced more or less in every class and branch of animals. . . .. Consequently, the marine faunas cannot be at all correlated with the primary [terrestrial or inland] realms or regions of the globe." He then proceeds logically to divide the littoral marine fauna into five primary circumterrestrial realms whose boundaries are determined by tbe isocrymal lines. These realms are the Arctic, Pararctic or North Temperate, Tropical, Notalian or South Tem- perate, and Antarctic. It is true, as Gill well says, that the relations between the littoral marine faunae in a longitudinal direction are traversed and complicated by relations existing in a latitudinal direction. This must necessarily result from the easy routes of migration afforded by the great coast lines and from the dispersal of the larvoe of tropical species northward and southward by the deflected equatorial currents. But, on the whole, the change of temperature encoun- tered in passing from low to high latitudes has proved a barrier to the spread of tropical littoral types northward — a more effectual barrier, it would seem^ than the immense distances between the tropical shores of the different continents have proved to be against the intertropical dispersal of such types around the globe. Every summer myriads of delicate larvEe, belong- ing to tropical and subtropical genera, such as Ocijpodc and Calapiia, are borne on the warm bosom of the Gulf Stream to the southern shores of New England, only to perish on the approach of the northern winter. Yet these same genera are represented by flourishing colonies established on tropical shores around the whole girdle of the globe. Geological evidence goes to show that the tropical Atlantic and Pacific were formerly connected over the region now occupied by the Isthmus of Panama, Central America, and parts * Introduction to the Study of Fishes, p. 259, 1880. t The Natiou, XXV. 43, 1877 ; Proc. Biolog. Soc. Washington, II. 32-36, 1885. 30 234 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. of Mexico, and that this connection was not completely severed till late in the Tertiary period. It is obvious that the former iminterrupted sweep of the equatorial current from the Atlantic into the Pacific must have served as an important agent in disseminating tropical types around the earth. Littoral species of the cold and temperate zones have this advantage over tropical types in the matter of distribution on north and south lines: the temperature of the sea rapidly falls in passing from the surface downward, so that even under the equator a temperate degree of heat is found at a mod- erate depth. Availing themselves of this, many littoral species of the North and South Temperate realms, by moving into the deeper and colder waters have extended their range toward the equator. For example, Cancer horealis, whose normal range as a strictly shore species is limited on the south by the New England coast, was found during one of the cruises of the " Blake " in 142 fathoms off the coast of South Carolina, living in a temperature of 56J F. under a surface temperature of 81°. Eluding in this way the fatal heat of the tropics, certain species of the temperate zone have actually pa.ssed under the equator and invaded the opposite hemisphere. Cancer Joncjijoes, a shore crab of Chile, was dredged by the " Albatross " in the Gulf of Panama at a depth of 210-286 ftxthoms, above the seventh parallel of north latitude. The bottom temperature here was 46° to 49° F., while the surface temperature was 72°-74°. The extreme surface temperatures at Valparaiso are given as 52° and 62°.* Platymera gaudichaudii is another crab long known to nat- uralists as a native of the shores near Valparaiso. This species also was found by the "Albatross" in the Gulf of Panama, living at a depth of 127 fathoms in a temperature of 56° (surface temperature, 74°). The same species was secured during another cruise of the " Albatross " much further north, off the California coast from the latitude of San Diego to San Francisco. It is of interest to note that near the northern limit it was found even at as slight a depth as 26 fathoms, where it enjoyed the congenial temperature of 58°. In this way, doubtless, it has come about that many littoral genera (e. g. Cancer and Lithodes) of the Arctic and North Temperate regions are represented on the shores of corresponding latitudes in the southern hemi- sphere, albeit they are unknown from the vast stretch of intervening coast. This extension of the range of Arctic and Temperate littoral animals toward the equator in the cold off-shore waters finds a close parallel in the distribution of land animals. I refer to the well known influence which alti- * The mcaus of the coldest aud warmest thirty consecutive days of tlic year. LITTORAL FAUNA OF THE PANAMA PROVINCE. 235 tude, with its accompanying low temperature, exerts in extending the south- ern Umit of a northern fauna. The western coast of Central America and Mexico from Panama to Guaymas — the region explored by the "Albatross" in 1891 — forms a small part — the so-called Panama Province — of the great Tropical carcino- logical Realm. The innnediate origin and special relations of this fauna remain to be considered. As soon as the shore Crustacea of the Panama Province came to be known with any degree of fulness, chiefly through the publications of William Stimpson, it appeared that they belonged, with few exceptions, to genera living on the Atlantic side of the continent, in tlie Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. It also appeared that although but few identical species inhabited the two coasts,* yet a very large number of the Panamian species were represented by corresponding, close!}' related species in the Caribbean Sea. In many cases these " representative " species on the two sides of the continent are barely distinguishable, and, were it not for the continental barrier separating the seas inhabited by them, they would be deemed but varieties or geographical races of one species. I have brought together in the following list some of the similar littoral species of the Panamian and Caribbean Provinces. Cosmopolitan species are of course emitted.! Pacific Coast. Atlantic Coast. Leptopodia debilis. Leptopodia sagittaria. Podochela vestita. Podochela riisei. Anasimus rostratus. Anasimus fugax. Collodes graBosus. ) ^-,, , ^ . . , . ^ . > Collodes tnspinosus. " tenuirostns. y Batrachonotus nicliolsi. Batrachonotus fragosus. Euprogiiatha granulata. Euprognatha rastellifera. Sphenocarcinus agassizi. Sphenocarcinus corrosus. Epialtus sulcirostris. Epialtus affinis. Tyche lamellifrons. Tyche emarginata. * The following Decapods, in addition to certain species of world-wide range, have been recorded from the Panamian and West Indian sides : Microphn/s weddMii, Acanthoiiyx peliverii, Carcinus itKPJias, Cronius ruber, Achelous spinimanus, Gelasi- mus maracoaiii, G. heterocheks, 0. vocator, 0. sienodactijliis. Geor/rapsus lividus, Ocypode arenaria, Aralus pisoiii, Goiiiopsis cruentata, Uippa emerita, Petrolisthes armatus, A/p/ieus minor, A. heterocheks. The species of Gelasimus and Alpheus are given on Kingsley's authority. Both of these genera need careful revision. t A few species are included which are not very closely related, but which are the only species of the genus known, e. g., the two species of Sphenocarcinus. Such cases poiut in the same direction as the rest, i. e. to tlie West Indian origin of the Panamian littoral fauna. 236 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Pacific Coast. Herbstia camptacantha. Pelia pacifica. Libinia macdonaldi. Pericera fossata. " triangulata. Othouia sexdentata. > " quinquedentata. > Thoe sulcata. ) " erosa. 5 Mitlirax aniiatus. " sinensis. ) " tuberculatus. J Lanibrus hassleri. Solenolambrus arcuatus. Mesorrhcea gilli. Heterocrypta macrobracbia. Actaea sulcata. " dovii. Glyptoxanthus labyrintbicus. Lophactaea rotundata. Xantho stimpsoni. Panopeus validus, " latus. Menippe obtusa. ) " frontalis. ) Leptodius occidentalis. Ozius perlatus. Heteractaea lunata. Pilumnus xantusii. " limosus. Eiiphia squamata. Arenfeus mexicanus. Neptunus iridescens. Achelous affiuis. Callinectes toxotes. J " bellicosus. |- " arcuatus. ) Speocarcinus granulimanns. Gelasimus gracilis. Calappa convexa. jEthusa lata. XJhlias ellipticus. Eanilia angiistata. Raninops fornicata. Cymopolia tuberculata. " zonata. Atlantic Coast. Herbstia depressa. Pelia mutica. Libinia spinimaua. Pericera trispinosa. " siiinosissima. Othonia Iherniinieri. Thoe puella. Mithrax spinosissimus. " bispidus. Lambrus pourtalesii. Solenolambrus typicus. Mesorrhcea sexsiiinosa. ( Heterocrypta grauulata. \ ' " sp. non descr. Actsea nodosa. " setigera. Glyptoxanthus erosus. Lophactaea lobata. Xantho denticulatus. Panopeus herbstii. " xanthiforniis. Menippe mercenaria. Leptodius floridanus. Ozius reticulatus. Heteractaea ceratopus. Pilumuus aculeatus. Eriphia gonagra. Arenajus cribrarius. Neptunus spinicarpus. Achelous depressifrons. Callinectes bocourti. " ornatus. " tumidus. " danae. Speocarcinus carolinensis. Gelasimus pugnax. Calappa galloides. JSthusa microphthalma. Uhlias limbatus. Ranilia muricata. Raninops constricta. " stimpsoni. Cymopolia dilatata. " dentata. LITTORAL FAUNA OF THE PANAMA PROVINCE. 237 Pacific Coast. Atlaxtic Coast. TT„„„„ „v„ . ( Hypoconcha sabulosa. Hypoconcha panamensis, \ ""■ I " arcuata. Lepidopa myops. Lepidopa scutellata. Clibanarius panamensis. Clibauaiius vittatus. T>„ • , , , . ( Paguristes deiiressus. Pagunstes aegueti. < ° '■. ( sericeus. Paguristes fecundus. Paguristes lymaui. Pylopagurus longimauus. | " affinis. \ Pylopagurus ungulatus. " hirtimanus. « rosaceus. Spiropagurus occideiitalis. Spiropagurus iris. Petrolistlies occidentalis. Petrolisthes sexspiuosus. Sicyonia affinis. Sicyonia edwardsii. Lysiosquilla desaussurei. Lysiosquilla scabricauda. Squilla panamensis. i " biformis. S Squilla intermedia. But few characteristically Indo-Pacific genera are found in the Panamian Province. An jEthra from the western coast of Mexico has been described by S. I. Smith as a new species by the name of jE. scutata, but A. Milne Edwards regards it as a mere variety of the Indo-Pacific ^E. scruposa. Daira americana Stimps., a species closely related to the Indo-Pacific D. j^crlata (Herbst), inhabits the western coast of Central America and Mexico. Four species of Trapezia and one species of Quadrella have also been found on the same coast.* Of the two known species of Chorilibmia, one comes from North- ern Australia and New Guinea, the other from the Gnlf of California. One species of Carpilodes {C. cinctimanus), a genus rather characteristic of the Indo-Pacific region, is recorded from Cape St. Lucas.f Still, the number of peculiarly Indo-Pacific genex'a is so small as barely to give a perceptible tinge to the Panamian fauna. The great sea-distances separating the tropical Indo- Pacific Province from the Panamian, together with the adverse equatorial current which sets against the richer fauna of the East, have allowed a marked differentiation to come about between these two provinces of the great Tropical Realm. On the other hand, the small numI)or of genera peculiar to the Panama fauna, and the large number, not only of West In- * Trapezia riifopunctata (Herbst), an Indo-Pacific species, recorded from flic island of Socorro ; T. cymodoce (Herbst), also an Indo-Pacific species, from Panama and Acapulco ; T. formosa Smith, from Panama; T. nigrofusca Stimps., from Cape St. Lucas; (Quadrella nitida Smitli, from Panama. Two species of the eastern genus Mi/ra, from tlie Gulf of California, have been recently described by Miss M. J. Ratlibun (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI. 2.55, 256, 1893). But this genus is hardly separal)le from the American genus Persephona. f He.mipes testudinarius, although it belongs to ^ genus of circumterranean distribution, belongs in tlie category of species which liave reached the west shore of tropical America from tlie Indo-Pacific region. 238 STALK-EYED CEUSTACEA." dian "enera but also of species closely allied to those of the West Indies, point to a common origin of these two faunoB in the great Caribbseo-Mexican Gulf which formerly Opened freely into the Pacific over the region now occupied by Central America and Mexico.* This communication between the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific was not barred at the Isthmus of Darien apparently before the Miocene.t The relationship between the littoral faun* of the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of tropical America has often been pointed out by writers on the dif- ferent classes of marine animals. Even before geological evidence was avail- able a former water-way across the Isthmus of Darien was invoked to explain the existence of identical or analogous species on the opposite shores. In 1856 Philip P. Carpenter ]: made a comparison between the littoral Mollusca of the Atlantic and Pacific shores of tropical America, and listed as common to both shores 35 identical species, and 34 species likely to prove identical ; together with 67 Pacific species represented in the West Indies by closely allied or analogous species. He also pointed out the general dissimi- larity of the Panamian and Indo-Pacific MoUuscan faunas. On comparing the marine Mollusca of Panama with those of the West Indies, Morch§ con- cluded that the Panama Province, although geographically a part of the Pacific, yet faunally belonged to the tropical Atlantic, its affinities with the Indo-Pacific region being comparatively remote. Later conchologists, by nicer discrimination, have very much reduced the number of identical species, but have not thereby effaced the relationship between the two faunae. Even Fischer, || who believes that the affinity between the faunoe of the opposite sides of the Isthmus is much more remote than has been maintained by many writers, admits the striking distinctness of the Panama fauna from the Indo-Pacific. Of the 193 kinds of Central American shore Fishes known to Dr. Glinther** in 1869, 59 (or '60\ p. c.) were found on both the east and west coasts. In a later work ft the same author asserts that the genera of Fishes are with * See A. Agassiz, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., X., No. 1, p. 82, 18S3 ; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIV. 112, 1888. t See W. M, Gabb, Proc. Anier. Pliilosopli. Soc, XII. 571, 572, 1872, and Dall and Harris, Bull. U. S. Geolog. Surv., No. 84, p. 151, 1892. X Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1856, pp. 362 et scqq., 1857. § Beitrage zur Molluskenfauna Central-Amerika's, von 0. A. L. Morch. Malakozoolog. Blatter, herausgeg. v. Menke u. Pfeiffer, VI. 107, 1800. 11 Manuel de Concliyliologie, p. 167, 1881. *• Trans. Zoolog. Soc. London, VI. 397, 1869. tt Introduction to tlie Study of Pislies, pp. 279, 280, 1880. LITTORAL FAUNA OF THE PANAMA PROVINCE. 239 scarcely any exception identical on the two sides of Central America, and that one half of the species are common to both coasts. D. S. Jordan* con- siders the assumption of complete identity to be erroneous in 30 out of Glinther's 59 cases, so reducing the percentage to 15. Of 407 species of Fishes known in 1885 to inhabit the Pacific coast between Cape St. Lucas and Panama, only 71 species or 17|- p. c. are considered by Jordan to be common to both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts. He therefore concludes that " the two faunae show no greater resemblances than the similarity of physical con- ditions on the two sides would lead us to expect " without resorting to the hypothesis of a recent communication between the two oceans. Many of the species found on both coasts according to Jordan often ascend rivers and may have been diffused by crossing from marsh to marsh during the rainy season. In determining the genetic relationship between two faunas one must take into account not merely the species that are absolutely indistinguish- able to the discriminating eye of a modern systematist but also the number of common genera and the number of closely allied or representative species. The observations of Jordan and other recent ichthyologists have very much increased the percentage of representative species from the two coasts of Central America, at the expense of the identical ones. For it may be assumed that the Caribbean and Panamian Fishes considered conspecific by Dr. Glinther are at any rate closely allied. This degree of divergence between the fauna3 of the two coasts is only what one might expect to find, if the passage through the Isthmus of Panuuia has been closed, as seems probable, since the early Miocene. The belief that the resemblance between the Panamian and Caribbean faunas is due to the intercommunication of the tro[)ical Atlantic and Pacific within comparatively late geological times does not rest upon a hypothetical basis, if we can rely upon the observations of the late W. M. Gabb,t who spent three years in the exploration of San Domingo. This geologist found in the San Domingo Miocene 217 extinct, and 97 still living species of Mollusca, the still surviving forms existing on both sides of Central America, whicli barrier is capped by Miocene rocks. Fifteen of tlie 97 surviving species are now restricted to the Panama Province, having disappeared from the Carib- bean waters since the Miocene period. * Proc. U. S. Nat. M\is., VIII. mi, 1885. Cf. also Evermann and Jenkins, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV. 123 p/s«yy., 1891. t See Proc. Anicr, PliiIoso|i1i. Sue, Xll. 571, 1872. 240 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. According to A. Agassiz * the littoral Echinoid fauna of the Panama district is a mixed one, including generic elements from the adjoining dis- tricts. But the strictly Panamian species are with feio excejjtions representatives of the West Indian types. In a later work f the same author says that the principal differences in the Echinoid fauna on the two sides of the Isthmus are due to the immigration of true Atlantic types into the West Indian faunal region during the Tertiary and Post-Tertiary periods, after the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea ceased to be in freer conununication with the Pacific than with the Atlantic. The total dissimilarity of the Coral fauna on the opposite sides of the Isthmus cannot be ignored. | It may be explained in part by the extreme sensitiveness of the reef-building species, such as flourish in the Caribbean Sea, to pliysical conditions. Mr. Agassiz § tells us that there could be no more striking contrast in topography than that between the Caribbean and tlie sea on the western side of Central America, with its abrupt continental slope and silt-covered floor. To the enormous amount of silt that covers the ocean bottom, Agassiz attributes the absence of reef-building corals on the west coast, while Dana and others have ascribed it to the cold currents from the north and south that wash these shores, lowering the surface temperature at the Galapagos in the month of November, it is said, to G2° F. The aflin- ity between the Miocene West Indian Corals and the recent species of the Pacific, which has been pointed out by Duncan || shows that the present dis- similarity is a result of the exclusion of the Pacific from the Caribbean Sea. Below tlie littoral zone there lies a belt, extending say from 150 to 500 fathoms, which forms a sort of debatable ground, invaded on the one hand by littoral types from above, and on the other by characteristic deep-sea forms from below. Mingled with these are certain genera whose evolution finds its fullest expression in this intermediate zone. In illustra- tion : Cancer longijjes and Pleuroncodes monodon ai'e shallow-water species of the coast of Chile which by descending into the cold waters of the interme- diate belt have been enabled to extend their range into the heart of the tropics. Paralomis is a genus of probable Patngonian origin which in a simi= lar way has worked northward in the cold waters of this intermediate bathy- * Mem. Mils. Conip. Zool., III. 221, 1S72. f Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., X., No. 1, p. 79, 1883. X See Vevrill, in Proo. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., X. 323, 1866. § BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIII. 9, 1892. II Qnai-terly Journ. Geolog. Soc. Loudon, XIX. 406-458, 1863; XX. 20-44, 1864. INTERMEDIATE OR CONTINENTAL ZONE. 241 metrical belt. Lifhodes, a shallow-water form in the cold seas of both the Northern and Southern Hemisphere, is found in the tropics only at consider- able depths. Munida, too, is a type of world-wide distribution in compara- tively shallow waters of the North and South Temperate regions. But it reaches its maximum development in moderately deep water (100-300 fathoms) within the tropics, and one species [Munida stimpsoni) has been found in the West Indian region at so great a depth as 1105 fathoms.* Xanthodes, Ehalla, Solenocera, and Sicyonia, are littoral or sublittoral genera of cosmopolitan range in the warmer seas of the globe. Cymoijolia is also a genus of extended geographical range, with a vertical distribution from the shore to 298 fathoms. Catapagurus has been hitherto known from the east coast of North America, 50-300 fathoms, and from the Arafura Sea and the Feejee Islands, 28 fathoms; the "Albatross" species has most affinity with that from the Arafura Sea. ^tlmsa and Pasiphaeia are co^^mopolitan genera with a bathymetrical range extending from the littoral belt and the surface to 1000 fathoms. Ancmiathia, Uroptyclnis, Iconaxius, and Aristceus have their fullest development in the intermediate zone between 150 and 500 fathoms. They are all genera of world-wide range, unless it be Iconaxius, which has hitherto been found only on the east and west sides of the Pacific. The following genera represented in the material collected by the "Albatross" at a depth less than 500 fathoms may be considei'ed as deep-water types which overlap the limit of the intermediate belt : Ifimidojjsis, Polycheks, Gly- phocrangon, Heterocarpus, Nematocarcinus, Acanthephyra, Benthesicymus, and GnathophausicL The following list indicates the genera found below the 500 fathom line ; those wliose range extended beyond 1000 fathoms are printed in italics : — Tracliycavcinus. Eri/onicus. Peneus (1 species). ^thiisliia. Sclerocrangon. Peneopsis. Leptolithodes. Pontophilus. Haliponis. Llthodes Paracrangon. Hemipeneus. Parapagurus. Ghjphocranrjon. Benthesicymus. Galacantha. Heterocarpus. Gennadas. Mutudojjsis. Pandalopsis. Sergestes ? Axius (Iconaxius) Nematorarcimis. Gnafhophausia. Calastacus. Acanthej^hi/ra. Encopia. Nephropsis. Hyvienodora. Petalophthalmus. WiUe-moesia. Notostomus. Scolophthnlmus. Pohjcheles. Pasiphaeia ? Ceratomysis. * As a result, cliiefly, of the dredging expeditions of the last twenty years, the number of known species of Mitiiirla has been raised from six to about forty-five. 31 242 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. An analysis of this list discloses the enormous — often cosmopolitan — distribution of deep-sea types and their lack of special affinity with the nearest littoral fauna. Only four new genera were found among the Stalk- eyed Crustacea taken at a greater depth than 500 fiithoms, viz. Trachycar- cimts, Calastacus, Scolojjhthalmus, and Ceratomysis. Of these, Tr achy car dims (a Corystoid crab from 546-695 fathoms) is represented in deep water in the Caribbean Sea by an undescribed species which. is probably congeneric, and by Trichopeltarion (151 fathoms). Both of these genera are closely related to, and perhaps derived from, Ilypoj^eltarium, a shallow water form found on the shore of South America from La Plata around Patagonia to Chile. Calas- tacus is allied to Calocaris of the North Atlantic, 150-400 fathoms. Scolojih- thalmits, a deep-sea Schizopod, is probably a near relative of Hansenomysis from off the west coast of Greenland, and it is worthy of note that both Scolopldhalmiis and Ceratomysis confess by their structure their kinship with Boreomysis, a genus which reaches its highest development near the arctic and antarctic regions. Iconaxius has been previously known from remote parts of the Pacific, — near the Celebes and Kermadec Islands. The only other known species of Paracrangon inhabits Puget Sound and the seas near Japan. Sclerocrangon is without doubt a genus of boreal origin. It is represented in high northern latitudes by circumpolar littoral species, and on both sides of the Atlantic by deep-water species that range as far south as 31° 57' N. {S. agassizii). One of the " Albatross " west coast species, S. procax, extends the range of this genus southward in deep water to within 4° 3' of the equator (Station 3380, 899 fathoms, bottom temperature 37° F.). The genus Pandalopsis is repre- sented in the " Albatross" collection by the same species that was discovered by the " Challenger " off Monte Video. Petalopldliahnm was known, prior to the " Albatross " Expedition, only through the unique specimen obtained bj' the "Challenger" Expedition from a great depth in the tropical Atlantic. Like Scolop)hihahniiS and Ceratomysis, it is related to Boreomysis. All the other genera included in the above list may be said to have a world-wide distribution. That the truly deep-sea Crustacean fauna of the Panama region has no special affinity with the littoral fiiuna of the same region may perhaps be more clearly shown by placing in two columns the distribution of the Panamian species found below 500 fathoms, or the habitat of representative species, when such are known. DEEP-SEA FAUNA OF THE PANAMA REGION. 243 Panamian. Trachycarcinus corallinus (546-695 fms.). ^thusina gracilipes (885-1823 fms.). " challengeri (2232 fms.). " smithiana (13-1-899 fms.). Leptolithodes asper (695 fms.) " longipes (770 fms.) } Lithodes diomedeee ? juv. (660-1010 fms.). Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum (770- 1823 fms.). Galacantha rostrata (1175-1360 fms.). " diomedese (770-1877 fms.). Munidopsis bairdii (1772 fms.). « ciliata (695-1270 fms.). « vicina (1672-1793 fms.) .} « subsquamosa (1471-1672 fms.). " subsquamosa aculeata (1793 fms.). Munidopsis villosa (511 fms.). " aspera (134-782 fms.). " carinipes (695 fms.). « latirostris (153, 1772 fms.). " hendersoniana (1020 fms.). Axius (Iconaxius) acutifrons (465-555 fms.). Nepbropsis occidentalis (660-676 fms.). Willemoesia inornata (1322-1823 fms.). Trachycarcinus sp. non descr. Antillean Sea. Philippines, Arafura Sea, Banda Sea (700- 1425 fms.). Japan Seas (1875 fms.). JSthusina abyssicola. E. coast North Am- erica (1497^2221 fms.). L. multispinus. British Columbia, Japan (?-876 fms.). L. diomedeae. Off coast of Chile. L. grimaldii. No. Atlantic (410-1458 fms.). L. agassizii. Off coast of Carolina (465- 850 fms.). Bay of Biscay, Bermudas, Sierra Leone, Tristan d'Acunha, Patagonia, Valparaiso, Banda Sea, Philippines, Papua, Japan, Bay of Bengal, Arabian Sea (740-1997 fms.). E. coast Europe, West Indies, Juan Fernan- dez, Banda, Bay of Bengal (G. areolata) (1098-1591 fms.). Galacantha spiuosa. West Indies (333 fms.). E. coast United States (1497-1742 fms.). M. ciliata. Bay of Bengal, Arru Is., be- tween Papua and Admiralty Is. (800- 1310 fms.). M. nitida. Caribbean Sea (769 fms.). Japan Seas, Bay of Bengal (var. pallida) (1803-1875 fms.). Between Marion I. and the Crozets ; W. Patagonia (1375-1450 fms.). M. crassa. E. coast United States (1742- 2620 fms.). M. abbreviata. Caribbean Sea (502-734 fms.). Near Patagonia (245 fms.). M. longimana. West Indies (372-502 fms.). M. brevimana. West Indies (200 fms.). M. cylindrophthalma. Bay of Bengal (188- 220 fms.). Between Papua and Admiralty Is. (1070 fms.). M. edwardsii. Bay of Bengal (1310 fms.). Off Banda (360 fms.). r Closely allied species in E. and W. Atlantic, J off Arru Is., Bay of Bengal, Arabian Sea [ (188-922 fms.). ' W. leptodactyla. N. and S. mid Atlantic ; Mediterranean Sea ; off S.W. South Am- erica (1300-2000 fms.). W. forceps. West Indies (1920 fms.). 244 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Panamian. Polycheles nanus (899-1270 fms.). " sculptus pacificus (511-1270 fms.). Eryonicus csecus (400-1832 fms.). ) " spinulosus (384 fms.). J Sclerocrangon atrox (660-676 fms.). « procax (660-905 fms.). Pontophilus occidentalis (978-2232 fms.). Glyphocrangon nobilis (770-1360 fms.). Heterocarpus hostilis (G95-1020 fms.). ) " affinis (GCO-680 fms.). [ Pandalopsis ampla (660-676 fms.). Nematocarcinus ensifei- (660-1879 fms.). Acanthephyra agassizii (1573-1832 fms.). « approxima (384-1168 fms.). « curtirostris (458-1772 fms.). " brevirostris (1740 fms.). Hymenodora glacialis (905-1832 fms.). Notostomus westergreni (1740 fms.). Pasiphaeia americana (259-551 fms.). " princeps (1132 fms.). " acutifrons (384-551 fms.). Haliporus nereus (695-1793 fms.). Hemipeneus spinidorsalis (1201-1823 fms.). " triton (1672-1823 fms.). Benthesicymus altus (1360-2232 fms.). Gennadas sp. (570-1740 fms.). Sergestes inous (899 fms.). " bisulcatus (242-1793 fms.). Gnathophausia zoea (384—551 fms.). Atlantic coast United States (705-1917 fms.). P. sculptus. W. Atlantic (464-1400 fms.). I E. ceecus. Off Canary Is. (1620 fms.). 1 E. sp. Bay of Bengal (690-920 fms.). ' S. ferox. Arctic Ocean and high North Atlantic from Nova Zambia to Baffin's Bay (shore to 459 fms.). , S. salebrosa. Kamtchatka (shallow water.). S. agassizii. E. and W. Atlantic (263-959 fms.). P. abyssi. E. coast North America ; Bay of Bengal (1917-2021 fms.). j Near Dominica, W. I. (1131 fms.). ( G. acuminata. Feejee Is. (1350 fms.). H. alphonsi. Philipijines ; Japan ; Bay of Bengal; Arabian Sea (345-740 fms.). Off Monte Video (600 fms.). East coast North America (588-2033 fms.). A. agassizii. E. coast North America (105- 2949 fms.). A. purpurea. E. Atlantic (1000 fms.). A. sanguinea. Bay of Bengal ; Arabian Sea (490-1748 fms.). Patagonia (400 fms.). Bay of Bengal ; Arabian Sea (840-1043 fms.). E. coast United States (1395-2949 fms.). North Atlantic, S. to 37° 12' 20" (E. coast U. S.) (452-2949 fms.). N. patentissimus. S. of Philippines (2150 fms.). P. cristata. Feejee Is. (315 fms.). E. coast United States (444-1342 fms.). Patagonia ; Japan (245-775 fms.), H. Isevis. S. W. of Sierra Leone; off Ma? nila (10,50-2500 fms.). So. Atlantic, near Tristan d'Acunha ; Philip- pines (1900-2050 fms.). H. carpenteri. Bay of Bengal ; Arabian Sea (1091-1644 fms.). Tristan d'Acunha ; off Feejee Is. ; off Ker- madec Is. ; Japan ; Philippines ; between Papua and Australia (345-1900 fms.). G. parvus. Cosmopolitan (346-3050 fms.). S. mollis. E. coast United States ; Arabian Sea (373-2949 fms.). Arabian Sea; Bay of Bengal (738-840 fms.). Bay of Biscay ; North and Tropical Atlantic ; Pacific, north of Kermadec Is. (600-1850 fms.). THE DEEP-SEA FAUNA. 245 Panamian. f Gr. willemoesii. S. of Amboiua in Bauda Gnathopliausia willemoesii (493-1270 fms.). -j Sea (1425 fuis.). [ G. sarsii. Bay of Bengal (102 fms.)- " brevispiuis (551-1471 fins.). Bay of Bengal (690-1748 fms.). Eucopia australis (551-1770 fms.). North and Tropical Atlantic ; Southern Ocean ; Antarctic Ocean ; Japan ; Bay of Bengal ; Gulf of Manaar (350-2500 fms.). Petalophthalmus pacificus (700 fms.). P. armiger. Tropical mid Atlantic (2500 fms.). A study of the deep-sea Crustacea thus leads to the conclusion that this fauna is one of cosmopolitan range, indivisible into subordinate local pro- vinces like those of the littoral and terrestrial faunse. This is what one would expect from the uniformity "of conditions prevailing at great depths and from the enormous length of time that has elapsed since modern types of marine Invertebrata came into existence. We have seen not only that many of the denizens of the cold waters of the intermediate zone, even with- in the tropics, are emigrants from the shallow water of cold and cold-temper- ate latitudes, but also that very many of the peculiarly deep-sea types betray their kinship with boreal genera. This, in the absence of much light from paleontology in this particular group of animals, may aiford us the clew to the origin of a large part of the ab3'ssal Crustacean fauna. Earely, as in the case of the recent Eryontidce, do we find a deep-sea type that vividly recalls an ancient form. In this case, so good an authority as Boas thinks that the modern deep-water Polycheles is identical with the Jurassic Eryon. It is of interest to note that in the same beds at Solenhofen — beds of undoubted shallow-water origin — we find with Eryon another singularly antiquated type in Limulus. But the surviving descendants of Limulus ai'e pre-eminently littoral. It is manifestly illogical to assume, as some have done, that because a certain form is now restricted to deeji water the rocks in which it occurs as a fossil were deposited at a similar depth. The surviving representatives of an ancient shallow-water type may be littoral, as in the case of Limulus, or they may be found onlj^ in deep water, like the recent Eryontidoi. Some unquestionably bottom-living species at the present day have a vertical distribution of 2000 fathoms. For instance, Parapagiirus ahyssormn ranges from 2-50 to 2221 fathoms,* and Dall t states that certain species of Mollusca * Not taking into account tlie "Cliallenger" record of this species in 45 fatlioms off Patagonia (Henderson, Rep. Clmllenger Auoiiiura, p. 89, 1888), t Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., XII. 186, 1886, 246 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. on the coast of Florida extend from a few fathoms off shore to 2000 fathoms. Considerations like these will put one on his guard against such an assump- tion as that above alluded to. Pourtales was surprised at the bulk and massive type of the West Indian Tertiary simple corals as compared with their modern representatives which he dredged in the Caribbean Sea. But this difference is explicable if we suppose that the ancient forms were littoral. Under the enormous pressure which exists in deep water, great size is pos- sible only when accompanied by a soft and freely permeable texture. The calcareous shells and corals from deep water are generally small, or if large, extremely thin and fragile. The deep-sea Crustacea, as a rule, lack the rigid calcareous coat which protects their littoral i-elatives. Species living under a pressure of a ton or more to the square inch are often so limp and delicate that it is difficult to secure a perfect specimen. By casting away their armor, their battle with the abyss was won. The small number of ancient types of Crustacea preserved in the great depths of the ocean is not a subject for wonder if we bear in mind the fact that most of the fossil Crustacea known to us are probably littoral, or from the present point of view, shallow-water forms. Tlie changes in environ- ment to be met and overcome by a highly specialized littoral species in adapting itself to life at great depths are presumably as- great, and lead to as much structural modification as those encountered by the littoral descend- ants of ancient species through the vicissitudes of the shores. As a concrete example, I will instance the family Galateidse. This family has a very extensive vertical distribution, being represented at all depths from the littoral zone to below 2000 fathoms. But this great distance is apportioned in a rough way among the different genera of the family. In the shallower waters from the shore to 25 fathoms the genus Galatea prevails, in the deeper, but not abyssal belt Munida comes to the front, while in the greater depths below 500 fathoms the family is represented chiefly by the blind genera GalacantJia and Munidopsis. Now MM. Milne Edwards and Bouvier* have shown, in their interesting memoir on this group, that as we pass from the shallow-water Galatea, through Munida, to the deep-sea genera Galacan- tJia and Munidopsis, we depart further and further from the more primitive, generalized, or Macruran type. In some instances the more primitive types of Crustacea flourish in the * Considerations Generales sur la Faniille des Galatheides. Par MM. A. Milne Edwards et E. L. Bouvier. Aun. Sci. Nat, Zo.il, 7*'"" Ser, XVI. 315-317, lS9i. DEEP-SEA FAUNA. 247 sublittoral or intermediate depths, while the most highly specialized forms are more characteristic of the very shallow waters. Such is the case with the Pairaridie.* Doubtless in certain groups of lowly organized animals many species cast in the antique mould survive in the abyssal depths of the ocean. But in highly specialized groups, like the Stalk-eyed Crustacea, — beings endowed witli visual and respiratory organs of a very perfect grade, — the peculiar conditions that surround the dwellers of the deep work great structural changes. Correlated with the retrogression of the visual organs, marked changes take place affecting the antennae and anterior parts of the body generally. The purity of the water in these still regions often leads to a more or less complete disappearance of the epipods or " gill-scrapers." So it comes about that the Crustacea living at a great depth are apt to be rather specialized types, — further removed from the primitive ancestral stock than are the allied species of the shore. Taking the animal kingdom as a whole, it is probable that the archaic forms now extant in the shallow waters of the land or coast, or in the moderate depths below the strictly littoral zone, far outnumber those surviving in the extreme depths of the sea. Heterodonta, the Ganoid fishes, Limulus, Pollicipes, Trigonia, and Lbi- gitla are all peculiar to shoal water. So are the Unionida3 of the rivers and ponds. Nautilus and Pleurotomaria come from very moderate depths. The Brachiopods, distributed from the shore-line to 2945 fathoms, attain their maximum development in from 50 to 250 fathoms. The wonderful Crinoid fields, — those. lily beds of the Caribbean Sea, — lie at a depth of but 50 to 200 fathoms beneath the surface. Only in a very broad and general sense may the deep-sea Crustacea, taken as a whole, be called antique types, inasmuch as they are to a very great degree members of the Anomuran or Macruran series, — low in the scale of classification, and in so far more primitive forms. Only four species (representing two genera) of Brachyura were discovered by the "Albatross" below 500 fathoms,! and these low in the Brachyuran scale. As bearing on the suggestion of the boreal origin of the deep-sea Crustacea, it may be observed that the Brachyura, that great group which scarcely tinges the * Milne Edwards and Bouvier, in Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 7 ""= Ser., XIII. 195, 1S92 ; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XIV., No. 3, p. 9, 1893. t In the vast amount of material obtained by the " Challenger " during the circumnavigation of the globe only four species (belonging to three genera) of Bracliyura came from below 500 fathoms. Two of these are the same as two of the four species secured by the "Albatross" below the 500 fathom line. 248 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. complexion of the deep-sea fauna, attain their maximum development within the tropics. So few pelagic or surface species are included in this Report, that a dis- cussion of the distribution of the pelagic fauna would be out of place here. Tlie experiments in towing at various depths with the self-closing Tanner net proved beyond question that the pelagic fauna may sink during the heat of the day, or under other adverse conditions of the surface, to a depth of 100 to 250 fathoms.* With regard to the vertical distribution of the species that come up in the dredge or trawl, it may be taken for granted that the ambulatory forms, whose structure fits them only for life on the ocean floor, really come from the bottom. But many natatory species are also captured when dredging at great depths. Such are the swimming prawns belonging to the family Hop- lophoridge, certain Pasiphaeiida?, Peneidte, and Sergestidas, and the deep-sea Schizopods. It is evident tliat these may never have come from the bottom, but that they may have entered the open trawl on its way up to the surface. The absence or rarity of some of these forms in collections made at or near the surface, taken in connection with structure and color of the animals them- selves, signifies that they normally dwell at a great depth. The experiments with the Tanner net towed at great depths, within 100 fathoms or so of the bottom, are of great interest in this connection. At Hydr. Station 2619, the net was towed for sixteen minutes at a depth of 1000 fathoms (100-482 fathoms above the bottom). A specimen o? Euco2:)ia and a violet colored Am- phipod came up in the lower part of the net, which had been closed at 1000 fathoms. At Hydr. Station 2627 (1832 fathoms) tlie net was towed at 1740-1770 fathoms for twenty minutes, but nothing was captured in the closed part of the net. In the upper part of the net, which came up open all the way from 1740 fathoms to the surface, were four specimens of Eucojna. A similar trial at Station 3436 failed through the water shoal- ing and the net dragging the bottom. At Station 2637 (Gulf of Cali- fornia, 773 fathoms) the net was towed at 70 fathoms above the bottom, but in this case the net came up open to the surface, bringing with it two deep-sea Schizopods, — JEucojna and the eyeless retalojylitlialmus. Again, at Station 2638, in the Gulf of California, the net was towed at a depth vary- * See A. Agassiz in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIII. 48-56, 1892, aud Ortmann in Bull. Mus. Coaip. Zool., XXV. 108-110, 1894. VERTICAL RANGE OF DEEP-SEA SWIMMING FORMS. 249 ing from 500 to 570 fathoms, where the soundings mdicated a depth of 622 fathoms. A red, deep-sea Peneid, belonging to the genus Gennadas was found in the lower, closed part of the net * There can be no doubt that the deep-sea natatory Crustacea occasionally come to, or very near to, the surface. The first known specimen of Hymeno- dora glacialis, a species whose rudimentary eyes and whose structure point to the depths as its normal dwelling-place, was taken at the surface, off the east coast of Greenland. An immature specimen of Acanthephyra agassizii was caught at the surface, in a dip-net, during the cruise of the " Albatross " off the east coast of the United States in 1884. This specimen was kept alive for half an hour before it was put into alcohol. t A female of the nearly related, if not identical, species, A. 2nirjmrea, was captured during the " National " Expedition, swimming at a depth of less than 200 fathoms. Spence Bate records a specimen of Gennadas secured at the surface on the voyage of the " Challenger." Amalopeneiis, a genus identical with, or at any rate most closely allied to, Gennadas, was found during the " Na- tional " Expedition at a depth of less than 200 fathoms. Yet the same thing was captured in the closing-net between 500 and 570 fathoms (bottom 622 fathoms) during the " Albatross" Expedition of 1891, and between 650 and 750 fathoms during the " National" Expedition. The genws Encojyia was first made known to science through a specimen recovered from the stomach of a penguin killed in the Antarctic Sea. This specimen was presumably captured by the bird in comparatively shallow water. According to Mr. Agassiz's notes made on board the " Albatross," the same Schizopod was captured in the open part of the Tanner tow-net between the surface and 300 fathoms at Station 3414 (2432 fathoms). Another individual, as we have seen above, was taken in the closed portion of the net at a depth of 1000 fiithonis. Spence Bate suggested that some of the free-swimming Crustacea of the deep sea may approach the surface to spawn, — a plausible theory if one bears in mind the sensitiveness of young animals to cold. As the bot- tom Crustacea of the deep sea may be supposed, from their structure and affinities, to have originated directly from littoral ancestors, so the deep-sea swimming forms have probably come from pelagic or surface species. It * At Clialleuger Exped. Station 267 (2700 fathoms), in the mid North Pacific, a specimen of Gennadas was captured iu the open tow-net which had only been lowered to witliin 700 fatlioms of the bottom. t See S. I. Smith, in Ann. Rep. U. S. Fish Coram, for 1885, p. 607, 1886. 32 250 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. may well be that after these types had become acclimated to the depths, their young still found in the ancestral surface life the conditions most favor- able for their development. The toad still goes to the water to spawn, the land-crab goes to the sea. The journey of a swimming prawn from a depth of 1000 fathoms or more to the surface to spawn does not impress one as more remarkable than the periodic passage of anadromous fishes from the Bea to fresh waters in their solicitude for the welfare of their 3'oung. The advantage gained for the race, too, through the wide dispersal of pelagic larvae by the ocean currents is obvious. Most of the Stalk-eyed Crustacea, as is well known, protect their eggs for a longer or shorter period after they are laid, either carrying them under the tail, or, as in the Schizopoda, brooding them in a special pouch beneath the breast. In many of the deep-sea species the eggs attain an enormous size before they hatch. From analogy with certain land and fresh-water species, we infer that in these cases the young quits the egg, or, which is the same thing, leaves the mother in an advanced stage of development, ready to lead a life similar to that of its parents. But it is a remsirkable fact that none of the deep-sea swimming forms belonging to the family Peneidte are ever found carrying their eggs. The natviral inference from this is that the young must be quickly hatched, in a very immature state, best fitted for sur- face life, like the larvse of the littoral species belonging to the same family. This certainly adds weig-ht to Spence Bate's suggestion concerning the occa- sional occurrence of such forms at the surface. It is also worthy of note in this connection, that Acanthephyra agassizii, one of the Hoplophoridae that has been taken at the surface, has eggs of normal size. COLORS OF THE DEEP-SEA CRUSTACEA. By Mr. Agassiz's direction, colored drawings of many of the Crustacea secured during the cruise were made by Mr. A. M. Westergren. Some of these are reproduced on Plates A to K of this memoir. The late Professor J. Wood-Mason and Dr. A. Alcock have also published a very full set of notes on the living colors of the Crustacea dredged in the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal by tlie Indian Marine Survey Steamer " Investigator." So that we now have a knowledge of the color variations exhibited by most of the important types of the deep-sea representatives of this class. It ap- pears from a systematic tabulation of these notes on the colors, that a general tendency is manifested among the Crustacea from deep water to assume red tints, which pass through various shades of pink, orange, and yellow, to straw- color and ivory-white. Of eight species of Brachyura, ranging from 90 to 405 fathoms, four are pink, one yellowish red, one pinkish yellow, one straw-color, and one white, with a pink blush. Out of twenty-two species of Anomura, coming from depths varying from 52 to 1997 fathoms, the majority are some shade of red, pink, or orange, while four species of Munidopsis (all of them blind, and obtained at great depths, 1310 to 2300 fathoms) are white. It is to be observed that five other species of this genus from lesser depths (117-740 fathoms), although they also are blind like all the species of Munidopsis, are more or less deeply tinged with orange. Among the deep-sea bottom species of Macrura, pink is again the prevail- ing color, — pink of various shades, from a deep purplish pink to milky white, with merely a pink suffusion. Twenty-eight out of thirty-seven species are of this hue, while five are red, one orange, one chalky yellow, and two old-ivory white. 252 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Squilla tenuirostris, from 90 to 100 fathoms, which is a great depth for this shallow-water genus, is deep pink. The more strictly littoral Stomato- pods, on the other hand, although more or less fossorial in their habits, often display conspicuous color patterns in various shades of blue, green, and brown. The deep-sea free-swimming Crustacea consist of the Hoplophoridoe, cer- tain genera of Peneidse, a few species of Pasiphaeiidse and Sergestidge, and the deep-sea Schizopods. Of these, the Hoplophoridfe are without exception blood-red, bright crimson, or crimson lake. The Peneids are mostly red, in a few cases fading to orange or milk-white. HaVqwrus ccqualis (405 fathoms) is pink, Haliporus neptunus (1644 fiithoms), Aristceus coruscans (561 fathoms), Hemipeneus carpenteri (1091-1310 fathoms), and Hejjomadus tener (1310 fathoms) are orange colored. Benthesicymus tanneri, a Peneid of a deep red ground color, is remarkable for having a large patch of bright blue on the back of the second, third, and fourth abdominal segments.* The deep- sea Pasiphaeiidoe and Sergestidae are lurid red or else deep crimson or lake. Among the Schizopods the various species of Gnathojyhaicsia are bright red or crimson. So are Eucopia and (according to Willemoes-Suhm) the eyeless Petalophthalmiis. Ceratomysis spinosa, a blind Schizopod from 782 fathoms, is milk-white. The differences in the coloration of littoral Crustacea that are exposed to different degrees of light are sometimes very striking, individuals of the same species often displaying various tints, according as they live in the open and near the surface, exposed to the full influence of the sun, or in deeper water, ensconced under stones or within crevices, and thus removed from the glare of day. The pallor of most fossorial species is very marked, recalling the ghastly appearance of cave inhabitants. In connection with the prevalence of red colors among the Crustacea from great depths, certain experiments upon shore species are very sugges- tive. S. Jourdain t has shown that Nika edulis, which is brown in a bright light, turns to red when kept in the dark. Hippolyte variaus will cliange from a lively emerald green to brown, if placed in partial d.arkness, while in total darkness it assumes a red hue.J Such experiments as these go far toward explaining the prevalence of red color among the Crustacea of the deep sea. It is due to a modification of the pigments, induced by the daik- * See page 254. •f Comptes Rendus, LXXXVII. 302, 1S78. i See A. E. Malard, iu Bull. Soc. Philomatli. de Paris, S*"" Ser., IV. 28, 1892. COLORS OF THE DEEP-SEA CRUSTACEA. 253 ness in which these creatures dwell, eitlier through chemical action or more probably through a physiological process originating in the eye and affecting the pigment cells by a reflex action. In either case the prime cause is a purely physical one, — the more or less complete absence of light in the depths of the sea. This color, then, is to be regarded as entirely useless to its possessor. The retention of pigment and functional eyes through a long succession of generations among the deep-sea Crustacea implies the existence of a cer- tain amount of light at depths far beyond the point where it can be demon- strated by experiments with photographic plates.* Although many of these animals are blind and show a strong tendency to become colorless, yet many are endowed with very highly developed eyes and display pronounced colors, forming a strong contrast in both respects to the fauna of subter- ranean caverns. The free-swimming Crustacea from great depths are, as we have seen, commonly of a very bright red color and endowed witli visual organs of a high order, while the bottom species, even those from nuich shal- lower depths, are most often pale of hue and frequently blind. This difierence is to be explained through the different mode of life followed by the two classes. Powerful and active swimmers, such as the Notostomi and Gnatho- phausife, are fitted by their mode of life, to take advantage of Avhat little light exists at those depths, whether it be some feeble rays which penetrate from above, or the pale phosphoric gleams evoked by their passage through the deep. The more sedentary, bottom species, on the other hand, would be prone to conceal themselves in the mud or whatever retreat the sea-floor might afford. Hence the aptness of these forms to lose both their pigments and their sense of sight. Colors of the cyanic series, — blues and greens, — although not uncom- mon among surface and shore Crustacea, are almost never seen in the species from the deeper waters. It is remarkable, however, that the eggs of many of the red deep-water Crustacea show during the period of incubation bright blue or sometimes green tints. Mr. Agassiz t has noted this, and the late Pro- fessor J. Wood-Mason specified many such cases, in his account of the Crus- tacea dredged by the steamer " Investigator." It seems likely, therefore, that the blue pigments are not really lacking in the adult, but merely over- * Cf. Fol and Sarasin, Comptes Reiidus, XCIX. 793, C. 100, aad Cliuu, Die pelagische Thierwelt, etc., p. 59 (Bibliotheca Zoologica, Erster Band, Heft 1, 1888). t Bull. Mus. Coinp. Zoul., XXIII. 82, 1892. 254 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. whelmed to our eyes by the expansion of the red chromatobhasts under the influence of the dai'kness in which these animals live. According to Pouchet,* the pigments of the xanthic series (red, orange, and yellow) in Crustacea are contained in contractile anatomical elements, — the chromato- blasts, — while the blue pigment is never found in the substance of the chromatoblasts, but is held in free solution. Pouchet found that living prawns [Leander serrator) when placed in a vessel with a black bottom always assumed a brownish red color, but if they were transferred to a white-bottomed vessel they became yellowish, — the intrinsic color of their tissues. Extirpation of the eyes of the prawn had the same effect as a black bottom, specimens thus mutilated remaining permanently red. The change from yellow to red was accomplished much more quickly than the reverse change from red to yellow. In the latter case the change was effected in about twenty-four hours, during Avhich the animal passed through a transi- tory bright blue stage, — a phase of color not exhibited during the passage from yellow to red. " Le microscope explique cette triple apparence. Quand les chromoblastes sent contractus a V&tsA sph^rique, ils sout trop petits pour faire une image perceptible sur la ratine, et sont de nul effet. Des que I'animal est sur fond noir, les chromoblastes se dilatent ; ils ^tendent de tons c8t^s des ramifications qui couvrent une grande sur- face ; ils deviennent perccptibles et modifient I'image rdtinienne. L'animal, sous cette influence, deviendrait d'un rouge ou d'un rose franc, si un autre pigment ne venait rabattre la vive teinte des chromoblastes. Mais, ^ mesure qu'ils ^tendent leurs ramifications sous I'liypoderme, on voit ce dernier tissu, a leur voisinage, prendre une belle nuance cobalt plus ou moins haute de ton. C'est ce bleu qui sert de hruniture au carmin des chromoblastes et donnent an Pal^mon sa couleur propre [rouge brunatre] sur fond noir. Quand les chromoblastes dilates se r^tractent de nouveau, ce bleu, qui s'est produit dans I'hypoderme et qui I'impregne, persiste pendant six i sept heurcs et disparait progressivement." The prawn depicted on Plate H {Bcnthcsicymus tanneri) was brought up from a depth of 860 fathoms and drawn as .soon as it was taken from the trawl. The general color is a deep blood-red or crimson, passing into scarlet on the abdomen. The dorsal side of the first abdominal segment is adorned with a large squarish spot of a deeper red than the rest of the abdomen. This spot is repeated on the second, third, and fourth abdom- inal segments. On the third and fourth segments the spot is bright cobalt * Jouru. de I'Anat. et de la Physiol., VIII. 101, 1872. COLORS OF THE DEEP-SEA CRUSTACEA. 255 blue,* but on the second segment it is parti-colored, — blue and light yellow. The two colors in the latter case are not disposed in accordance with the bilateral symmetry of the prawn, but the division between them forms a diagonal line across the middle of the segment, and results in a most abnor- mal color pattern. The change of Pouchet's prawns, under the influence of light, from red, through blue, to light yellow, suggests the thought that the unique color- ation of the deep-sea prawn figured on Plate H may be due to a change of color undergone by the animal as it was brought up into the full blaze of day. Such an interpretation is the more plausible, since the coloration shown in this specimen does not appear to be a specific character. Although upwards of 140 specimens of Benthesic//mus tanneri had been collected through the whole course of the voyage, from a date as early as February 24, yet this peculiar pattern in blue and yellow was not observed until April 22, the last day of the cruise. Viewed in this way, the blue is a transient tint assumed by the abdomi- nal spots during their passage from a deep red, such as is still retained by the anterior one of the series, to the pale yellow which already pervades a con- siderable part of the second and begins to tinge the border of the third. This supposition, implying, as it does, the persistence of the cyanic pigments in the red, deep-sea Crustacea, accords well with the fact already noticed, that the effgs of these creatures are often brilliant blue. * The blue color is much too light in the figure. LIST OF SPECIES ARRANGED ACCORDING TO GEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS.* Gulf of Panama (Stations 3381-3397 Cancer longipes. Xantliodes sulcatus. Panopeus latus. Aclielous affinis. Platymera gaudicliaiidii. jEtlinsa ciliatifrons. Paralomis diomedeae. Lithodes panamensis. Pylopagurus affinis. Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssoruni. Pleuroncodes monodon ? Munida obesa. Munida propinqua. Munida gracilipes. Galacantlia dioinedeae. !Mnnidopsis bairdii. Munidopsis ciliata. Muuidopsis vicina. Munidopsis subsquamosa aculeata. Munidopsis agassizii. Munidopsis villosa. Munidopsis sericea. Munidopsis crinita. Munidopsis tanneri. Munidopsis hamata. Munidopsis latirostris. Munidopsis hendersoniana. Uroptychus uitidus occidentalis. Willeinoesia inoruata. Polycheles nanus. 56-1832 fathoms). Polycheles sculptus pacificus. Eryonicus csecus? Pontophilus occidentalis. Glyphocrangou alata. Glyphocrangon nobilis? Glyphocrangon sicaria. Heterocarpus vicarius. Heterocarpus hostilis. Nematocarcinus ensifer. Nematocarcinus agassizii. Acanthephyra agassizii? Acanthepliyra approxima? Acanthephyra cristata. Acanthephyra curtirostris (inch var. y). Acanthephyra cucullata. Hymenodora glacialis. Pasiphaeia americana. Pasiphaeia magna. Sicyonia picta. Solenocera agassizii. Peneopsis diomedeae. Haliporus nereus. Hemipeneus triton. Benthesicymus altus. Benthesicymus tanneri. Sergestes bisulcatus. Gnathophausia willemoesii. Eucopia sculpticauda. Squilla biformis. OffMariato Point (Stations 3353-3-359; 182-782 fathoms). Maiopsis panamensis. Galacantha dioraedess. Xanthodes sulcatus. Munidopsis ciliata. Trachycarcinus corallinus. Munidopsis aspera. Ebalia sp. Munidopsis carinipes. Cymopolia tuberculata. Munidopsis inermis. Glyptolithodes cristatipes. Uroptychus pubescens. Leptolithodes asper. Uroptychus bellus. Catapagurus diomedeae. Axius acutifrons. Munida obesa. Axius crista-galli. * Littoral and surface species are not included in tliis list. SPECIES AERANGED BY GEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS. 257 Polycheles tanneri. Polycheles sculptus pacificus. Panulirus sp. Glyphocrangou sj)inulosa. Heterocarpus hostilis. Nematocarcinus agassizii. Acanthephyra curtirostris. Sicyonia picta. Peneopsis diomedeae. Haliporus nereus. Benthesicymus tanneri. Ceratomysis spinosa. Off Galera Point (Stations 3398, 3399; 1573 and 1740 fatlioms). J]^thusina gracilipes? Notostomus westergreni. Willemoesia inornata. Haliporus nereus. Pontophilus occidentals. Hemipeneus spinidorsalis. Nematocarcinus ensifer. Benthesicymus altus. Acanthephyra agassizii? Gennadas sp. Acanthephyra brevirostris. Eucopia australis. Hymenodora glacialis. Off Malpelo Island (Stations 3377-3380 ; 52-899 fathoms). Achelous afhnis. JSthusina gracilipes? .^ilthusina smithiana. Cymopolia fragilis. Spiropagurus occidentalis. Paguristes fecundus. Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Munida refulgens. Polycheles nanus. Polycheles granulatus. Eryonicus csecus? Sclerocrangon procax. Heterocarpus hostilis. Nematocarcinus agassizii. Sicyonia affinis. Benthesicymus tanneri. Sergestes inous. Eucopia australis. Between Mariato Point and Cocos Island (Stations 3360-3362 ; 1175-1672 fathoms). jEthusina gracilipes? Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Galacautha rostrata. Munidopsis vicina. Munidopsis subsquamosa. Polycheles nanus. Pontophilus occidentalis. Off Cocos Island (Stations 3363- Euprognatha granulata. Sphenocarcinus agassizi. Larabrus hassleri. Pauopeus tanneri. Achelous spinimanus. jEthusa lata. j35thusina smithiana. Cymopolia fragilis. Raninops fornicata. Leptolithodes longipes. Lithodes diomedeae? Cancellus tanneri. Eupagurus californiensis. Pylopagurus longimanus. PylopaguTUS hirtimanus. Spiropagurus occidentalis. 33 Acanthephyra cristata. Acanthephyra curtirostris. Hemipeneus triton. Benthesicymus altus. Benthesicymus tanneri. Gnathophausia brevispinis. -3372 ; 52-1067 fathoms). Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Munida refulgens. Munida microphthalma? Galacantha diomedeae. Munidopsis ciliata. Munidopsis aspera. Pontophilus occidentalis. Glyphocrangon nobilis? Heterocarpus hostilis. Nematocarcinus ensifer. Nematocarcinus agassizii. Notostomus fragilis. Sicyonia affinis. Peneus balboae. Haliporus nereus. Benthesicymus tanneri. 258 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. On course from Cocas Island to Malpelo Island (Stations 3373-3376; 1132-1877 fathoms). .^thusina gracilipes? Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Galacantha diomedeae. Willemoesia inornata. Eryonicus caecus? Glyphocrangon nobilis? Nematocarcinus ensifer. Acanthephyra curtirostris. Pasiphaeia princeps. Hemipeneus spinidorsalis. Hemipeneus triton. Benthesicymus altus. Beutliesicymus tanneri. Gnathophausia brevispinis. Between, Gralera Point and Galapagos Islands (Station 3400 ; 1322 fathoms). jEthusina gracilipes? Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Galacantha rostrata. Willemoesia inornata. Polycheles nanus. Glyphocrangon nobilis? Galapagos Islands (Stations 3401 Anamathia occidentalis. Panopeus tanneri. ^thusina gracilipes? Lithodes diomedeae? Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum Munida propinqua. Galacantha diomedeae. Munidopsis margarita. Munidopsis ornata. Munidopsis aspera. Polycheles tanneri. Eryonicus spinulosus. Glyphocrangon loricata. Glyphocrangon nobilis? Nematocarcinus ensifer. Haliporus nereus. Hemipeneus spinidorsalis. Benthesicymus tanneri. Gnathophausia brevispinis. Scolophthalmus lucifugus. -3411 ; 63-885 and 1189 fathoms). Nematocarcinus ensifer. Nematocarcinus agassizii. Acanthephyra approxima? Pasiphaeia americana. Pasiphaeia acutifrons? Haliporus nereus. Aristaeus occidentalis. Benthesicymus tanneri. Sergestes bisulcatus. Gnathophausia zoea. Gnathophausia brevispinis. Eucopia australis. Eucopia sculpticauda. Between Galapagos Islands and Acapulco (Stations 3413-3415 ; 1360-2232 fathoms). Acanthephyra curtirostris, var. /3. Haliporus nereus. jEthusina gracilipes? j3Ethusina challengeri? Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Galacantha rostrata. Pontophilus occidentalis. Glyphocrangon nobilis? Nematocarcinus ensifer. Haliporus doris. Haliporus thetis. Hemipeneus spinidorsalis. Benthesicymus altus. Eucopia sculpticauda. Off Acapulco (Stations 3416-3423; 94-772 fathoms). Trachycarcinus corallinus. Nephropsis occidentalis. Polycheles sculptus pacificus. Lithodes diomedeae? Pleuroncodes monodon? Galacantha diomedeae parvispina. Munidopsis hystrLx. Calastacus stilirostris. Sclerocrangon atrox. Sclerocrangon procax. Glyphocrangon alata. Glyphocrangon spinulosa. SPECIES ARRANGED BY GEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS. 259 Glyphocrangon nobilis? Nematocarcinus agassizii. Heterocarpus atfiiiis. Acanthephyra curtirostris, var. /3. Pandalopsis ampla. Benthesicymus tanneri. Nematocarciuus ensifer. Gnathopliausia willemoesii. Near Las Tres Marias (Stations 3424-3428 ; 80-680 fathoms). Lambrus hassleri. Polycheles sculptus pacificus. Osachila lata. Sclerocrangon atrox. Lithodes sp. Paracrangon areolata. Munida refulgens. Glyphocrangon spinulosa. Galacantha diomedese parvispina. Heterocarpus affinis. Munidopsis hystrix. Pandalopsis ampla. Munidopsis scabra. Nematocarcinus ensifer. Munidopsis quadrata. Benthesicymus tanneri. Munidopsis depressa. Gnathophausia willemoesii. Nephropsis occidentalis, OffMazatlan (Stations 3429, 3430 ; 852 and 919 fathoms). Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Nematocarcinus ensifer. Galacantha diomedeae. Acanthephyra curtirostris, var. y. Gulf of California (Stations 3431-3437 ; 628-1588 fathoms) Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum. Hymenodora glacialis. Galacantha diomedece parvispina. Benthesicymus tanneri. Sclerocrangon procax. Genuadas sp. Glyphocrangon spinulosa. Sergestes bisulcatus. Glyphocrangon nobilis? Eucopia australis. Nematocarcinus ensifer. Petalophthalmus pacificus. Acanthephyra curtirostris, var'" a, (3, y. 260 TABLE SHOWING THE BATHYMETRICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE DIFFERENT UoTE. Strictly littoral and surface species are omitted. It should be observed that the free-swimming species, most of which occur merely indicate the soundings at the stations where these forms were captured. See page 248. e( f. 10 Of. 160 1 f. 20C f. 260 f. 301 f. 3SI f. 400f. 46 Of 60( r. 660 f. 600f. 660f. 700 f. 76( f. 800f. 860 f. 90 )f 960f. lOOOf. 1 1 Decapoda. Splieuocarcinus agassizi .... Anamathia occideutalis .... — Lambrus hassleri — Panopeus latus " tanneri Achelous spinimanus " atfinis . Trachycarcinus corallinus . . . Platymera gaudichaudii .... Osachila lata ^ V - - iEthusa ciliatifrons " lata .... iEthusina gracilipes " challenger! 1 . . . . _ " fragilis Raninops fornicata Glyptolithodes cristatipes . . . Paralomis diomedeie Leptolithodes asper " longipes .... Lithodes panamensis Cancellus tanneri Eupagurus californiensis . . . Pylopagurus longimanus . . . " affiuis " hirtimanus .... -' Spiropagurus occidentalis . . . Paguristes fecundus Parapagurus pilosimanus abyssorum Pleuronoodes monodon 1 . . . . ■ - " refulgens " propinijua • • " microyththalraa ^ . . . Galacantha rostrata " diomedese .... Munidopsis b.airdii " ciliata " ^icina " subsquamosa . . . " " aculeata .. 1 .. " villosa " hystrix " sericea " margarita .... " crinita - — " scabra " tanneri " hamata ** aspera . .. 1 .. 1 1 " quadrata " liepressa " cariuipes '* latirostris - • * - " hendcrsoni.ana . . . " inermis Uroptychus nitidus occideutalis . SPECIES OBTAINED DUEING THE "ALBATROSS" EXPEDITION OF 1891. 261 toward the end of the table, may have entered the trawl during its passage up to the surface. In such cases, the distribution lines lOSOr. UOOf. llSOf. 1200f. laOOf. UOOf. 1360f. IMOr. WSOf. ISOOf. 1660f. leoOf. 1660f. noOf. 1760f, ISOOf. ISSOf. ISOOf. 1960f. 2000f. 2060f. 2100f. 2160f. 2200f. 2260f. 262 TABLE SHOWING THE BATHY- 60f. lOOf. 1 1 1 eof. 20or 250f. soof. 3 60f. 400f. 4 COf. iOOf. sot. f OOf. OOf. 700f. 760f. OOf. 60£. 900f. 60f. 1 JOOf. XJroptyclius pubescens . , . . " bt'llus 1 1 1 Axius acutifrons " crista-galli Calastacus stilirostris Nepliropsis occidentalis .... Willemoesia inornata Polycheles tauneri •• " nauus " sculptus pacificus . . " granulatiis Eiyonicus cajcus ? #_ "Ill- " spinulosus Panulirus sp - — Sclerocrangou atrox procax Pontophilus occiiieiitalis .... Paracrangon areolata Glyphocrangoa loricata .... " alata " spiimlosa . . . " nobilis ? . . . . " sicavia .... Heterocarpus vicarius .... - — 1 * • " hostilis " affiai3 Pandalopsis ampla Nematocarcinus eusifer .... " agassizii . . . Acanthephyra agassizii ? ... " approxima ? . . . " cristata .... " curtirostris . . . " brevirostris . . . " cucuUata .... Hymenodora glacialis Notostomus f ragilis " westergreni .... Pasiphaeia americaua ^_ " 1 Ill •• ■■ .. 1 .. ,. m " priuceps " acutifrons ? . . . . " magna Sicyouia aifiuis " picta — — ^ — Peneus balbose Solenocera agassizii Peneopsis diomede* Haliporus uereus " doris " thetis Aristaeus occidentalis Hemipeneus spinidorsalis . . . " triton Bentliesicymus altus " tauneri .... Gennadas sp ' • * t m Sergestes inous " bisulcatus SCHIZOPODA. Gnathophausia zoea " willemoesii . . . " brevispiuis . . . Eucopia australis " sculpticauda Petaloplithalmus pacificus . . . Scolopiithalmus lucifugus . . . Ceratomysis spiuosa Stomatopoda. Squilla biforrais 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V- - 1 1 1 1 * Tanner tow-net, 400 fathoms to surface. t Submarine tow-net, 500-570 fathoms. t Submarine tow-net, 700 fathoms to surface. METRICAL DISTRIBUTION. —Continued. 263 1060f. UOOf. 1160f. 1200f. 12B0f. ISOOf. 13B0f. 1400f. 1460f. IBOOf. IBBOf. 1600f. 1660f. 1700f. n60r. ISOOf. 1860f. 1900f. 19B0f 2000f. 2050f. 2100r. 2160f 220Clf 2260f I 1 264 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. RECOED OF SUBMARINE TOW-NET STATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION STEAMER "ALBATROSS."* March and April, 1891. Position. Tbmpbra- a i a TURES. Character of Depth at which towed, Serial Date. Time, & i Reuaszs. Number. Latitude Longitude Sur- Bot- a 5 Bottom. in a North. West. face. tom. X Orli'l.tV^UD* .1 1891. h. m. O I tl o f tl o o 3382 Dr. March 7 8 50 a.m. 621 80 41 75 35.8 1793 gn. M. 200 15 Hauled up straight from 200 « " 7 " 7 9 53 a.m. 10 23 A.M. 6 21 6 21 80 41 80 41 75 75 35.8 35.8 1793 1793 gn. M. gn. M. 200 1 100) fathoms in 10 minutes; from 1 00 fatlioms in about 5 min- utes. About 60 miles from the 100 fathom line. 15 miles from 100 fathom line. 3388 Dr. " 9 10 31 A.M 7 6 79 48 73 36.2 1168 gn. glob. Oz. 400 17 and 25 miles from nearest land. 2619 H}d. " 11 8 25 A.M. 7 31 78 42 30 68 36.5 1100 gn. glob. Oz. 300 19 « " 11 9 44 AM. 7 31 78 42 30 68 36.5 1100 gn. glob. Oz. ( 1000 1 ^ ) 1482 S ' 16 Drifted into 1482 fathoms. 2627 Hyd. " 25 6 49 a.m. 36 82 45 81 36.0 1832 gy. glob. Oz. 1770 K \ 1739 r 20 South. 13 Towed awhile from 200 fath- 2628 Hyd. " 26 9 14 a.m. 84 52 81 204 20 oms to surface, to fill upper ]jart of net. About 250 miles North. from the Galapagos. 3414 Dr. April 8 6 57 A.M. 10 14 96 28 82 35.8 2232 gn. M. 100 20 350 miles from land. " " 8 7 47 A.M. 10 14 96 28 82 35.8 2232 gn. M. 200 10 " " 8 8 49 A.M. 10 14 96 28 82 35.8 2232 gn. M. 300 20 ■' " 8 10 30 a.m. 10 14 96 28 82 35.8 2232 gn. M. 300 15 " 9 10 4 a.m. 1234 97 21 82 175 8 ( About 300 miles S. E. of Aca- 1 pnlco. Depth. J " 9 8 3 p.m. 13 33 30 97 57 30 83 175 10 i About 250 miles S. E. of Aca- 1 pulco. Depth.} ( About 30 miles S. E. of Aca- ( pulco. Depth.§ " 11 8 45 A.M. 1632 99 42 80 300 20 (■ About 120 miles N.W. of Aca- ■' 16 10 10 a.m. 17 39 30 102 11 30 76 175 15 i pulco. Depth over 2,000 [ fathoms. f Surface about 75 miles S. W. 3436 Dr. *' 22 1 22 P.M. 27 3 40 110 53 40 72 37.2 905 bn. M. bk. Sp. 800 15 ■1 of Guavmas, half-way across [ Gulf of California. 2637 Hyd. « 22 7 21 P.M. 27 20 110 54 71 38.0 773 bn. M. bk. Sp. 700 15 ( About 50 miles S. W. of j Guaymas. 3437 Dr. " 23 5 31 A.M. 27 39 40 111 30 70 40.0 628 bn. M. bk. Sp. 600 15 ( Shoaled water and dragged j on bottom. 2638 Hyd. " 23 7 26 a.m. 27 38 111 4 72 39.2 622 bn. M. bk. Sp. ( 500 ) . ) 570 S ' 15 * Tanner tow-net at all Stations except Station 3382, March 7. t Depth varying between these points. } Between two Stations, over 2,000 fathoms. § Between two Stations, about 500 fathoms. RECORD OF DREDGING AND TRAWLING STATIONS. 265 RECORD OF DREDGIXG AND TRAWLING STATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION STEAMER "ALBATROSS." Position. Tempera- i .2 tures. 1 Character of a 3 Date. Time. £ Reuarks. "3 Latitude LoDgitude Sur- Bot. •- Bottom. 1 North. West. face. torn. p. 1891. h. m. O * /' o t It o o 3353 Feb. 22 " 23 8 P.M. ■ Surface tow-uet. 8 56 A.M. 7 ' 6 15 80 34 73 39.0 695 gn. M. 3354 " 23 1 25 P.M. 7 9 45 80 50 78 46.0 322 gn. M. 3355 " 23 3 1 P.M. 7 12 20 80 55 81 54.1 182 bk. G. Sh. .3356 " 23 7 30 P.M. 7 9 30 81 8 30 83 40.1 546 sft. bl. M. I Surface tow-net. 1 5 miles from I Mariato I'oint. 3357 " 24 6 17 a.m. 6 35 81 44 83 38.5 782 gu. S. Surface tow-net. 3358 " 24 1 1 38 A .M. 6 30 81 44 83 40 2 555 gn. S. 3359 " 24 2 4 p.m. 6 22 20 81 52 83 42.0 465 rky. 3360 3361 " 24 " 25 5 20 P.M. 7 33 a.m. 6 17 6 10 82 5 83 6 83 82 36 4 36.6 1672 1471 fne. bk. dk. gn. S. gu. Oz. [ Surface tow-net. 3362 " 26 7 20 a.m. 5 56 85 10 30 84 36.8 1175 gn. M. S. rkj. i Intermediate net of Chun and 1 Petersen. 3363 " 26 4 37 P.M. 5 43 85 50 83 37.5 978 wh. glob. Oz. Surface tow-net. 3364 " 27 6 58 a.m. 5 30 86 8 30 81 38.0 902 yl. glob. Oz. 3365 " 27 1 30 P.M. 531 8631 85 37.0 1010 yl. glob. Oz. > Surface tow-net. 3366 " 27 8 4 p.m. 5 30 86 45 84 37.0 1067 yl. glob. Oz. 3367 " 28 6 38A.M 5 31 30 85 52 30 82 .57.1 100 rky. 3368 " 28 7 21a.m. 5 32 45 86 54 30 82 58.4 66 rky. Surface tow-net. 3369 •' 28 8 7 a.m. 5 32 45 86 55 20 82 62.2 52 Nullipore or rky. 3370 " 28 10 3 a.m. 5 36 40 86 56 50 84 54.8 134 rks. & S. ( At Cocos Island. Surface tow- j net at night. 3371 March 1 7 49 a.m. 5 26 20 86 55 82 39.0 770 glob. Oz. 3372 " 1 5 51 P.M. 4 49 86 1 1 20 84 38.8 761 gy. glob. Oz. 8 p. M. Surface townet. 3373 2 10 33 a.m. 4 2 84 58 82 36.6 1877 br. M. bk. Sp. 3374 3 10 35 A.M. 2 35 83 53 80 36.4 1823 gu. Oz. 3375 4 6 36 a.m. 2 34 82 29 77 36.6 1201 gy. glob. Oz. Surface tow-uet. 3376 4 4 27 P..M. 3 9 82 8 78 36.3 1132 gy. glob. Oz. 3377 5 8 38 A.M. 3 56 81 40 15 77 38.0 764 M. 3378 5 11 45 A.M. 3 58 20 81 36 78 55.9 112 brk. sli. 3379 5 2 15 P.M. 3 59 40 81 35 78 52 rks. 3380 5 4 51 P.M. 4 3 81 31 79 37.2 899 rks. 3381 6 8 38 a.m. 4 56 80 52 30 77 35.8 1772 gn. M. ( Subm.irine tow-net. 8 : 30 p.m., j surface tow-net. 3382 7 10 46 A.M. 621 80 41 75 35.8 1793 gn. M. 3383 8 6 51 A.M. 7 21 79 2 74 36.0 1832 gn. glob. Oz. 3384 8 1 20 P.M. 7 31 30 79 14 74 42.0 458 gn. S. 3385 8 3 7 P.M. 7 32 36 79 16 72 45.9 286 gn. M. 3386 8 4 54 P.M. 7 33 12 79 17 15 73 48.0 242 fne. gy. S. 3387 8 7 21 P..M. 7 40 79 17 50 74 56.2 127 fne. gy. S. Surface tow.net. 3388 " 9 6 41 A.M. 7 6 79 48 73 36.2 1168 gn. glob. Oz. Submarine tow-net. 3389 9 2 10 P.M. 7 16 45 79 56 30 74 48.8 210 gn. M. 3390 9 4 25 P.M. 7 26 10 79 53 50 74 62.6 56 fne. gy. S. G. 3391 9 7 15 P..M. 7 33 40 79 43 20 73 55.8 153 gn. M. 3392 " 10 6 30 A.M. 7 5 30 79 40 73 36,4 1270 hard. Rhabdamina bottom. 3393 " 10 1 21 P.M. 7 15 79 36 74 36.8 1020 gn. M. 3394 " 10 5 43 P.M. 7 21 79 35 73 41.8 511 dk. gn. M. 3395 " 11 2 20 P.M. 7 30 36 78 39 70 38.5 730 rky. 3396 " 11 5 15 P.M. 7 32 78 36 30 70 47.4 259 hrd. gy. M. S. 34 266 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. I RECORD OF DREDGING AND TRAWLING STATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION STEAMER " ALBATROSS." — Confmued. 1 Position. TBMPERi- TCRES. .a Character of Date. Time. 1 Remaaks. 2 Latitude Longitude 8ur- Bot- j3 Bottom. 1 North. West. fiice. tom. a. o 189]. h. m. O t n o / " o o 3397 March 1 1 6 32 P.M. 7 33 78 34 20 71 57.3 85 stf. gn. M. brk. Surface tow-net. 3398 23 3 16 P.M. 1 7 80 21 84 36.0 1573 gn. Oz. ( Surface tow-net, off Galera 1 l^oint. 3399 " 24 6 37 A.M. I 7 South, 81 4 80 36.0 1740 gn. Oz. Surface tow-net. 3400 " 27 6 10 a.m. 36 86 46 81 36.0 1322 It. gr. glob. Oz. Surface tow-net. 3401 " 28 4 45 a.m. 59 88 58 30 82 43.8 395 glob. Oz. 3402 " 28 7 13 a. M 57 30 89 3 30 82 42.3 421 R. glob. Oz. 3403 " 28 10 19a.m. 58 30 89 17 82 43.3 384 fne. gy. S. bk. Sp. 3404 " 28 1 16 p.m. 1 3 89 28 83 43.2 385 R. 1 3405 " 28 3 42 P.M. 57 89 38 83 60.0 53 P. Co. Sh. )■ Tangles. 3406 April 3 6 47 A.M. 16 90 21 30 81 41.3 551 R. J 3407 3 10 48 a.m. 4 North. 90 24 30 81 37.2 885 glob. Oz. Tangles. 3408 3 4 7 P.M. 12 30 90 32 30 83 39.5 684 glob. Oz. Tangles. 3409 3 7..24 P.M. 18 40 90 34 82 42.3 327 bk. S. ) Tangles. Surface tow-net. Oft ) Bindloe Island, 4 miles west. 3410 3 8 48 P M. 19 90 34 82 44.2 331 bk. S. 3411 4 7 35 A.M. 54 91 9 82 36.2 1189 yl. glob. Oz. 3412 4 6 1 1 P.M. 1 23 91 43 82 38.0 918 R. ( 9 p. M.. surface tow-net, 5 miles 1 off Wenman Islands. 3413 5 8 34 A.M. 2 34 92 6 82 36 1360 glob. Oz. dk. Sp. At noon, surface tow-net. 3414 8 11 14 A.M. 10 14 96 28 82 35.8 2232 gn. M. j Submarine tow-net and surface ( tow-net. 3415 " 10 9 39 A.M. 14 46 98 40 83 36.0 1879 br. M. glob. Oz. 3416 " 11 9 46 a.m. 16 32 30 99 42 40 81 40.5 419 fne. br. M. 3417 " 11 11 44 a.m. 1632 99 48 82 40.6 493 gn. M. br. S. bk. Sp. gn. M. bk. Sp. 3418 " 11 2 57 A.M. 16 33 99 52 30 82 39 660 3419 " 11 5 59 P.M. 16 34 30 100 3 81 39.0 772 Surface tow-net. 3420 ■' 12 7 48 a.m. 1646 100 8 20 82 39.6 664 (Ik. gn. M. 3421 " 12 11 32 a.m. 16 47 20 100 10 82 42.9 338 dk. gn. M. 3422 " 12 12 35 p.m. 16 47 30 99 59 30 83 53 5 141 gn. M. 3423 12 1 31 P.M. 16 47 30 99 59 20 83 56.0 94 gn. M. 3424 " 18 11 18a.m. 21 15 106 23 76 38.0 676 gy.S.bk.Sp.glob. 3425 18 2 14 P.M. 21 19 106 24 76 39.0 680 gn. M. & S. 3426 18 3 45 P.M. 21 21 106 25 76 51.2 146 rky. 3427 18 4 3 P.M. 21 22 15 106 25 75 51.2 80 rky. 3428 " 18 6 40 P.M. 21 36 30 106 25 76 48.1 238 dk. gy. S. glob. 3429 " 19 5 39 a.m. 22 30 30 107 1 73 37 919 gn. M. glob. Oz. 3430 " 19 3 27 P.M. 23 16 107 31 73 37.9 852 bk. S. 3431 " 20; 6 33 A.M. 23 59 108 40 70 37.0 995 It. bro. M. glob. 3432 " 20 2 38 P.M. 24 22 30 109 3 20 70 37.8 1421 br. M. Ilk. Sp. 3433 " 21 6 34 a.m. 25 26 15 109 48 69 36 5 1218 br. M. bk. Sp. 3434 '■ 21 10 14 a.m. 25 29 30 109 48 70 36 4 1588 br. M.bk. Sp. ■ Surface tow-net. 3435 " 22 8 56 a.m. 26 48 110 45 20 70 37.3 859 br. M. bk. Sp. 3436 " 22 3 10 P.M. 27 34 110 53 40 72 37.2 905 br. M. bk. Sp. J Submarine tow-net and surface / tow net. [ Submarine tow-net dragged on 3437 " 23 5 4 a.m. ' ' * ■ 70 40.0 628 br. M. bk. Sp. the bottom. About 50 miles [ south of Guaymas. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE A. Fig. 1. Trachycarcinus coralUnus Fax. 1\ 1". r. v. v. Male. Natural size. Station 3418. Colored from life. Male, denuded. Natural size. Station 3356. Oral and autennal region. Enlarged. Sternal region of male. Enlarged. Abdomen of male. Enlarged. Lesser cheliped of male. Enlarged. Abdomen of an ovigerous female, x 2. Sta- tion 3356. Fig. L PLATE B. Galacantha rostrata A. M. Edw. U ti ii 2. Eryonicus ccecris Bate ? Natural size. Colored from life. Lateral view of carajjace. Natural size. Male. Enlarged. Station 3375. Colored from life. PLATE C. Fig. 1. Polycheles sctilptus pacificits Fax. a ia ii ii ii ii " 2. Polycheles sculptus Smith. Natural size. Colored from life. First, second, and third abdominal somites, viewed from the side. First, second, and third abdominal somites, viewed from the side. " Blake " Station 326, off east coast of United States. PLATE D. Fig. 1. Nephropsis occidentalis Fax. a -^b >( Ii It " 2. Pontophilus occidentalis Fax. li 0_ f( II <( << J^c_ <( i{ « <( ]^rf_ « (( « 1'. X 1|. Station 3375. Colored from life. Dorsal view. More enlarged. Eye-stalk and eye. Enlarged. Eight anteunal scale. Enlarged. Telson and posterior pair of abdominal ap- pendages. Enlarged. End of the telson. More highly magnified. PLATE K. Fig. 1. Gnathophausia willemoesii G.O. Bars. Natural size. Station 3392. Colored from life. " 2. Eucopiia sculpticauda Fax. (( 9a |[ (( u Young female ? X 23. Station 2619 Hydr. Colored from life. Telson and posterior pair of abdominal ap- pendages. Enlarged. Hinder part of the telson, more highly magnified. Distal portion of one of the legs of the third pair, or third gnathopods. Enlarged. Distal end of one of the legs of the fourth pair (anterior pair of elongated legs). En- larged. PLATE I. Fig. 1. Euprognatha granulata. Fax. " 2. Anaviathia occidentalis Fax. » 2" " " " " 3. Sphenocarcinus agassizi Eathb. H qa it (( I( Female. Enlarged. Antennal and oral region. Enlarged. Male. Somewhat enlarged. Ventral side. Somewhat enlarged. Male. X 1^. Anterior part, from below, x IJ. Fig. 1. Ilaiopsis panamensis Fax. U -ya U (< " U Jf>_ Ii Ii « « -J^c (( U « PLATE II. Male, f natural size. Anteunal and oral region. Slightly reduced. Sternum and abdomen. " " End of left chela, from inside. Nat. size. PLATE III. Fig. 1. Lambrus hassleri Fax. ii ia ii ii ii " 2. Xanthodes sulcatus Fax. (( 2" " " " " 3. Panop)eus latus Fax. it gd^ a ii a " 4. Panopeus tanneri Fax. a Aa ii ii ii Female. Somewhat enlarged. Male, from below. Enlarged. Antennal and oral region. Male. Enlarged. Antennal and oral region. Male. Enlarged. Antennal and oral region. 270 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Fig. 1. Achelous affinis Fax. " 2. Gecarcinus malpilensis Fax. (( 2" " " " PLATE IV. Male. X \\. Station 3379. Antennal and oral region. Abdomen of the male. Male. Slightly reduced. Front and oral region. I PLATE V. %■ , 1. Pinnixa panamensis Fax, 1". « « « 1". (( i( '< 2. Osachila lata Fax. 2". <( i( (f 2'>. (( « i( 3. JSthusa cUiatifrons Fax. .3". U (( « 3». (( 1( l( Enlarged. Cheliped. Abdomen of the male. Male. Somewhat enlarged. From below. Anterior part, from below. Male. Somewhat enlarged. Anterior part, from below. Abdomen of the male. PLATE VI. Fig. I. ^thusa lata Rathb. (( ia a a it <( -ib ti a a " 2. ^thusina smithiana Fax. i( 2" " " " " 3. Cymopolia tuberculata Fax. (f Oa it it a " 4. Cymopolia f raff His Rathb. (( 4o_ « (( (1 Female. Slightly enlarged. Antenual and oral region. Abdomen of the female. Natural size. Enlarged. Abdomen of the male. Male. Enlarged. From below. Male. Enlarged. From below. PLATE VIL Fig. 1. Maninops fornicata'Ph.^. (I Ja it tt (( 1*. u 2. Glyptolithodes cristatipes Fax, 11 2". « (( (( ti •2\ (( (( (( ii 2^ (( (( (( u 3. Paralomis diomedem Fax. ii 3". ti a tt a 3'. It It tt "ig' I Leptolithodes asper (Fax.). (( 1 " (( (( (( ti l*. (( ti tt 11 Ic it a ti (< l** (I ti it Enlarged. Anterior part, from below. Cheliped. Male. Enlarged. Carapace, viewed from tlie side. Second antenna. Abdomen. Female. Slightly reduced. Abdomen of an ovigerous female. Nat. size. Abdomen of a smaller female. Enlarged. PLATE VIII. Female. About | natural size. Abdomen. " § " " Rostrum in profile. Natural size. Second antenna. X IJ. A small portion of the dorsal surface of the carapace. More highly magnified. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 271 Fig. 1. Leptolithodes lo 1"" V. P. 1\ PLATE IX. 'ffqjes (Fax.). Male. Keduced nearly one half. Abdomen of the female. Natural size. Abdomen of the male. " « Rostrum in profile. X Ij^. Second antenna. A small portion of the dorsal surface of the carapace. Much enlarged. PLATE X. Fig. 1. Lithodes pan am a 1". ii It t( 1". a (C (( 1-. (( it it 2. Lithodes sp. Carapace, lateral view. Eeduced. Oral region. Abdomen. Natural size. Young. X IJ. Station 3425, 680 fathoms. PLATE XI. Fig. (( (I 1. 1". 1'. 2. 2" Cancellus tanneri Fax. Eupagurus callfoi'niensis Benedict. 2*. 2=. 2*. « Male. Enlarged. Viewed from below. Second antenna. End of one of the penultimate pair of tho- racic appendages. One of the appendages of the last thoracic pair. Male. X 2^. Anterior part of the carapace and cephalic ap- pendages. More highly magnified, viewed from above. Extremity of the abdomen, together with the posterior pair of appendages, viewed from the dorsal side. End of antennule. Portion of one of the antepenultimate pair of thoracic appendages. Portion of one of the posterior pair of tho- racic appendages. Extremity of one of the posterior pair of thoracic appendages, external side. Fig. it PLATE XIL Pylopagurus longimanus Fax. Male. Enlarged. Anterior part of the carapace and cephalic appendages. Extremity of the abdomen, together with the posterior pair of appendages, viewed from the dorsal side. tl ^d^ (I a u » 9e it a ii Pig. I 1. Pylopaguriis hirtimanus Fax, ii In it ii i( 272 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Fig. l*". Pylopagurus longimanus Fax. Carpus, propodite, and dactylus of right cheliped of a smaller specimen, outer face. Enlarged. " V. " " " Penultimate thoracic appendage. " 1'. " " " Extremity of one of the posterior thoracic appendages. " 2. Pylopagurus affinis Fax. Male. Enlarged. " 2". " " " Anterior part of the carapace and cephalic appendages. " 2'. " " " Extremity of the abdomen, together with the posterior pair of appendages, viewed from the dorsal side. " 2". " " " Posterior segment of the sternum, together with the basal segment of the posterior thoracic legs, showing the extruded vasa deferentia. Penultimate thoracic appendage. Posterior thoracic appendage. PLATE XIIL Enlarged. Anterior part of the carapace and cephalic appendages. 1\ " " " Extremity of the abdomen and posterior pair of ai^pendages. " " " Eight chela, outer face. " " " Penultimate thoracic apjjendage. " " " Posterior thoracic appendage. Catapagurus diomedece Fax. Male. Enlarged. " " " Anterior part of the carapace and cephalic appendages. " " " Extremity of the abdomen, together with the posterior pair of appendages. " " " Penultimate thoracic appendage. " " " Posterior thoracic appendage. PLATE XIV. Spiropagurus occidentalis Fax. Male. Enlarged. " " " Anterior part of the carapace and cephalic appendages. 1'. " " « Extremity of the abdomen, together with the posterior pair of appendages, dorsal side. P. " " " Penultimate thoracic appendage. r'. " " " Posterior thoracic appendage. 2. Paguristes fecundus Fax. Female. Enlarged. 2". " " " Anterior part of the carapace and cephalic appendages. 2\ " « " Telson, dorsal face. 2". " " " Penultimate thoracic appendage. 2''. " " " Extremity of penultimate thoracic appendage. More highly magnified. 2'. " " " Posterior thoracic appendage. 1^ 1". 1'. 2. 2". (( 2". iC 2". Fig. 1. (1 1". EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 273 PLATE XV. Fig. 1. Petrolisthes agassizii Fax. « -\a il It <( " 2. Pachyclieles panamensis Fax. " 3. Pleuroncodes monodon M. Edw. ? (( go « « " <( Q6 « << " Male. Enlarged. Right external maxilliped. Female. Enlarged. Left external maxilliped. Male. X IJ. Left chela, outer face. Antennule. External maxilliped. Fig. 1. Munida obesa Fax. (t -^a « (i " " 2. Munida gracilipes Fax. II 2" " " " <( 2''. " " " PLATE XVI. Male. X 1^. External maxilliped. Much enlarged. Chela. External maxilliped. Fig. 1. Munida refulgens Fax. PLATE XVII. Male. Nat. size. PLATE XVIII. Fig. 1. Munida propinqua Fax. (( -la U '( " " 2. Munidopsis vicitia Fax. (( 2" " " " " 3. Munidopsis ciliata W.-M. « 4. Munidopsis agassizii Fax. « 4«, « " " Male. Somewhat enlarged. External maxilliped. Female. Much enlarged. Cheliped. Male. Sixth abdominal somite, telson, and last pair of appendages, much enlarged. Station 3353. Female. Much enlarged. Chela. More highly magnified. Fig. 1. Munidopsis hystrix Fax. " 2. Mtmidopsis villosa Fax. " 3. Munidopsis sericea Fax. It Qa I! « " PLATE XIX. Enlarged. Chela. Male. Enlarged. Male. Enlarged. External maxilliped. PLATE XX. Fig. 1. Munidopsis ornata Fax. Ja_ « " " " 2. Munidopsis margarita Fax. " 3. Munidopsis crinita Fax. a Qa " " " Male. Enlarged. External maxilliped, viewed from below. Enlarged. Female. Highly magnified. External maxilliped. 35 274 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. PLATE XXL Fig. 1. Munidopsis scabra Fax. If la U (( " " 2. Munidopsis hamata Fax. l( 2" " " " Fig. 1. Munidopsis tanneri Fax. <( la (( it « « « Ji « « l( Dorsal view. Natural size. Lateral view. Natural size. End of third leg. End of fifth leg. Leg of second pair. Leg of fourth pair. PLATE XL. Fia 1. 1«. 1\ 2. 2". 2". Heterocarpus vicarius Fax. Heterocarpus affinis Fax. Natural size. Swimmeret. Antennal scale. Female. Natural size. Swimmeret. Antennal scale. PLATE XLI. Fig. 1. Heterocarpus hostilis Fax. (f -^ H II << II 1c 11 II inosris, 122. Pericera fossata, 236. spinosissima, 236. triangulata, 236. trispiuosa, 236. Persephona, 237. Petalophthalmus, 221, 223, 226, 241, 242, 248, 252. armiger, 221, 222, 223, 224, 245, Plate LIII., Fig. 2. PACiFicus, 221, 222, 223, 245, 259, 262, Plate LIV. Petrolisthes, 69. AGAssizii, 69, Plate XV., Fig. 1. armatus, 70, 235. edwardsii, 70. OCCIDENTALIS, 69, 70, 237. sexspinosus, 70, 237. shnilis, 70. Philonicus, 188. Phye, 175. acutifrons, 175. alcocki, 175. princi'p>s, 175. Phyllolithodes, 43. Pilumnus, 21. aculeatus, 236. gemmatus, 236. LiMosus, 21, 236. lunatus, 21. xaiitusii, 236. Pinnixa, 30. pANAMENsis, 30, Plate v.. Fig. 1. Planes, 29. clypeatus, 29. MINUTUS, 30. Platymera, 32. califnrnlensis, 32. GAUDicHAuDii, 32, 234, 256, 260. Pleoticus, 188. Plesiopeneus, 196, 197, 199. armatus, 196, 197, 199. edwardsianus, 196, 199. INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES. 291 Plesiopeneus foliaceus, 196, 199. giglioliauus, 199. rostridentatus, 196, 199. Pleuroucodes, 72, 73. MONODON, 72, 240, 256, 258, 260, Plate XV., Fig. 3. planipes, 72. Podochela riisei, 235. vestita, 235. Polycheles, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, 241, 245. agassizii, 120. beaumontii, 125. debilis, 124. euthi'ix, 119. gracilis, 118. GR-iNDXATus, 123, 257, 262, PI. XXXII., Fig. 1, PI. XXXIII., Fig. 2. laevis, 118, 124. NANUS, 120, 121, 123, 244, 256, 257, 258, 262, Plate XXXIII., Fig. 1. obscurus, 118. seulptus, 121, 122, 123, 244, Plate C, Fig. 2. scuLPTus PAciFicus, 122, 244, 256, 257, 258, 259, 262, Plate C, Fig. 1. TANXERi,119, 257, 258, 262, Plate XXXI. typhlops, 118, 119. validus, 124. Pontocaris, 134. Pontophilus, 131, 241. abyssi, 131, 132, 244. batei, 131, 132. challengeri, 132. gracilis, 131, 132. jacqueti, 134, 136. occiDENTALis, 131, 244, 256, 257, 258, 262, Plate D, Fig. 2. Povcellana armata, 70. Portunus spiniiiianiis, 2.3. Pylopagurus, 55, 61. AFFiNis, 64, 237, 256, 260, Plate XII., Fig. 2. HiRTiMANus, 65, 237, 257, 260, Plate XIII., Fig. 1. LONGIMANU.S, 61, 237, 257, 260, Plate XII., Fig. 1. rosaoeus, 05, 66, 237. ungulatus, 61, 63, 64, 237. Quadrella, 237. nitida, 237. Ranilia angustata, 236. luuricata, 236. Eaniuops, 41. constricta, 42, 236. FOKNicATA, 41, 236, 257, 260, Plate VII., Fig. 1. stimpsoni, 42, 236. Remipes testudinarius, 237. RhacJiocaris agassizii, 138. RMnolithodes, 43. cristatijies, 43. wosnessenskii, 43. Sabinea, 131. hystrix, 131. j)i'inceps, 131. Schizophrys, 12. Sclerocrangon, 132, 241, 242. agassizii, 134, 136, 242, 244. angusticauda, 134. ATROx, 132, 136, 244, 258, 259, 262, Plate XXXV. boreas, 134. ferox, 133, 1.34, 136, 244. jacqueti, 134, 136. PROCAx, 134, 135, 242, 244, 257, 258, 259, 262, Plate XXXVl. salebrosa, 1.34, 244. Scolophthalmus, 224, 226, 241, 242. LuciFUGus, 226, 258, 262, Plate LV., Fig. 1. Scyra umbonata, 10. Scyramathia, 10, 11. carpenteri, 10, 11. crassa, 10, 11. umhonnfa, 10, 11. Sergestes, 208, 241. BisuLCATus, 210, 244, 256, 258, 259, 262, Plate LI I. EDWARDSii, 212, Plate LI., Fig. 1. halia, 214. INDUS, 208, 244, 257, 262, Plate LI., Fig. 2. LONGISPINUS, 214. mollis, 210, 244. OCULATUS, 214. phorcvs, 210. robustus, 211. Sicyoiiia, 179, 241. AFFINIS, 179, 237, 257, 262, Plate XLVL, Fig. 1. carinata, 179. 292 STALK-EYED CRUSTACEA. Sicyonia edwardsii, 179, 237. Isevis, 181. ocellata, 180. penicillata, ISO. picTA, 180, 256, 257, 262, Plate XL VI., Fig. 2. SoleDocera, 183, 241. AGAssizii,i83, 256, 262, Plate XLVIL, Fig. 2. crassicornis, 185. distincta, 184, 185. hextii, 185. lucasii, 185. jjiliilippii, 184. siphonocera, 183, 184, 185. Solenolambrus arcuatus, 236. typicus, 236. Speocarciuus carolinensis, 236. granulimauus, 236. Splienocarcinus, 7, 235. AGAssizi, 7, 235, 257, 260, Plate I., Fig. 3. corrosus, 8, 235. Spiropagurus, 59. iris, 60, 237. occiDEXTALis, 59, 237, 257, 260, Plate XIV., Fig. 1. Sqiiilla, 230. BiroRMis, 230, 237, 256, 262. intermedia, 237. panamensis, 237. tenuirostris, 252. Stereomastis, 109, 115, 118. Si/stellaspis, 160, 163. debilis, 1G3. hcBckelii, 160. lanceocaudata, 160, 163. Telmessus, 25. Thoe erosa, 236. puella, 236. sulcata, 236. Trachycarcinus, 25, 241, 242. coRALLiNus, 26, 243, 256, 258, 260, Plate A. Trachycarcinus sp. non descr., 242, 243. Trapezia, 22, 237. coerulea, 22. CYMODOCE, '22, 237. formosa, 237. miniata, 22. nigrofusca, 237. rufopunctata, 237. Trichopeltarion, 25, 242. Ti'ojjlocaris, 159, 166. plaii'qies, 166. tenuipies, 166. Tyche emarginata, 235. lamellifrons, 235. Uhlias ellipticus, 236. limbatus, 236. Uroptychus, 101, 241. BELLus, 102, 256, 262, Plate XXVI., Fig. 2. insignis, 102. nitidus, 101. NITIDUS OCCIDENTALIS, 101, 256, 260, Plate XXVI., Fig. 1. politus, 101. PUBESCENS, 101, 256, 262, Plate XXVI., Fig. 3. uncifer, 101. Willemoesia, 109, 111, 112, 114, 118, 119, 125, 241. forceps, 126, 243. iNORNATA, 125, 243, 256, 257, 258, 262, Plate XXXII., Fig. 2, Plate XXXIIL, Fig. 3. leptodactyla, 118, 119, 125, 126, 127, 243. Xantho denticulatus, 236. stimpsoni, 236. Xanthodes, 17, 241. suLCATUs, 17, 256, 260, Plate III., Fig. 2. Xiphopeneus. 189. Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea Pl A- y«- AJrt,V/esler5rir..ie! T-RACH-YiCARCINUS OOBALLINUS. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl B AMWesIerijren.dfl 1 Gala CANT H^. ro strata. 2. Eryoni cus c.«cus. Albatross Ex. 1891 r'Jf \''e:stt:pie.vt IPOLYCHELES SCULPTUS PACIFI C U S. 2. POLYCHELES SCULPTUS. Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea, Pl.D. I.NEPHROPSIS OCCIDENTALIS. 2.PONTOPHILUS.OCC--DENTALIS. ^1 /.'■ <^r: „-5^ / hrk //r \ \ Gv. :.[ PATSTAMENSf: CL, < w o < o 00 a; z. w (C o pi w (!) CO S o m o E- O a, < o < r- m < m < o Q o w (X, Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea PlH. /»■ A^W8Ster(fTn,W. Benthesicymus tannep.i. Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea Pl J. ■v1 KM West6r^n.Jd. Gnathophausta b re vis pin is. Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea PL-K ■jI I II 1. GNATHOPHAUSTA WILLEMOESII. 2. EUCOPIA SCULPTICAUDA. Albatross hx. 1891. Crustacea Pl EUPROGNATHA GRANULATA. 2-ANAMATHIA OCCIDEMTALIS 3.SPHEN0CARCINUS ACASSIZI. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl JI. MaIOPSIS PANAMENSIS- Albatross Ex. 1891. Crustacea Pl III, r-r ;^-: ,.,-f> ^^•^K^ A.VWeitergrtn.i*! Lambrus hassleri. 2. Xanthodes sulca.tus 3 Pan-opeus latus. 4. Panopeus tanneri. Albatross iix. 1891. Crustacea Pl IV. X;^ • , vJsasP">:>5 ■ii r 1 ACHELOUS AFFINIS. 2. jlCARCINUS MALPILENSI5. Albatross Ex. 1891. Crustacea Pl V. 1. PlNNIXA PANAMENSIS. 2 QSACHILA LAT/ 3. ^THUSA CILIATIFRONS. Albatross Ex. 189 Crustacea Pl VI. l^thusa pubescens. 2-^thusina smithiana. 3. Cymopolia tuberculata. 4. Cymopolia fragile Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea Pl VIL A.MWeilE.-fr?r..iJo] .RANINOPS FORmCATA 2 RHIK OLITHO DE 3 GRI5TAT1PE3, 3. ECHINOCERUS DIOMEDE-^. :x. 1891 AM\Vesier-reo.itl pARALOMiS A3PERA Albatross tx. 1881 Pl IX. ,-,0,-' ^ OJ '^f TTIf ""7?? IVT''"''mTiTTT>r r, .-.Jv!We3ltir-r*n,d«: Paralomis lcngipes. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl. X. 4- AjM We»terfri n, dd. LLlTHODES PANAMENSIS. 2LITH0DES SP Albatross Ex. 1891. Crustacea Pl. XI. ..y -caL*^ J. \3 ^ A.V\Ve>:er5r.r.a«: ICaNCELLUS TARNEEI 2.EUPAGURUS CALIFORKTE-NSIS.. Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea Pl XII. AAl.Wl-JIWgrenad. I.PYLOPAGURUS LON&IMAKTJS. 2 PyLOPAGURUS ATFINIS- Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XI!!. 1 FYLCPAC-URUS HIETIMANUS 2. C ATAPA6-URU5 riCMEDE.£- Albatross L'x i89I Crustacea Pl XIV. l.SPIROPAGLiRUS, OCCIDEKTAUS £ PAGURISTES FECUNDD3 Albatross Ex 1891. Crustacea Pl XV AJi! Wesiergren^a^I 1. PETROLISTHES AGASSIZU- 2.PACHYCHELES PANAMENSI; 3. Pleurongodes MONODONP- Albatross Ex 189! Crustacea Pl XVI. --<.. IMUNIDA OBESA 2 MuNIIlA GRi^..- Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XVll. MuNIDARETULCtENS. Albatross Ex 189 Crustacea Pl XVIII. A Jil We J lergnr. .fci 1 MUNIDA PROPINQUA 2. MUNIDOPSIS VICINA a MUMIDOPSIS CILIATA 4- MUNID0PSI5 AGASSIZII Albatross Ex 1R9I Crustacea Pl XIX. AJ^Wj»leri;r«ii,d«: MUNID0PS!3 HYSTRIX 2. MUNIDOPSIS VILLO SA. 3, MUNIDOPSIS SERICEA. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XX. ''""' mm A,VA>S[*r?rer..4el 1 MUNIDOPSIS ORNATA. 2_MUNID0PSIS MARGARIT.- 3-MUNID0P5IS CRINITA Albatross Ex. 189! Crustacea Pl. XXI. tdr '■-iff il'A k^? n l.MUWIDOPSIS SCA3RA 2. MUNIDOPSIS HAMATA Albatross Ex. !89!- Crustacea Pl XXII. J9- 2?- .AJrfWeSle.-g.'^'i.^ L MUNIDCPSIS TANNERI 2. MUNIDOFSIS DEPRESSA Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl.XXUI. AM Wes;erg«n,W LMUNIDOPSIS QUADRATA. 2 MUNIDOPSIS INERMIS. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXIV. AM Vftiitr^rtr\_iel 1 MUNIDOPSIS GARINIPEa 2.MUN1D0PSIS HENDERSONIANA. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXV. A-MWe3ter5rBri,a«l LGALACAOTHA DIOMEDE^. 2. GALACANTHA DIOMEDE^ VABl. PARVISPINA Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXVI. A.M V.'esierqreryiej IUROPTYCHUS NITIEUS OCCIDENTALIS 2 UROPTYC HUS B E LLU S. 3, UROPTYCHUS PUBESCENS. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl, XXVII. AM Weslersrtn.dd I.CaLASTACUS STILIRO STRIS. 2.CAL0CARIS MACANDRi,^ Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXVIIl. 7" JF lAXIUS GRISTA-GALLI. 2-AXlUS ACUTIFRONS. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XX!X. I.Eryonicus spinulosus^ 2 Eryontcus c-ecus Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl. XXX. ir i^ li y^^^t^"^ Ay.Wt3ie:frft\ i^ Eryonicus c^cus ? Albatross Ex. 1891 Crustacea Pl. XXXI. POLYCHELES TANNERI. Albatross Ex. 18 91 Crustacea Pl. XXXII. 1. POLYCHELES GRANULATUS. Z.WlLLEMOESIA INORNATi Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl. XXXIII. AJiIWes^S""-^ l.POLYCHELES NANUS. 2. POLYGHELES GRANULATUS. 3.WILLEM0ES1A INORNATA. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXXIV. PARJi-CRANGON ARE O LATA Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl. XXXV. S CLE ROC RAN G ON AT R O X Alb.. Crustacea Pl XXXVI. AMWesiargrei.>! S CLEFIOCR AN G O N PROG AX Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXXVII. Glyph ocRAN GO N ala.ta. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXXVIII. AJvl Wealersr*n,del Glyph oc RAN GON spinulosa. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl WMl lis jr lirJ I 'I I'.' AKV/t3U;irti\,itl Glyphocrangon loricata. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XXXIX AJIWejierfren.di; Glyph oc RAN GON sicaria- Crustacea Pl. XL Ay.V/e3U:?tet^,iti LHeTERCCARPUS VICARIUS. 2. HeTEROCARPUS AFFINi FINiS Albai'Ross Ex. 1891 Crustacea Pl.XL!^ A.MV/fSl»:f:*ii,i*I 1. HeTEP.OCARPUS HOSTILIS S HeTEROCARPUS VICARIUS. 3. Heterocap.pus affinis. Albatross Ex. 18 91 Crustacea Pl. XLl Nematocarcinus a^gassizu. Albatkuss lx 1891 Crustacea Pl XLlll. vr'A.lTTHEPHYRA CRISTATA 2 ACA.NTHEPHYRA CURTIROSTRIS. 3.4.5. ACANTHEPHYRA CURTIROSTRIS. VAR. a.ft.y. Alba I k: 189! Crustacea Pl XLIV, l.ACANTHEPHYRA CUCULLATA 2 NOTOSTOMUS FRAGILIS Alba'i^^.oss Ex 1891. Crustacea Pl XLV. I.PaSIPHAEIA AMERICANA. 2.PA3IPHAEIA MAGNA, Crustacea I'l^ XLVi A -j SlCYOMiA AFFINIS 2>SlCY0NIA P:CTA Albatross tx 1891 Crustacea Pl XLVll l.PENEUS BALBO^E 2. 30LEN0CERA AGASSIZII Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl XLVllL AXVftS.t:irtniti l.HALIPORUS NEREUS 2. HALIPORUS THETIS^ ALbAii-:i,';.i; tx 1891 Crustacea Pl XLiX, l.HALIPORUS DOPaS. 2. ARIST^US OCCIDENTALIS. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl L. AJUWesiereren.iiei ^HEMIPENEUS TRITON. 2. HEMIPENEUS SPINIDORS ALIS. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl LI AMWeslere;*n.id l.SERGESTES JSDWARD SIL 2, SERGE STE S IWOUS. Albatross Kx 1891 Crustacea i'l Lll. JJlWj!tla.-?:e^.a*l Sergestes bisulcatus Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl AjM V/e5te.-jr*r..ift L.EUCOPIA SCULPTICAUDA.E.PETALOPHThL^XMUS ARMIGER. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl LIV. AjM WtHersvtnM PETALOPHTHALMU 3 PACIFIC US. Albatross Ex I89I Crustacea Pl LV. '/ AJ>;V.*BSte--grsn,^el I.SCOLOPHTHALMUS LUCIFU GU S. 2. CERATOMYSIS SPINOSA. Albatross Ex 1891 Crustacea Pl LVl. U If jp Ceratomysis spin OS a. The folloiving reports are in preparation on the Dredginrj Operations off the West Coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the West Coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf oj Cali- fornia in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on hy the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer -Albatross," during 1891, Lieut.-Commauder Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Commanding :- A. AGASSIZ. 11. 1 General Sketch of the Expedition of the " Albatross," from Feb- ruary to May, 1891. A. AGASSIZ. The Pelagic Fauna. A. AGASSIZ. The Deep-Sea Panamic Fauna. A. AGASSIZ. I.^ On Calamocrinus, a new Stalked Crinoid from the Galapagos. A. AGASSIZ. The Echini. ,TAS. E. BENEDICT. The Annelids. R. BERGH. XIII.13 The Nudibranchs. K. BRANDT. Tlie Sagittfe. K. BRANDT. The Thalassioote. C. CHUN. The Siphonophores. C. CHUN. The Eyes of Deep-Sea Crustacea. S. F. CLARKE. XI." The Hydroids. W. H. DALL. The Mollusks. C. B. DAVENPORT. The Bryozoa. W. FAXON. VI.,5 XV.15 The Stalk-eyed Crustacea. S. GARMAN. The Fishes. W. GIESBRECriT. The Copepods. A. GOES. III.*' The Foranunifera. H. J. HANSEN. The Cirripeds and Isopods. C. HARTLAUB. The Comatul*. W. A. HERDMAN. The Ascidians. S. J. HICKSON. The Antipathids. W. E. HOYLE. The Cephalopods. G. VON KOCH. The Deep-Sea Corals. C. A. KOFOID. Solenogaster. R. VON LENDENFELD. The Phosphorescent Organs of Fishes. H. LUUWIG. IV.,5 Xn.i2 The Ilolothurians. C. F. LiJTKEN. The Ophiuridae. O. MAAS. The Acalephs. E. L. MARK. The Actinarians. GEO. P. MERRILL. V.'' The Rocks of the Galapagos. G. W. MtJLLER. The Ostracods. JOHN MURRAY. The Bottom Specimens. ARNOLD ORTMANN. XIV.i^ The Pelagic Schizopods. ROBERT RIDGWAY. The Alcoholic Birds. P. SCHIEMENZ. Tlie Pteropods and Iletero- pods. W. SCHIMKfiWITSCH. VIIl.^ The Pyc- nogonidiB. S. H. SCUDDER. VII.' Tlie Orthoptera of the Galapagos. \V, PERCY SLADEX. The Starfishes. L. STEJNEGER. The Reptiles. Th. STUDER. X.i» The Alcyonarians. C. II. TOWNSEND. The Birds of Cocos Island. M. P. A. TRAiJTSTEDT. The Salpida; and Doliolida;. E. P. VAN DUZEE. The Halobatidje. H. B. WARD. The Sipunculoids. H. V. WILSON. The Sponges. W. McM. WOODWORTH. IX.^ The Pla- narians. 1 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. 22 Plate S. 2 Mem. M. C. z. Vol. 3 Bull. M. C. z., Vol. •1 Bull. M. C. z., Vol. -■> Bull. M. C. z., Vol. ISuli. M. C. z., Vol. 7 Bull. M. C. z. Vol. 8 Bull. M. C. z. Vol. 9 Bull. jr. C. z. Vol. l» Bull. M. C. z. Vol. 11 Bull. M. C. z. , Vol. 12 Mem. M. C z. , Vol. 13 Bull M. C z. , Vol H Bull. M. C z. , Vol 16 Mem. M. C z. , Vol. Z„ Vol. XXI., No. 4, Jane. 1891, 10 pp. ; and Vol. XXIII., No. 1, February, 1892, 89 pp.. XVII., No. 2, January, 1892, 95 pp., 32 Plates. XXIV.. No. 7, August, 1893, 72 pp. XXIU.', No. 5, December, 1892, 4 pp.. 1 Plate. XXIV., No. 4, June, 1893, 10 pp. [Zool. Anzeig., No. 420, 18.)3.J XVI., No. 13, Julv, 1893, 3 pp. XXV., No. 1, September, 1893, 2.5 pp., 3 Plates. XXV., No. 2, December, 1893, 17 pp., 2 Plates. XXV., No. 4, .lanuary, 1894, 4 pp., 1 Plate. XXV., No. -5, January, 1894, 17 pp. XXV., No. G, Februarv, 1894, 7 pp., 5 Plates. XVII , No. 3, October, 1894, 183 pp., 19 Plates. XXV., No. 10, October, 1894, 109 pp., 12 Plates. . XXV., No. 8, September, 1894, 13 pp., 1 Plate. XVIII., April, 1895, 292 pp., 67 Plates. PUBLICATIONS OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Tliere liave been published of the Bulletins Vols. T. to XXVL ; of the Memoirs, A'ols. I. to XVlll. Vols. XVL and XXVIL of the Bulletin, and Vols. XL and XIX. of the Memoirs, are now in course of imblication. A prii'e list of the publicationit of the Museum will he sent 0)1 application to the Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoiiloi/i/, Cambridge, Mass. ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, Director. tk^^ i